The Christian Synagogue
The source for this document is https://quod.lib.umich.edu/e/eebo2/B16291.0001.001
Project Note
This is licensed under Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND. This license allows reusers to copy and distribute the material in any medium or format in unadapted form only, for noncommercial purposes only, and only so long as attribution is given to the creator.
The source of this document is the Early English Books Online (EEBO-TCP) website. Those books were transcribed in a character for character manner and can be very cumbersome to read since there was no standard spelling during that time. Many spelling variations such as "unlesse", "vnlesse", and "vnles" regularly appear.
This project was conceived to clean up those books as much as possible and make them more accessible to the interested reader, leading to the creation of a massive list of variant spellings and their corrections. This was used to clean up the text, but is of course only as complete as the list itself. Because of the nature of the original transcription, some words have missing characters or places where the original language (e.g., Greek) was not transcribed. This effort does not change that. Be aware that the original transcription can also be faulty and in some cases entire sentences may be missing.
Although this is no substitute for a properly compared, proofed, and scholarly edition, I believe that the result is a document which is far more accessible, particularly for searching for terms using standard spelling. The document has been cleaned and presented in what I hope is a pleasing and useful format for the vast majority of Christian brothers and sisters who just want access to read these spiritually nourishing works.
However, a word of warning: The Puritans were a very diverse group of people and their age was characterized with godliness, but also much upheaval, disputation and strife. They disagreed on many doctrines and some of these works contain less orthodox or Scriptural views than others. The reader is strongly advised to read with discernment, particularly if it is unknown whether author is trustworthy.
This project took a huge amount of time and skill to bring to fruition. I would particularly like to thank David Jonescue for the initial list of Puritans he found on EEBO and the concept behind this project as well as the continuous, unceasing efforts toward seeing this complete. Without his labor, this would not be available. Alex Sarrouf was invaluable in providing the initial list of over 7,000 spelling variations he had identified and corrected, as well as continuing to review more than 16,000 additions to that list for any typos.
Logan West
(with David Jonescue and Alex Sarrouf)
www.puritansearch.org
THE CHRISTIAN Synagogue
Wherein is contained the diverse Reading, The right Poynting, Translation, and Collation of Scripture with Scripture.
With the Customs of the Hebrews and Proselytes, and of all those Nations, with whom they were conversant.
Digested into three Books.
- The First, showing the means both inward and outward, to attain to the knowledge of the Sense of the whole Scripture.
- The Second, unfolding the true sense of the Scripture it self, as also teaching the right way of gathering Doctrines from any Text of Scripture.
- The Third, teaching the true manner of Confirmation, Illustration, and Application of Doctrines, rightly gathered from the true Sense of Scripture.
Serving generally for a help to the understanding of all, that desire to know and obey the will of God in holy Writ: But more specially for all young Students in Divinity, that they may more easily understand the Languages of Canaan, and Greece, and make a profitable use of them in Preaching.
The second Edition, corrected, and amended.
By JOHN WEEMSE, of Lathoquar, in Scotland, Preacher of Christ's Gospel.
Math. 25. 29.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Revel. 1. 3.
Blessed is he who readeth &c.
LONDON, Printed by I. D. for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his Shop, at the two Grey-hounds in Cornehill, near the Royal Exchange. 1623.
TO THE VERY NOBLE AND POTENT EARLE, THOMAS, Earl of MELROS, L. Byir's, and Binning, Praesident of the College of Justice; Principal Secretary to his MAIESTIE of Scotland, and one of his MAIESTIES Privy Council in both Kingdoms.
Right Honorable,
THE ancient Jews testify, that there were three Crowns, which made ISRAELL renowned: The first was the Crown of the Law; the second, the Crown of the King; the third, the Crown of the Priest: And of those three Crowns, they say, that the Crown of the Law was most glorious; because Pro. 8. 15, 16. it is said, By me Princes Rain. It was this Law of God, which David made his Counselor, In the morning when he rose, and at night when he went to bed. It was this Law which made not only Kings and Princes wise, but also States-men and Counselors: as Eliacim the Chancellor, Ebed-melech the Ethiopian (King Zedekiah's Courtier) Zenas the Lawyer, Luke the Physician, Dionysius Areopagita the Philosopher. So that, from him that sits upon the Throne, to him who hewes the wood, and draws the water, (that is, from the highest to the basest) this Law should ever be their director.
The Scriptures of God, have been directed to divers sorts of persons, both noble and base: Luke Dedicated his Gospel, and Acts of the Apostles to noble Theophilus: John dedicated his second Epistle to the Elect Lady: and his third Epistle to his Hoste Gaius, a mean man, but yet a good Christian. Some make choice of Patrons only for Nobility, but have no respect of virtue, then it were better to choose such a Patron as Gaius • : but where Nobility is graced with virtue, such a man is a most fit Patron, as Theophilus. Now because I find both those combined in your Lordship, I am bold to put these my latter gleanings under your Lordships Patrocinie.
A second reason, which moved me to offer these my travels to your Lordship, is this: I remembered that Apologue in the Talmud: The grapes in Babel sent upon a time to the vine leaves in Judea, desiring them to come and overshadow them, otherwise the heat would consume them, and so never come to maturity. Your Lordship knows well the mythologie of this Apologue: If learning be not sheltered by those who are in eminent places: and if they cast not their shadow over it, it will soon perish: but where they favor it, then it prospers. If the spring be cold, then plants, herbs, and the blossom of the Trees wither; but where the influence is seasonable, then all things reviue: So where great men are averse to Learning, the spirits which otherwise could blossom, wither, and deay: but where it is upholden by men of higher place, it is like a Fountain of living water.
A third reason, which moved me to offer these my travels to your Lordship, is, your Lordships ingenuity, who will cover such things as are said amiss here, (for who entreating of such Antiquities, and so diverse, will still touch the true • h • ) If anything be said to the purpose, your Lordship will soon note it, who understands matters of deeper insight then these are. For these and many moe reasons, and your Lordships vndeserved favor towards me. I offer most willingly these my travels to your Lordship, craving of God that you may continue like Eliacim, as a fastened nail in a sure place, to do good in that place, which God and his Majesty have placed you in. I rest
Your Lordships, In all Christian duties, I. W. of Lathoquar.
TO THE STVDIOVS YOVNG DIVINES, WHO ARE DESIROVS To attain to the knowledge of the Scriptures, Grace, Mercy, and Peace.
IT was the earnest Prayer of the Jews (dear Brethren) that, Aaron's rod might flourish, (that is) the children of the Priests might prosper: Children in Job are called buds: Therefore they called the children of the Priests Flores sacerdotales: when Aaron's rod flourished it was a token that the Priesthood should continue. It is my hearty prayer to God that Aaron's rod may still flourish, that there may be a hopeful seed to succeed, and that the Schools and Universities may be like the Pom-citron, that goodly tree, which beareth apples at all times, some falling off, some ripe, and some budding, out: So, as many notable lights decay, other may supply their places. Now that this may be effectuate, first it is requisite, that ye study to be holy: for as the ornaments which Aaron the high priest put upon him, were nothing, if he had not (HOLINES TO THE LORD) written upon his forehead in a plate of Gold. So, if ye should speak with the tongue of Men and Angels, and be profane, what availeth all your learning. Solomon saith, that beauty in a woman without goodness, is as a Ring in a Swines snout. So is learning without grace in a profane Youth.
The second thing which I would recommend to you (my brethren) is, the study of the holy Scriptures in their own proper language, the Hebrew and the Greek; so that they speak not to you by an interpreter; and that the proverb in the Talmud, may not be applied to you, Benzoma semper foris est: this man is never within: for to read the Scriptures without considering the original, is nothing but a standing in the door, and never entering within the house, you either cannot, or else you will not. Those that cannot, are to be excused, but those that will not, Let them hear what God saith in the prophecy of Hosea, Because thou hast despised knowledge, I will also despise thee, that thou shalt be no more Priest to me. Look first to the excellency of the Hebrew tongue, which is known, first, Harmonice, (by the sound thereof) comparing it with all other tongues, it borrows of none, but all borrow of it. Secondly, it is known Etymologice, by the derivation thereof, for the names that are derived, are either true, allusiue, or false. Allusiue, his name is Nabal, for he is a fool indeed. False, he is called Jacob, a Supplanter. But the names which the Lord imposed first, were all true, and carry a reason with them why they are so called: as Adam, because he was formed out of redd earth, and Chava, because she was the mother of all living creatures, Abraham, because he was the Father of many Nations, &c. They cannot therefore be imposed by chance, nor are they allusiue, or false. Thirdly, if the grace, efficacy, and perspecuity of this Language be considered, it will stir up a great delight in thee. Here ye shall not find the stammering tongue of Moses, nor the polluted lips of Isaiah, nor Jeremiah speaking as a child: but ye shall hear the Lord himself speaking: Who spake as never▪man spake. Leave the rotten Cisterns, praise the Rivers, but commend the Fountaines above all. Ye have many helps now, which your Fathers had not in former ages. It was the complaint of one R • hhagiga in his time, that the Fathers had plowed, sown, reaped, fanned the Wheat, and set the Bread upon the Table: but the children had not a mouth to eat it. Let it not be so said of you, when all things are so prepared for you.
Many worthy Divines have travelled in this subject before, chiefly that worthy Divine M. Perkins, in his Prophetico 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 cuius memoria in benedictione. So Hyperius, and Keckerman; but that of the Apostle • encouraged me. 1 Cor. 14. 30. (When he says) If anything be revealed to him that sitteth by, let the first hold his peace, for ye may all prophecy one by one, that all may learn, and all may have comfort. Some little gleanings perhaps ye may find here, for the Lord's harvest is so great that all cannot be gathered in A Dwarfe set upon the shoulders of a Giant, will see something which the Giant himself cannot see.
As for you who have your senses exercised, I take not upon m • e to give any directions to you, but submit myself most humbly to your charitable censure: wishing that some of you who have greater light, would prosecute this kind of study, which is so profitable to the Church of God, remembering that saying of the Jews, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 qui addunt ipsis addetur, & qui substrahit, substrahetur ipsi▪ unto every man that hath, it shall be given, and from him that hath not, even that he hath, shall be taken away. If anything be said amiss, reprove me, and it shall be like a precious oil that shall not break my head: If anything be well done, give the Lord the first fruits, and take the remnant to yourselves. Thus leaving my travels to your charitable judgment, I bid you farewell.
To the Christian Reader.
GOOD CHRISTIAN READER,
Such hath ever been the inveterate malice of Satan (that old Serpent) against the Church of God; that he hath partly by open Hostilitie, and partly by contagious Heresy; sought utterly to quench the glorious light of the Word of God: that (all men sitting in darkness) he might the sooner blow up the whole frame of the house of God. How far the Potentates of the world, have advanced themselves in his service, our Histories do sufficiently declare, who (with many learned Fathers of the Church) have enrolled in their famous writings, all the former infamous heretics, and their blasphemies, to their perpetual shame.
The Papists (as natural children) succeeded to those viperous Parents, but have far exceeded them in number of heresies, and barbarous cruelties: setting forward Satan's former policy, with all their might. For as they have written very basely of the holy Scriptures; so have they equalled, the writings of man unto them, and honored the Apocryphe Books, with that stately throne, in the which Christ our Lord sitteth, as the only high, and mighty commander: yea, they thundered Excommunications and Marana-tha, against any of the Laiks (as they call them) that dare read, any part of Scripture in their own tongue.
But behold the great mercy of God to his Church; for, although, all those labored to have quenched the light of the Word, and to deprive the Church of that glorious Lamp; yet they have come far short therein, and were never able to eclipse that Sun-shine of the Church, though they did stretch out the wings of their malice, to the ends of the earth. I refer thee (good Christian Reader) to the view of those godly and learned Instruments, whom God of his mercy raised up, (as valiant men) to withstand this heretical fury; whose invincible courage learning and constancy, did amaze the adversaries; I forbear to excerp particular examples: you have a cloud of witnesses, specified by Irenaeus, Augustine, Jerome, and diverse other.
Our moderne Champions, D. Wittaker, Rollock, Sharpe, Junius, W •• e • , Perkin • , &c. (who with a few small stones, taken out of the River, have brought down the pride of that Goliath) are daily in your hands: The Lord (who will never cease to watch over his Church,) is daily breathing courage, and Heroi • e spirits in others, who, for the love of Zion, will not hold their peace.
As for the Author of this Book▪ Intituled, THE CHRISTIAN SYNAGOGVE, he is a godly Preacher, and well qualified in all good learning. In these his works, he hath carefully labored to cast out that filth and • ubbish, wherewith the Philistines had stopped Abraham's wills: Besides, he hath painfully digged, a pleasant passage that leadeth thereunto. And because the word of God hath a most sweet relish about all things; he doth instruct thee how to discern the same, that thou mayest be drunk with the waters of life. The Author, besides the most approved of the Greek and Latin Writers, hath well read with deliberation also, the ancient customs of the Jews, in their own Rabbin's, and hath mentioned so many of them, as gives no small light for the understanding of the Text, and likewise hath had conferrence upon the same things with the most approved Scholars of the Kingdom.
Let me exhort thee Christian Reader, to a diligent study of the Originalls, the Hebrew and Greek, with all their dialects especially, the Chaldean, Syrian, Arabic, and Samaritan, which are great Lights and Illustrations for the Text, whereby thou mayest more easily, not only follow the rules, which the Author setteth before thee, in his Cannons gathered from Scripture, in his Confirmations by Scripture, and Illustrations both from the Scripture it self, and from Writers, both Ecclesiastical and profane: But also thou mayest delight thyself, in the pleasant fields of the Old and New Testament.
I am assured thou shalt greatly increase thy knowledge by reading this Book: for as others that are not yet acquainted with the Originals, have reaped no small comfort, by reading some scattered sheets, that came to my hand from the Press: What mayest thou expect after thy diligent labors therein. Thou canst not praise God sufficiently, who hath offered thee, the painful travels of such learned men, that thou mayest know another day how to work in the Lord's Vineyard.
As for the Reader, whose purpose is not to Preach the Word, but to profit by the same as a reverend hearer. I dare assure thee, that by this learned Work (if thou pervse diligently) thou shalt attain to great light and knowledge in the holy Word, and shalt find many places thereof far more clearly opened up then thou didst expect.
WILLIAM SYMSON.
THE CONTENTS OF THE Chapters, Paragraphe's, and Diatriba's, Contained in this Book.
-
In the Prolegomena is contained.
- CHAP. I. THE Periods of the World. Page 1.
- Chap. II. The Idolatrous worship, which fell out in those Periods, and where the true worship of God remained. 3
- Chap. III. The language which the Fathers spake in the first Period of time, until the confusion of Babel. 10
- Chap. IIII. The divers ways how God revealed himself to his servants extraordinarily. 16
-
In the first Book is contained,
-
Chap. I.
The ordinary means how God revealed himself to his people, and in what language the Books of the Old and New Testament were written. 19
-
- Paragraphe
- 1. The Canonical Books of the Old Testament. 24
- 2. The Apocryphe books of the Old Testament. 27
- 3. The Canonical books of the New Testament. 28
- 4. The sealing of the Canon of the New Testament. 29
- 5. How the holy Scriptures must be expounded. ibid.
- 6. The internal light which shows the way to come by the sense of the Scripture. 31
- 7. The external helps to come by the sense of the Scripture. ibid.
-
- Chap. II. The first mean or help called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or double reading of the Scripture. 32
- Chap. III. The second help called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or the right pointing of the Scripture. 38
- Chap. IIII. The third help called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or collation of Scripture with Scripture. 45
-
Chap. V.
The fourth help called
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
, or the translation of the Scripture. 55
-
- Paragraphe
- 1. The necessity of a translation. 57
- 2. The seaventies translation. ibid.
- 3. The translation that followed after the seaventies. 59
- 4. The faults that may be in a translation. 64
- 5. What things are to be observed in a translation. 69
-
-
Chap. VI.
The fifth help called
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
, or customs proper to the Jews. 73
-
- Section 1.
Of their Ecclesiastical customs,-
Concerning the time appointed for God's worship.
- Paragraphe.
- 1. Of the Sabbath. 74
- 2. Of their new Moons. 80
-
3. Of their yearly feasts.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of the Pascha. 84
- 2. Of the Pentecost. 85
- 3. Of the feast of the Tabernacles. 87
- 4. Of the counting of their year. 88
-
- Section 2.
-
The places appointed for God's worship.
- Paragraphe.
- 1. Of the Temple of Jerusalem. 91
- 2. Of their Synagogues. 99
- 3. Of their place of Prayer. 100
- 4. Of the Temples built without Jerusalem. 101
- 5. Of the Temple of Heliopolis. 103
-
- Section 3.
-
The persons appointed for God's Worship.
- Paragraph.
- 1. Of the ordination of the Priests 105
-
2. Of the high Priest.
- Diatriba.
- 1. In what order the stones were set in the breast-plate of Aaron 106. 108.
- 2. How the high Priest wore his girdle, and what it signified. 109.
- 3. Of the high Priests apparel. 110.
- 4. Of the four and twenty orders of their Priests. 113
- 3. Of their Sacraments, and first of Circumcision. 114
-
4. Of the Passover.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of the place where they eat the Passover. 118. 120.
- 2. Of the number which did eat the Passover, and how many Suppers concurred together. ibid.
- 3. Of their common Supper, with which the Passover is joined. 121
- 4. Of the third Supper. 122
- 5. Of the changing of the Passover into the Lord's Supper. 125
-
5. Of their gestures in Prayer.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of their manner of Prayer. 128. 129.
- 2. Of their many helps they had in Prayer. 130
- 6. Of their Music.
-
7. Of their excommunication.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of the manner how they excommunicate the Samaritans. 135. 137.
-
- Sect. 4.
-
Of their Ecclesiastical politickes.
- Paragraphe.
- 1. Of their Proselytes. 139
- 2. Of their first Fruits. 142
- 3. Of their Tythes. 144
-
- Sect. 5.
-
Of their Scholastical Politickes.
- Paragraphe.
- 1. Of their Schools. 148
- 2. Of their title Rabbi. 151
- 3. Of their Scholars. 152
-
- Sect. 6.
-
Of their mere Politickes.
- Paragraphe.
- 1. Of their Civil times. 155
- 2. Of their Moneths. 159
- 3. Of their Yeares. 160
-
- Sect. 7.
-
Of Civil persons.
- Paragraphe.
- Of the honor due to their Kings. 161
-
- Sect. 8.
-
Of Civil places.
- Paragraph.
-
1. Of their Iudicatories.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of the number which sat in this Judicatory. 167
- 2. The persons who sat in this Judicatory. 168
- 3. Of the manner of their electio. ib.
- 4. Of the properties required in them. 169
- 5. Of the matters which they judged. 170
-
2. Of the second Judicatory.
- Diatriba.
- 1. The place where they sat. 171.
- 3. Of the third Iudicatorie. 172
- 4. Of the time when they judged. ibid
-
5. Of their four capital punishments, which they call deaths.
Diatriba.
- 1. Of the place of execution. 175. 179
-
6. Of their punishments not capital.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of their Whipping. 180. 181
- 2. Of their mutilation. 183
- 3. Of the tortures used by the tyrants against the godly. 185
- 7. Of their civil contracts and bargains. 186
- 8. How they measured their ground. 188
- 9. How the ancients reckoned their years. ibid
-
10. Of their measures and weights, for liquid and dry measures.
Diatriba.
- 1. Of their Shekle. 190. 163.
-
11. Of their marriage.
- Diatriba.
- 1. The time betwixt the affiancing and the marriage. 194. 195.
- 2. The time of their marriage. 196
- 3. Of their divorce. 198
-
12. Of their feasts.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of the form of their Tables. 202. 205.
- 13. Of their apparel. 207.
-
14. Of their wars.
- Diatriba.
- 1. Of the form of their Campe. 210. 212.
- 2. Of their Colours or Ensigns. 214. 219.
-
15. Of their Burialls.
- Diatriba.
- 1. The place of their Burialls. 218.
- 2. How they called the place of Burial. 221
-
-
In the second Book is contained,
- CHAP. I. THE sense of the Scripture. 223
- Chap. II. The manner how to observe Doctrine out of the Scriptures, from affirmations and negations in a Text. 230
- Chap. III. The gathering of Doctrine from the propriety or manner of speech in a Scripture. 237
- Chap. IIII. The moral instructions gathered from the Moral Law. 249
- Chap. V. How the Scriptures teach us by Examples. 258
- Chap. VI. The gathering of doctrine from the external means. 264
-
In the third Book is contained,
- CHAP. I. THE confirmation of doctrine. 267
- Chap. II. The Illustration of doctrine by comparisons. 274
- Chap. III. The application of doctrine. 284
- Chap. IIII. The consolation of doctrine. 293
- Chap. V. The comfort that a Christian hath, who is stained with some great sin. 303
- Chap. VI. The manner how the Priests under the Law blessed the people. 307
The Names of the Authors mentioned in this Volume.
-
A.
- ABenezra.
- Aelianus.
- Adrian. turneb.
- Alex. ab Alexandro.
- Ambrosius.
- Anaxagoras.
- Anton. histor.
- Anton. Nebriss.
- Aquila.
- Aratus poeta.
- Arias montan.
- Aristeas.
- Aristophanes.
- Aristoxenus music.
- Athanasius.
- Augustinus.
- Ainsworth.
-
B.
- BAronius.
- Basilius.
- Beda.
- Beiffius.
- Bellarminus.
- Benjam. Tudel.
- Bernardus.
- Bertramus.
- Beza.
- Bias.
- Broughton.
- Bucer.
-
Buxtorf.
- Gramm.
- Lexicon.
- Mazora.
- Tiberias.
- Abbrev.
- Synag. Judea.
-
C.
- CAelius.
- Caninius.
- Carolstadius.
- Castalio.
- Causabonus.
- Chrysostomus.
- Chron. templ. Secund.
- Clem. Alexand.
- Clem. Anaclet.
- Cleobolus.
- Cornel. Tacit.
-
Consil
- Aurel.
- Baccarae.
- Carthag.
- Chalced.
- Constant.
- Ephes.
- L • odic.
- Nicene.
-
D.
- DAmascenus.
- Diodorus. sicul.
- Dionys Halicarn.
-
Drus.
- In Pentareuch.
- In Prophet.
- Praeter.
- Quaesit. per.
- Quaestiones.
-
E.
- ELias Levita.
- Epimenides.
- Epiphanius.
- Eusebius.
-
F.
- FAbricius.
- Fuller. Miscel.
-
G.
- GRatianus.
- Gersom.
- Greg. Nazianz.
- Greg. Neocaes.
- Greg. de Valent.
-
H.
- HAscuni.
- Hegesippus.
- Herodotus.
- Hieronymus.
- Horatius
- Hugo Cardinal.
-
I.
- IOan. Isaac. Levita.
- Josephus.
- Junius.
- Justinus.
- Iuvenalis.
-
L.
- LActantius.
- Lyranus.
-
M.
- Maimonides.
- Misnerve.
- Mos. Gerund.
- Munsterus.
-
N.
- NAtal. Comes.
- Navarra.
- Novatus.
- Nicepho • us.
-
O.
- OCcam.
- Origen's.
- Orpheus.
- Ovidius.
-
P.
- PAcuvius.
- Perkins.
- Peronius.
- Per • eus.
-
Petrus.
- Comestor.
- Crinitus.
- Cunaeus.
- Galatinus.
- Lombardus.
- Victor.
- Peucerus.
- Philo Judaeus.
- Pic: Mirandula.
- Plinius.
- Plutarchus.
- Polybius.
- Pomponius.
- Prudentius.
-
Q.
- QVintilianus.
- Q. Curtius.
-
R.
-
RAb.
- Aquila.
- David Kimchi.
- Judah Barcel.
- Solomon.
- Rheinoldus.
- Ruffinus.
-
S.
- SAlustius.
-
Scal.
- Canon Isag.
- Elench Trihaer.
- Emend temp.
- Eusebian.
- Opuscula.
- Scotus.
- Seneca.
- Shindlerus.
- Sigonius.
- Sozomenes.
- Symmachus.
-
T.
-
TAlm.
- Babylon
- Ierusol.
-
Targ.
- Jonathan.
- Onkelos.
- Vzziell.
- Tertullianus.
- Theodoretus.
- Theodor, Gaza.
- Theodotion.
- Theophylactus.
- Thomas Aquin.
-
Trans.
- Genev.
- Hieron.
- Nova.
- Samarit.
- Septuag.
- Syrian.
- Tremellius.
- Tripart. hist.
-
V.
- VArro.
- Virgilius.
- Vitruvius.
-
Z.
- ZEnophon.
- Zonoras.
PROLEGOMENA: OR INTRODVCTION TO THE Book: wherein is discovered: first the diverse Periods of the World: secondly, the idolatrous, and true worship of God, which fell out in those Periods: thirdly, the language spoken in those Periods: fourthly, the manner how God revealed himself to his own people, extraordinarily.
CAP. I.
The Periods of the World.
1. THE World hath been divided by the Scriptures and later writers, in four chief Periods.
By the Scriptures; the first Period was from the creation to the flood: The second from the flood to the promise made to Abraham: The third from the promise made to Abrahā to Christ: The fourth Period from Christ to the end of the world.
By the later Writers . The first Period of time was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 obscurum, or not manifest The second 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 heroicum heroic time. The third 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 historicum, the historical time. The fourth, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 manifestum, or manifest time.
The period of time not manifest, was that time, wherein nothing of the heathen History was known, and very little of the History of the Church: this endured from the Creation to the Flood: and by some was called tempus inane empty time.
The heroic time (which likewise was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 fabulosum lying time) wherein the Heathen had little more certainty then in the first period, concerning the valorous deeds of their great men. Therefore the Poets turned all this time into mythologie and fabulous Theology, to delight their readers: but little truth can be gathered out of them.
The third period of time was called Historical, because the Historians of that time began to describe the lives and acts of great men. Truly verity bred this sort of writing, as delight only bred the former two.
The fourth period of time, they called Manifest time: because in this period, things are much clearer, then in any of the periods going before. For the Greeks had their Ephemerides or daily Chronicles, in the which they wrote the things that fell out daily: and the Romans had their Annals or yearly Chronicles, in the which they wrote those things that fell out yearly worthy to be marked; so that nothing escaped their Records; whereby their History came to be much more manifest, then those who wrote Histories in the periods praeceding.
CAP. II.
Of the Idolatrous worship which fell out in those four Periods: and where the true Worship of God remained
2. THere were four sorts of Idolatrous Worship, professed in those four periods of time.
Barbarian, Scythian, Jew, or Grecian. Those Epiphanius calls 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Barbarism, was that Idolatrous worship, whereby they ascribed to great men divine worship, accounting them as gods.
Then began men by worshipping to profane the name of the Lord.
Kimchi then began men vocare nomina deastrorum & idolorum de nomine Dei, (that is) to call men after they had put them as gods among the Stars, by the name of God, and to give them divine worship, as R. Solomon speaketh.
It was called Barbarism, because Bar, in the Syriac Language signifieth (without). For those Idolaters were strangers from the family of God, and without the covenant, and being doubled it augments the signification.
This Barbarism endured all the time of the first period after the fall to the Flood. In particular we know not who those great men were, to whom they ascribed divine worship. Therefore this period was called tempus 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
The true worship of God in this period, was in the family of Seth, Enach, &c.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 cythisme, was that Idolatrous worship, which they gave to great Conquerors, after they were dead; as to Nimrod, Belus, Ninus, Semiramis, and such.
It was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because the Persians called the Scythians, with whom they were conversant, Saka's a sach vel saksach, which signifieth a multitude, because they were gathered together in multitudes. So the Arabians from gnarabh miscere, turba miscellanea, a confused multitude: for they were in this period of time a mighty Nation. Therefore Elam King of Persia used them in his Wars: Symmachus translates, King of the nations, King of the Scythians. Those warring people worshipped as gods, those mighty Conquerors.
This Scythisme or Idolatrous worship began after the Flood, and endured a long time in the world, even to Abraham. It consisted of four things. First, the Altar, Secondly, Bowing. Thirdly, Offering of incense. Fourthly, the Drink-offering.
The worship of God was this second period in Noah's family, and in his son Shem posterity.
Noah's family was directed all this time, by the precepts given by God to him.
The seven precepts given to Noah were these. First, Judgment. Secondly, blessing, which was only to bless the true God. Thirdly, that they should abstain from strange worship (that is) from Idolatry. Fourthly, that they should not vncover nakedness, (that is) to abstain from incest and filthy lusts. Fifthly, from shedding of blood. Sixthly, from rapins. Seventhly, Ne membrum de vivo (that is) that they should not pull a member from a living creature.
The Apostles have reference to those precepts, when they command the Gentiles, to abstain from strangled, from fornication and Idols: Because these were most anciently forbidden, and the Jews respected them most, as delivered from Noah unto them: the Gentiles are commanded to abstain from them, until perfect unity were made up betwixt them and the Jews: for (Moses is read in their Synagogues unto this day) Act. 15. 21. They profess the ceremonial Law as yet, therefore the Gentiles shall abstain from those, for giving offense to the Jews. But when the Council of Orleans afterward commanded abstinence from blood, because the Apostles forbad it: It was not well concluded, Nam quod ambulatorium est in lege, Perit. That which hath no establishment in the Law perisheth.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or Judaism was that sort of false worship, which the Jews devised contrary to the revealed will of God, first to Abraham, secondly to Moses; thirdly, to the Prophets.
When God entered in covenant with his people, he would only be worshipped.
Ye shall have no other gods but me.
Here is commanded, first, that ye shall have a God. Secondly, ye shall have me for your God. Thirdly, ye shall have me only for your God. Fourthly, ye shall have me always for your God.
Ye shall have a God. This proposition condemneth the [ 1] Barbarian, who liveth without the knowledge of the true God.
Ye shall have me for your God. As this proposition iustifyeth [ 2] the Jew and Proselyte, so it condemneth all heresy and schism of the Sadduce, the Pharisee, and Essaean, this was Judaism properly.
I. The Sadducees denied the immortality of the soul, that there were no Spirits nor Angels . They denied the Scriptures, except Moses. Non agnoscunt seculum nisi praesens (that is) they acknowledged not a time to come, when there shall be a Resurrection; when as Christ saith, Neither in this life, nor in the life to come. Therefore by the Jews they were called Menaim, vel probrosi, contentious, or calumnious. Gabia the son of Pesisa reasoneth against the Sadducees thus. Si quo • non fuit, id fuit. Ergo. quod fuit, erit, that is, If that which was not was. Therefore that which was, shall be. He meant, if God created the world of nothing, and made it, may he not make our bodies of something again?
II. The Pharisees were a sect so called, because they separated themselves from others, by a hypocritical kind of service and outward show. Drusius maketh mention of seven sorts of them, but there are only four usually made mention of.
1. The Pharisee of praise, that did all, that he might be seen of men; of those Christ speaks. That they blew their Trumpets, when they gave their Alms, that they might be seen of men.
2. The Pharisee who saith (what is it that I have not done (as if he should say:) I have done that which the Law commands, and more. Such a Pharisee was the young man in the Gospel. All these have I kept from my youth. Such are the new Pharisees who say, they have works of supererogation: and as the old Pharisees had their auctarium lepis ; so have they good works to spare to others.
3. The Pharisee of blood, who knocked his head against the wall, so that the blood came: they carried thorns in their clothes, and spread thorns in their beds, that they might sleep the less, and attend their prayers the more. Such are the new Pharisees, the paenitentiaries, who whip themselves until the blood come down.
4. The Pharisee of fear, who abstained from doing of evil only, formidine poenae, for fear of punishment.
III. The Essaeans were the off-scouring of those Pharisees, their Religion was, Taste not, touch not, handle not. They would be more precise then the Pharisees, they would suffer no man to touch them, they said, Stand far from me, for I am more holy then thou. They dwelt by themselves without Jerusalem: they eat nothing but roots, they drank no wine. Handle not, tangere here is tangere ad edendum. So Gen. 3. 3. Levite. 21. Ye shall touch no holy thing, that is, ye shall not touch to eat it. So 2 Cor. 6. 17. Touch none unclean thing.
Ye shall have me only for your God. [ 3]
This proposition condemneth the Samaritan or Cuttaean, who worshipped both the true God, and the Idols of the land; this was called by Epiphanius Samaritismus, composed of Judaism and Paganism.
Ye shall have me always for your God. [ 4]
This proposition condemneth the Aramite; the Jews called him the Aramite, who fell back from the worship of the true God, he whose Father was a Jew, and his Mother an Egyptian falling from the truth. Targum translates him Arami. So Gal. 3. 28. the Graecian, the Syrian translates it Aramija. Such Apostates was Terah, the father of Abraham, Laban, and other such Aramites . And afterwards the Gadarenes, who made defection from the truth. They were called Kupharim, Apostates, and there were two sorts of them, Voluntarij, or coacti, Voluntary or compelled.
The true worship of God now continued first in Abraham's family, then with the Patriarchs, then with the Judges, then in the Temple, and so to Christ.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or Graecisme, is that false worship which is opposite to the truth, revealed by Christ and his Apostles.
When Christ entered in covenant with his Elect, he would only be worshipped.
This is Life eternal to know thee only to be God, and whom thou hast sent Christ.
Here is commanded: First, that ye shall have a Christ. Secondly, ye shall have me for your Christ. Thirdly, ye shall have me only for your Christ. Fourthly, ye shall have me always for your Christ.
Ye shall have a Christ. This proposition condemns [ 1] the Pagans, who know not a Christ.
Ye shall have me for your Christ. This proposition condemns [ 2] the Jews, who acknowledge not Jesus the Son of Mary, to be their Christ, so the Heretics who set themselves against His natures, person, union and distinction of natures.
The Jews reject Jesus the Son of Mary, to be their [ 1] Christ.
They expect Elias Tishbites, to be the fore-runner of [ 1] Christ; and they have a Proverb, when they cannot resolve any hard question to their Scholars, they say. Tishbi solvet nodos. When Elias Tishbites shall come, he will resolve all doubts. But this will be as we say, Ad graecas calendas, for Elias is already come, and they have done to him, what they please.
They look for a glorious kingdom, when he comes [ 2] When wilt thou restore the kingdom to Israel?
They rail against the person of Christ, calling him [ 3] that hanged God: so they call him crucified, stamen, & subtemen, the woof and the warp, because these two make the figure of the cross.
Against his righteousness; They seek to be justified by [ 4] their own works: And these latter Jews being asked, whether they believe to be saved by Christ's righteousness or not, answer, That every Fox must pay his own skin to the fleaer.
Against the Christians, who are called after his name, [ 5] they call them (goijm) the abhominable Nation; they call the Turks Ishmaelites, the Moors Cushim, but us Christians in despite goijm.
The Heretics, who impugn Christ's natures, or his [ 2] Person, they acknowledge not Christ for their Christ.
There were four principal Heretics. First, Arius. Secondly, Appollinaris. Thirdly, Nestorius. Fourthly, Eutiches. They were condemned in four Councils, in Niece, Constantinople, Ephesus, and Chalcedon, by four words, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , very truly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , perfectly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , indivisibiliter, indivisibly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , incomposite, incomposedly, they denied his Godhead, his Manhood, union of both, and distinction of both.
The Heretics, who set themselves against His offices, they deny Christ to be their Christ, as the Papists do.
They deny his Kingly office, they ascribe power to [ 1] the Pope to give laws to bind the conscience immediately, When there is but one Law-giver.
His Priestly office, offering daily a sacrifice for the [ 2] quick and the dead.
His Prophetical office, when they take upon them [ 3] to supply the defects of the Scriptures (as they call them (by traditions.
Thou shalt have me only for thy Christ. This proposition [ 3] fights against the Church of Rome, for they seek to be justified by their own righteousness, and the righteousness of Christ. They, hold that Christ's righteousness merits, that our works should merit. And Bellarmine says, Opera Sanctorum tincta sanguine Christi merentur, that is, the works of the Saints dipped in the blood of Christ do merit.
Because they believed not the truth, he gave them up to believe That lie. To teach us that Popery is nothing but a mass of errors, which make up one great lie against His natures, person, offices, and righteousness.
Ye shall have me always for your Christ. The Apostates, [ 1] who fall away from the known truth, have him not always for their Christ.
There are sundry degrees of these Apostates but the greatest is, when toti in toto & totaliter excidunt, such a one was Julian the Apostate, such a one in Spanish is called rinnegado.
Christianism, is that true worship, opposite to this Graecisme, it is only found in the true Orthodox Christian Church, not in the Synagogue of Satan, or Antichristan Church.
CAP. III.
Of the language which the Fathers spake in the first period of time, until the confusion of Babel.
THE language which the Fathers spake from the creation to the confusion of Babel, was the Hebrew tongue.
The imposition of the first names, shows it to be the Hebrew tongue, as Adam, because he was taken out of the earth. So Chava signifies living, because she was the mother of all living. So Seth one put, because Seth was put in place of his brother Abel. So Peleg, division, because the languages were divided in his time. So the names of places show, the first imposition of names to have been Hebrew, as Babel, Sinhar, Ninivie and such. So all antiquity is of this judgment.
1. This tongue was called the Hebrew tongue, after the confusion of Babel, from Heber.
2. It was called the language of Canaan, because the people of God spake this tongue in Canaan, not that they learned it of the Canaanites: for if the Lord would not have them to speak the language of Ashdod; far less would he have them to learn the language of the Canaanites, who were accursed of God. So, 2. Chron. 20. He blames them for counterfeiting the Ammonites in their speech, who were of Ammon, as these of Ashdod were.
[Object.] Object. But it may be said, that many of the ancient [Answ.] names of Towns and places in Canaan, were Hebrew names before Abraham came there, as we may see in the Book of Genesis and Joshua.
Answ. Although these names be Hebrew, yet we [Answ.] deny that they were imposed by the Canaanites, but by the Hebrews when they came to Canaan. Laban the Syrian called the hill Iegar Sahadutha, a heap of witnesses, but Jacob in Hebrew, changed the name of it, and called it Galeed, a watch Tower. So ye see the names might be changed from the Canaanitish into the Hebrew language.
3. This tongue was called the Jewish tongue. Speak to us in the Jewish tongue, from the Patriarch Judah.
In this tongue God spake to the Patriarchs, in this tongue the Angels spake to men, in this tongue the Prophets wrote the Old Testament, this tongue was kept still in the Church in the purity from Sem to Arphaxad, from Arphaxad, to Peleg, This tongue was not a punishment of sin, as other languages were, Alij propter peccatum voces dissonas habuerunt, other people for their sin had their languages confused, but the Church retained her language in purity, not partaking with the rest in their presumption at Babel. All other tongues to the Church were but lingua subsannationis, a tongue of scorn. Because they were but as Barbarians unto them, they were populus peregrini sermonis, the Chaldee Paraphrast translates it, Barbari sermonis, a Barbarous speech.
At the confusion of Babel, God divided the languages into divers maternall tongues.
A maternall or mother tongue, was originally imposed: and was that tongue, which was not derived of another, and it differeth from a derived tongue, and a dialect
A propago or derived tongue, is that tongue which is derived from a Maternall tongue, either by addition, detraction, or interchange.
The Syrian, was the first derived tongue from the Hebrew, the Maternall tongue. Secondly, the Chaldee. Thirdly, the Phoenician. Fourthly, the Arabic, which was also called Kederena, the tongue of Kedar.
Some tongues are derived from these again, as from the Phoenician tongue, the Punicke or Carthaginian tongue.
Here we must mark a difference betwixt tradux lingua, a derived tongue, either mediately or immediately, and a borrowed tongue: for languages borrow one of another, words which are not derived one of another.
Kir in the Hebrew is called a City, but Kirija in the Syriac and Phoenician tongue, is called also a City: hence cometh Carthago in the Punicke tongue, of the second derivation or propago propaginis; but Vologesokarta, a Parthian word, a City set upon Volga; here it is not a derived word (for the Parthian tongue is a mother tongue) but only a borrowed word, so Tigranokarta a City built by Tigranes, it is an Armenian word, which is a mother tongue, and therefore only borrowed.
Abib in the Hebrew tongue, is called spica virens, a green head of corn, from hence is derived Abub, a whistle in the Chaldee, but Ambub in the Latin tongue, Ambubaiarum collegia, companies of Minstrels playing upon whistles here it is not derived but borrowed, for the Latin tongue is not a derived tongue, but a mother tongue.
In a mother tongue, we ask cur hoe est? why is this? for it gives the reason, why the name was so imposed, but in the derived tongue, we ask, vnde hoc est? from whence is this? and therefore many Etymologists are very impertinent, who seek the reason of the names, out of derived tongues, and not out of the mother tongue.
This word Satyr, many verbal Grammatists labor to derive from the Greek 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 titillatio, quia pro iad ve • erem, l • cherous, but we must derive it from the first Maternall tongue, the Hebrew word Shagn • r. Ye shall not of • er your children Leshegnirim, to the hairy ones, that is to the Devils, who appeared in the likeness of hairy Goats, and therefore were called Satires by some small interchange: This was some of the Fathers faults, who derived Hebrew words from Greek, as pascha, from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 patior, to suffer, so Jesus from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 sano, to cure: so kephas from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . So Plutarch’s fault, who derived Sabbath from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Bacchanari.
The mother tongue gives the reason of the imposition of the name as being natural: the derived tongue is but imposed ex arbitrio, at the pleasure of the imposer, and oftentimes by chance; but it never expresses the nature of the thing. Varro expresses the matter by this example. An Athenian bought from Artemidorus (who dwelt in Ephesus a City of Ionia) a slave: he brings him home to Athens, but knows not his name, whether he shall call him Ion from his Country, or Ephesius from the City where he dwelt, or Artemon from his master whom he served: he may call him any of these at his pleasure, but yet none of these names shows the reason of the first imposition, as when the name was imposed to Ephesus, Artemidorus, &c.
A dialect is that speech, which differeth from the Maternall tongue only in pronunciation, and change of some Vowels and Consonants, in divers words of that language.
The dialects in the Hebrew, were first the Hierosolymitane, as Act. 1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in their own language: they pronounced akeldama, others said aceldama, so the lisping Ephraimites said Sibboleth; they of Benjamin said Shibboleth: So the Galilaeans had their dialect, for Peter was known to be a Galilaean by his speech.
∵
A CORROLARIE.
Of the Maternall Tongues in Europe.
-
In
Europe
there are eleven
Maternall
tongues, which are these.
-
-
Latin.
- Spanish.
- Italian.
-
French.
-
Francicke.
- Wallous.
- Pictonicke.
-
Tectosagick.
- Vascon.
- Limovicea.
- Perigurd.
-
Francicke.
-
Greek.
- Common.
- Attick.
-
Ionick.
-
And
- Sicilian.
- Rhegian.
- Cretan.
- Cyprian.
- Maccedenian.
- Syracusan, &c.
-
And
- Dorick.
- Aeolick.
- Baotick.
-
Latin.
-
Dutch.
-
Teutonicke.
- Wester.
- Easter.
-
Saxon.
-
North.
-
Frisian.
- English.
- Scottish.
- Turingian.
-
Frisian.
-
North.
-
Teutonicke.
-
Danes.
- Denmark.
- Sweden.
-
Norway.
- Island.
-
-
Slavonicke.
- Muscovite.
- Polonian.
- Bohemian.
- Illyrian.
- Dalmatian, &c.
- Epirote.
- Tartar.
- Hungarian.
- Finnonick.
- Irish.
- Britain.
- Cantabrian.
CAP. IV.
The diverse ways how God revealed himself to his servants extraordinarily.
GOD manifested himself to his servants sundry ways.
God who at sundry times, and in divers manners, spake in times past, unto the Fathers by the Prophets.
Four manner of ways. He revealed himself to his servants. First, by the gift of Prophecy. Secondly, by ordinary inspiration of the holy Spirit. Thirdly, by Vrim and Thummim, light and perfection. Fourthly, Per filiam vocis, by a little small voice.
God manifested himself by Prophecy. [ 1]
Prophecy was that gift which came upon the Prophets in their sleep, and when they were awake, all their strength was taken from them, so that they saw one speaking (as it were) in vision with them, or saw nothing at all, but heard a voice speaking to them.
Ruah hakkodesh, the holy Spirit, was that sort of Prophecy, [ 2] which was revealed to the Prophets, when they had the use of their senses, speaking and hearing as we do: they were inspired also by the holy Spirit, but not in so high a degree as these, who had the gift of Prophecy, this sort of revelation was most usual in the second Temple.
There are sundry sorts of spiritual knowledge: the first is of Faith: the second of Prophecy: the third of Glory. That Prophecy which is intellectual, showing [ 1] to the mind without means, is most perfect; that which is shown to the sense is most imperfect, and it comes [ 2] nearest to that knowledge which we have by faith, (For faith comes by hearing, and confirmed by sight.) That intellectual knowledge, comes nearest to the knowledge which we shall have of God in glory; that Prophecy which was shown to the imagination in dream, when the senses were abstracted, was a mean betwixt the intellectual, and that which was heard by the sense; as Jeremiah saw a seething pot represented to his imagination: and Jacob saw a ladder in a dream. The third of [ 3] Glory, which is most perfect, and intellectually shown to the mind: the senses not abstracted nor dazzled. Moses came nearest to this knowledge.
The revelation by Vrim and Thummim is not expressly [ 3] set down: Josephus thinks, when they were to go to battle, the Priest putting his Ephod upon him; if they were to march, then the stones did shine, but if the stones did not shine, then they were to stay: but this seems not to have been a sufficient way to have directed them in other cases: for when the Priest put upon him his Ephod, & consulted with the Lord whether they should go against the Philistines, or not: the Lord answered, Thou shalt not ascend directly, but go a compass about. How could these stones have manifested all these things to them? Wherefore it is most probable, that the Priest having these stones upon his breast, that the Lord inspired him by his Spirit, what answer to make to every question asked him.
The last sort of revelation extraordinary, was by Bath [ 4] col filia vocis, a little small voice, or an echo, whereby he answered his servants: Job calls this vox in silentio, a silent voice, and there came a voice from heaven. Syr. filia vocis, the daughter of a speech.
This last sort of revelation, was in the second Temple, a little before the destruction of it.
Thus God with-drew this revelation from his people by degrees, that they might cleave to the Law of God: and so come to the ordinary means of understanding his Will.
THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE CHRISTIAN SYNAGOGVE, CONTAINING The ordinary means to come by the sense of the Scripture.
CAP. I.
Of the ordinary means how God revealed himself to his People.
IN the Introduction to the Book, we have spoken how GOD revealed himself extraordinarily to his people without means: It followeth then, that in the beginning of this Book, we show how God reveals himself ordinarily with means.
The ordinary way how God reveals himself to his people, is by the Scriptures.
Search the Scriptures, for they testify of me.
The heavens declare the glory of God, but the Scriptures declare only the will of God.
In what Language the Books of the Old and New Testament were written.
GOD sanctified two languages, the Hebrew and the Greek, for the Old and New Testament.
God the Father sanctified these two languages, when his Secretaries wrote the holy Scriptures. God the Son upon the cross, sanctified three languages; the Hebrew, Greek, and Latin: the Hebrew propter legem, for the Law, because the Oracles of God were written in Hebrew: in Greek propter sapientiam, for wisdom, because the wisdom of the Heathen and their Laws were written in Greek; in Latin propter imperium, for Empire, because now the Roman Empire was flourishing. God the holy Ghost in the Pentecost, sanctified all Languages.
God made choice of the Hebrew tongue for to write the Old Testament into it.
There is one verse in Jeremiah which is written in the Chaldee tongue (whereas all the rest is written in the Hebrew tongue) to the people going to the captivity. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 * So shalt thou say to them (cursed be the gods who made neither heaven nor earth.) Of purpose the holy Ghost wrote this verse in the Chaldee, that the Jews going to Babylon, might reply to the Chaldeans in their own tongue, when they solicited them to worship their Idols; cursed be your gods, we will not worship them, for they neither made heaven nor earth.
There are some parts of Daniel and Esdras written in the Chaldee tongue, which were not immediately inspired by the holy Ghost, but were borrowed by Daniel and Esdra, out of the Chronicles of their Kings; as Nabuchadnazzers dream, which of purpose was done, that the heathen might give more credit to the Prophecy; notwithstanding, they were sanctified by the holy Ghost, as Aratus his poesie by Paul: but we deny that all the Chaldee in Daniel and Esdra, was translated out of the civil Records of their Kings, for some of it was inspired immediately by the holy Ghost.
There is one verse in Daniel written in the Chaldee tongue, but in the Samaritan Character, Mene mene tekel vphersen, which verse Daniel could read, but none of the Chaldeans could read it, although it was written in their own language: The Jews give the reason, because the Characters were Samaritan characters, which far differed from the Chaldee. Esdras after the captivity, left the Samaritan Character Idiotis, (that is) to the Samaritans, as the Jews call them, and chose the Chaldee character; before that time they used still the Samaritan Character. This Character is found upon their Shekel at this day: but after the Captivitie Esdras changed it: it differeth nothing now from the Hebrew Character which we have, whereas before this Chaldee Character differed very far from the ancient Hebrew Character, and he who could read the one, could not read the other, as may be seen here.
There is one verse in Exodus, which was first written in the Egyptiack tongue, but afterward was translated by Moses into the Hebrew tongue; She called him Mosche, from Mascha extrahere, because he was drawn out of the waters. Pharaohs daughter gave him not the name of Moses: for in the Egyptiack tongue he was called Monios, as Abernezra testifies upon Exodus 2. but Moses gave himself the Hebrew name.
Secondly, there are some words in the Old Testament which are Egyptiack. And they cried before him (A brech) to bow the knee.
There are some Persian words, as Esther. Seter in the Persick tongue is called a Star, she was called before Hadassa.
There are some Arabic words, as may be seen in Job, Lehhem, caro vivi, quick flesh.
Some composed of Egyptiack and Africa, as Totaphoth frontalia, Frontlets; Tot in the Egyptiack tongue, signifies two: and Phot in the African tongue, signifieth two also, because they had them written upon four sides, as upon an half sheet of Paper foulded in two, and * written upon both sides.
There are some Syriac words, Iegar Sahadutha, the heap of witness: the Hebrews say therefore, Let not the Syriac tongue be vile in thine eyes, because it is found in the Law, Prophets, and written Books.
The Hebrew tongue being the mother tongue, the Chaldean and the Syrian but daughters of her; therefore oftentimes in the Scriptures, the Chaldean and Syrian are called Hebrew. Gabbatha, a high place, as a Judgment seat, is used in Hebrew, yet this is a Syriac word: so Golgotha, dead men's sculls, is called Hebrew, yet it is a Syriac word, for in the Hebrew it is Golgoleth. So in Nehemiah's 13. The Syriac tongue is called the Hebrew tongue. yet it was not pure Hebrew: they wrote a letter in the Syriac tongue, which was understood in the Court without any Interpreter, being a derived tongue from the Hebrew. They spake to them in the Syriac tongue, that is, in the Chaldean tongue, but afterward the Chaldee and the Syrian were distinguished.
The holy Ghost wrote the New Testament, in the Greek language.
There are sundry Idiomes found in the New Testament, which are not Greek.
The hearers of the Apostles were either Jews or Gentiles: The Jews were of three sorts; Hebraizing Jews, Talmundizing Jews, and Graecizing Jews.
The first gave themselves to study the Hebrew Text: the second gave themselves to read the Talmud; the third followed the seventies Translation in Greek.
The Gentiles were either Grecians or Latins; so that ye shall find five sorts of Idiomes in the New Testament.
Hebraisms, as first Hebrew names; as, Aceldama, a field [ 1] of blood; Hosanna, salvation; Sabbath, rest; Haliluiah, praise the Lord; Bar • ona, the son of Jonah, Cannites, and such like; 2. Hebrew verses, as Eli Eli lamma sabachthani, my God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me.
So the New Testament uses the Proverbs of the Talmud, [ 2] as they had a Proverb, Are ye of Pambeditha, who can cause an Elephant to go through a needles eye. These of Pambeditha were great braggers, who said they could do strange things; hence came that Proverb amongst them, and Christ uses it, It is easier to cause a Camel to go through a needles eye. So this Proverb, To kick against the pricks. So they who say to their neighbor, Take out the straw out of thine own teeth, hears this often̄; Take out the beam out of thine own eye. The Babylonian Talmud shows how Jannes and Mamre, two Sorcerers of Egypt withstood Moses, and mocked him when he wrought his miracles; saying to him, (Wilt thou bring straw to Euphrata) as they would say, to carry water into the Sea: for they thought that Moses wrought his miracles by Sorcery, whereas the land of Egypt was full of Sorcery: the Apostle as some think, hath relation to this; Jannes and Jambres which withstood Moses.
The Jews called Hellenistae, or the Graecizing Jews, [ 3] they followed the Seventies Translation. They have many peculiar words, which are found in no other Greek Authors; as 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a Testament, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a Covenant, in their language are both one thing, and signify Berith, or foedus, a Covenant. So Gnets they translate it both lignum, a cutted tree, and arborem a growing tree. Whereas other Greeks have two distinct words for them, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ; Likewise 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , for the soul of man, in which sense no Greek Writer before is observed to take the word. So they have sundry Latin words which they have made Greek; as Linteum, a linen cloth; Macellum, the shambles; Caesar, an Emperor; Denarius, a penny; Artemon, a sails; and a number such, which Drusius in his Book entitled C • dmus, hath observed. For as many Greek words were used in the East amongst the Hebrews, when Alexander the Great transported Colonies thither; so many words have been borrowed from the Latins to the Greeks.
The Gentiles were either Greeks or Latins. [ 4]
Greeks; therefore ye shall find so many Graecismes in the New Testament, & verses cited out of the Greek Poets.
Latins; because the Romaine Empire now flourished, [ 5] therefore so many Latin words are used by the Apostles writing in Greek.
PARAGRAPHE I.
Of the Canonical Books of the Old Testament.
THE Books Canonical of the Old Testament, are twenty-four.
Josephus infiniti nobis non sunt libri sed viginti duo, Moysis 5. & Prophetae libros 13. reliqui 4. hymnos in deum & vitae humanae praecepta continent. We have not infinite Books, but only twenty two; Moses five, and the Prophets contain thirteen: the other four contain Hymns to God, and precepts for man's life. So Targum Cant. 5.
These Books are divided into the Law, Prophets, and Psalms.
The Hebrews divide them into the Law, Prophets, and Ketubim, written Books.
The Prophets are either Rishonim, the former; or Acharonim, the latter.
They are called the former, because they described things already done.
These were Joshua, Judges, Samuel, Kings, Chronicles. Samuel is called the first of the Prophets, Omnes Prophetae à Samuele: All the Prophets from Samuel.
The later Prophets are either the great Prophets or the small.
They are called the later Prophets, because they foretold things to come.
The greater are three: Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel: the small are Teri gnetzer, that is, twelve: they were all joined in one volume; therefore a testimony cited by Christ out of any of these Prophets, is said to be written in the Prophets.
These written Books, were written by those who had the gift of the holy Spirit, but not the gift of Prophecy.
Dixit David in spiritu Sancto: How doth David in spirit call him Lord?
A Prophet is by inspiration and office a Prophet; that is, who continueth still a Prophet, as Isaiah and Jeremiah; these were properly called Prophets. Again, there were Prophets by inspiration, but they lived not as Prophets, neither continued they in that calling: for David was a King, and Daniel was a Courtier: the first sort, they called them Prophetae permissionem, Prophets by message: the second, they called them Prophetae perspiritum sanctum, Prophets by the holy Spirit only; because their calling was not still to be Prophets, therefore they called their Books, written Books.
But by this reason Samuel should not be placed among [Object.] the Prophets, because he was a Judge.
Although Samuel was a Judge, yet he continued still [Answ.] a Prophet, and was Rector of the School of the Prophets.
The Lord hath had an especial regard for the preservation of the Books of the Old Testament, that they should not perish, nor be corrupted.
The Hebrews say, that there is a threefold Crown; first of the Law: the second of the kingdom, and thirdly of the Priest-hood: and that the Crown of the Law is more glorious then the other two Crowns, according to that of Solomon, By me Kings reign. And they say, that Esdras with the rest of the great Synagogue, after the Captivitie, reformed the Common-wealth, from the corruptions of Babel: Et restituerunt magnificentiam in pristinum statum, and they restored the magnificence into the old integrity; that is, the Law of God which excelleth all other in greatness.
These Masters of the great Synagogue, did sundry things for the preservation of the Text. First, they numbered the letters, secondly, the words, thirdly, the verses of the whole Bible, fourthly, their corrections of the Orthography in the Margent; for they set down two letters, Keri velo Cetib, that is, We are to follow the reading, and not as it is written. And Cetib velo keri, scribitur & nen legitur, It is written, and not read: last, they sealed the Canon.
The Mazorites they called them Siga Hamickra 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , The hedge of the Scripture: for as the hedge keeps out the thief; so doth the correction of the Mazorites keep out the rest of the Correctors, that they should not be bold to correct anything in the Text. Hence is that saying of theirs; Tythes are the hedge of a man's riches: pay thy Tythes and be rich. Vowes are the hedge of the first fruits; the hedge of Wisdom is silence, and the Mazorite is the hedge of the Law.
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of the Apocryphe Books of the Old Testament.
THE Apocryphe Books were these, whose authority was not known in the Jewish Church.
These books the Hebrews called Genuzim, from the Chaldee word Ganaz abscondere, to hide; because their authority was not known in the Church: therefore it was, that they forbad their children to read them until they came to mature age. So in the Primitive Church, when they were read, the Reader stood but in the inferior place.
The Greeks called the Canonic Books 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , put in, because they were within the Canon, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , revealed: they oppose to these, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , not to preach; and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to hide; and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because they are not received in the Canon.
Epiphanius his reason is not good, why they are called Apocryphe Books, Because (saith he) they were hidden in the Ark: These Books were written a • ter the second Temple; therefore it is better said of him who says, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , All that which is not within the divine Canon, that is Apocryphe. Quid quid abest à sancta, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , whatsoever is out of the Chest of the Sanctuary. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 was Capsa ecclesiae, The chest of the Church, in which the Canonic Books were reserved.
There were two sorts of Apocryphe Books, Primi generis, & secundi generis; of the first sort, and second sort.
Primi generis, which the Church made use of, although they received them not in the Canon: as the [ 1] Maccabees, Jesus Sirach, the Wisdom of Solomon, Toby; These were not called Canonici by the Fathers, but Ecclesiastici.
Secundi generis, were these which they altogether rejected; [ 2] such were the Books of Jannes and Jambres, Petoreth mosche sive 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , dimissio Moysis ex hac vita: The assumption of Moses, or taking him out of this life. In this Book is described the strife which was betwixt Michael and the Devil, about the body of Moses, of which we read in Jude his Epistle: so 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the after-birth. So the Prophecy of Enoch, so Apocrypha Ieremiae. Epiphanius testifies, that the Jews sent to Egypt to Ptolemy with the Canonicke Scriptures, seventy two Apocryph Books.
PARAGRAPHE III.
Of the Canonicke Books of the New Testament.
THE Books of the New Testament are Historical Doctrinal, and Prophetical.
Historical, are either of Christ or his Apostles. Of Christ, the four Evangelists: of the Apostles, the Acts entreats.
The four Evangelists, are like to the four Rivers which went about the Garden of Eden to water it, and Christ in the midst, as the Tree of Life.
The Doctrinal books, are the fourteen Epistles of Paul, of James one, and Peter two, of John three, of Jude one.
The Prophetical Book, is the Book of the Revelation; containing the state of the Church, from the days of John to the end of the world.
The number of the Canonic Books are seventy; for even as seventy valiant men stood about the bed of Solomon with Targets: so the Lord hath set these seventy Valiants to defend his Truth.
PARAGRAPHE IIII.
JOHN, who out-lived the rest of the Apostles, sealed the Canon of the Scriptures.
Revel. 22. Cursed is he who adds or takes away, from the things written in this Book.
The Sadducees rejected all the Old Testament, but the five Books of Moses; Marcion rejected all the Evangelists, but Luke. Ebion and Caerinthus rejected John's Gospel. The Papists add the Apocryphe Books to the Scriptures. But these are equal abhominable before the Lord, He that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just.
PARAGR. V.
How the holy Scriptures must be expounded.
THE Scripture must be interpreted by the same Spirit, by which it was inspired.
No Scripture is of private interpretation.
Private interpretation, is either Praeter fundamentum veritatis, by the ground of verity, or Praeter fundamentum salutis, by the ground of salvation; circa fundamentum salutis, about the ground of salvation; or contra fundamentum salutis, or contrary to the foundation of salvation.
[ 1] Praeter fundamentum veritatis, is, when an interpretation agrees not with the place entreated, although it be not contra fundamentum salutis: these the Greeks called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , aliena à proposito, out of purpose: as those who seek Gold in the earth, if they miss the vein, they lose the Gold: so these who interpret Scripture, besides the meaning of the place entreated, they miss the sense of the Scripture.
[ 2] Praeter fundamentum salutis, is that Interpretation which is not only besides the verity, but also besides the foundation Christ: this by the Apostle is called Hay and stubble, it shall burn, but the builder may be safe.
[ 3] Circa fundamentum salutis, is that interpretation, which weakeneth the foundation, although it raze it not directly.
[ 4] Contra fundamentum salutis, is that interpretation, which razeth the foundation, Not holding the head Christ.
1. Peter 4. Vnstable souls wrest the Scripture: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , It is a word borrowed from torturers, when they put an innocent man upon the rack, and makes him to speak the thing he never meant: so these wrest a sense out of the Scriptures, which the holy Ghost never meant. The Jews fable, that Manna had a taste to every man as he listed, when he did eat of it, but this fable is refuted, Numb. 11. 5. It is as false, that the Scriptures of God hath any sense which heretics list to give them.
True interpretation, is that interpretation which is super fundamentum, upon the foundation, and gives the true interpretation of the place entreated.
The Doctors of the Jews were called bonim, aedificantes, Builders, because they were bound to build upon the foundation.
PARAGR. VI.
Of the internal light, which shows the way to come by the sense of the Scripture.
THE means to come by the sense of the Scripture, are either internal, or external.
The internal light whereby we come to the sense of the Scripture, is the holy Spirit.
Then he opened their understanding, to believe the Scriptures. So revelasti mihi aurem, Thou tookest a veil off mine ear, and made me to understand. Perforare aurem est obedientiae, to bore the ear is for obedience; thou boredst mine ear: but revelare aurem est intelligentiae, to vnvaile the ear is for understanding: The Latins call this dicere in aurem, to speak in the ear.
PARAGR. VII.
Of the external helps to come by the sense of the Scripture.
THE external helps, which help us to come by the sense of the Scripture, are especially five.
1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to consider the Marginall, and line reading of the Scripture. 2. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the right pointing of a Scripture. 3. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the right collation of Scripture with Scripture. 4. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the right translation of a Scripture. 5. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the customs proper to the Jews.
CHAP. II. Of the first Help.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or double reading of a Scripture.
TO mark the line reading, and the Marginall reading, helps much for the understanding of the Text in the Hebrew and Greek.
This Marginall reading is set down in the great Mazora Bible in the Margent and the Text: and joining both together, is called a double reading.
Where the holy Ghost hath joined both the readings, these we are to follow.
There is a Marginall reading in the Prophet, Esa. 51. 14. written in two several words, but having the signification of any of them, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Omnimoda apertio, (to open the prison) or the eyes of the blind.
For this is meant also of those that are blind, as those that are in prison.
These two readings our Lord joins together, Luke 4. 18. Thou hast sent me 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 to restore sight to the blind, and to open the prison to the prisoner. If I were reading the 51. of Isaiah, and first verse, I might make this line reading: To give sight to the blind, as well as to open the prison to the prisoner.
Bennaija the son of Iehoijdah was a 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 lively man: but the marginal reading hath it ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a strong man.) This [ 2] marginal reading, 1 Chron. 11. 22. is made line reading; therefore we may join them both safely in the Text, He was a lively strong man.
And Johanan was the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 chief of the Captains; the marginal reading, He was one of the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 three: which marginal reading, 2 Sam. 23 is made line reading, therefore we may join them together, He was one of the three chief Captains.
Where the holy Ghost makes that line reading in the New Testament, which is marginal reading in the Old Testament; we may safely join them both in the Text.
He gives grace to the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 poor: but 1 Peter 5. He follows the marginal reading, He gives grace to the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 humble; therefore we may safely join them both in the Text; He gives grace to the poor humble.
Thou wilt not suffer thy 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 holy ones: In the marginal there is a sign of the plural number, showing [ 2] that there is a letter redundant. Peter Acts 2. approves this marginal reading, reading it in the singular number, Thou wilt not suffer thy 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 holy one to see corruption.
The marginal readings of the Mazorites we may use [ 1] them for illustration, (where they are not approved by the holy Ghost) although we may not make them line reading. If they impare not the credit of the Scripture, or is contrary to it.
In their afflictions they were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 (not) afflicted; the marginal reading may serve for illustration; In all their afflictions 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 (he) was afflicted, to wit; Christ bearing our sins.
Jehoshaphat had 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ten Ships which went to Ophyr: the marginal reading hath it, Jehoshaphat 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 made ships [ 2] which went to Ophyr. Here the one cleareth the other, he made ships, and how many ships he made.
Our hands have not sudit 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 shed. (In the singular number) the marginal reading hath it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 [ 3] fuderunt in the Plural number: to signify, that every one in particular should purge himself, and all of them should protest y t they had not shed that innocent blood.
But the Mazorites marginal reading seems to be [Object. 1] contrary to the Text; therefore we may not use it for illustration.
Tender and young was I 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 before my mother: but the marginal reading hath it, Tender and young was I 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 before the sons of my mother: Here the marginal reading seems to be contrary to the Text: for Solomon's mother had no sons but Solomon, and the child who was begotten in adultery, who died so soon as he was borne.
Solomon's mother had moe sons; wherefore the [Answ.] marginal reading may well stand for illustration, (Tender and young was I before my mother) and (tender and young was (before the sons of my mother) that is of them all best beloved.
But the Text says, Vnicus eram matris meae, I was my [Object.] mothers only son: then it may seem she had no moe sons but Solomon?
Junius translates it, vnicus id est vnice dilectus, he was [Answ.] his mothers best beloved of all his brethren.
The marginal reading seems to be contrary to the [Object. 2] Text; therefore it cannot be used for illustration of the Text: Abi, dic 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 non vivendo vives, quia ostendit mihi Jehovah, cum cer to moriturum: Go and say unto him, thou shalt not recover: for the Lord hath shown me that he shall surely die.
The marginal reading hath it thus; Go say unto him, thou shalt recover, although the Lord hath shown to me he shall surely die. Abi, dic 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ei vivendo vives quamvis Dominus ostendit mihi eum moritarum.
This marginal reading is not contrary to the Text, [Answ.] but serves for illustration; ab dic ei (sub audi) non vivendo vives: Go and tell him (to wit) he shall not live, because the Lord told me that he shall certainly die.
But the marginal reading seems to be the right reading [Object.] here, joining emor with lo, by Mackaph, dic ei, and then a Comma.
Mackaph is not a syntactick accent, but Euphonicke; [Answ.] therefore Junius in his last translation, follows the line reading (dic non) and not the marginal reading dic ei, as he did in his first translation.
How shall I know, Psal. 22. 15. that this (they 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Digged my hands and my feet) is the right line reading, and not this, as 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a Lyon.
First by the Grammatical helps; for Caari with Cametz [Answ. 1] signifieth (to dignity) but with Patach (as a Lyon) it is here with Cametz, therefore it should be read they digged, and • od is put for Vau. 2. The circumstance of the [ 2] Text will lead us to read, (they digged) for every member of the Text hath a proper word joined with it; Dogs compassed me about; the • mpany of the wicked environed me: then the last member should not want the own proper verb, they digged. 3. Johannes Isaac Leuita [ 3] testifies, that he saw a Psalter, wherein it was plainly written, Caaru, and not Caari. 4. Aquila, (who was [ 4] a great enemy to Christ) followed Caaru, they digged, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , turpiter foedarunt manus meas id est cruentarunt, They filthily defiled my hands, that is, with blood. And the seventy 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , foderunt, digged: & the translation which the Ethiopians and Indians use in the Chaldee tongue, hath Caaru foderunt, digged, as Petrus Galatinus testifies.
No translator may put the marginal reading in the Text, unless it be approved by the holy Ghost.
We cannot translate, They digged Lyon-like my hands and my feet.
The line reading hath it (in his sins) the marginal in his sin: we must not put both in the Text here, in [ 2] singulis peccatis eius, for everyone of his sins: but use it for illustration only.
Keep thy foot, in the marginal, keep thy feet: We must not translate it so, Keep both thy feet. [ 3]
Where the Mazorites notes, seems to impair the credit of the Text, there we are not to follow them.
The Mazorites of Tyberias will seem to be more modest then the Text, and to put the holy Ghost to school [ 1] as it were, to teach him to speak.
They shall drink their own pisse: but in the marginal, they will put it in more modest terms; They shall drink the water of their own feet: but, to the clean, all things are clean.
Agabb of Doves dung: but for modesty they set in the [ 2] margent, That which comes out of the holes of the Doves. They say this phrase, Indiget foraminibus suis, he had need to make water.
They will not say, S •• agitabit eam, He shall know her, as the Text hath it: but in the margent, He shall lie with [ 3] her.
For the Piles or the Haemercids, they put in the margent tehorim, Holes; and they point the first word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 [ 4] Mariscae Haemeroids, with the points of 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 high holes, to signify, that the last must be read for the first. Scheva is never made a gutturall letter. So they read Jehovah with the points of adonai or elohim.
As they would show themselves forsooth more modest then Pen-men of the holy Ghost: so they would show themselves more clement then the holy Ghost.
There are four Books in the Old Testament, which ends with threatenings, but the penult verses of these books are more mild; therefore they have caused to Print them over again, and add to everyone of these Books the penult verse after the last. The note of the four Books is set down by Sigla, or their abbreviation in the end of Ecclesiastes; Yod for Isaiah; Tau for Terignatzar, The twelve small Prophets, of which Malachi is the last; Coph for the Lamentations; and Coph for Coheleth, Ecclesiastes.
Because the last verse in Isaiah is terrible, (and their fire shall not be quenched) they have caused to print over again the penult verse: And it shall come to pass, that from month to month, and from Sabbath to Sabbath, that all flesh shall come and bow before me: so they have dealt with the other three books, adding the penult verse to everyone of them.
As they will show themselves more clement then the holy Ghost; so they will take upon them to censure places which they think defective in the Text.
This is their note in the margent, Gen. 4 that there are 28. verses in the midst of this verse wanting; a large conference of Cain with Abel, which is set down in the Chaldee Paraphrast. But (& dixit) he spake, signifieth not only to hold a long conference, but also to speak friendly with one, and to converse with him.
These are the censures of the Jews of Tyberias, but they are not found in the great and first Mazora.
Where the double reading of the Mazorites is contrary to the Text, it should be altogether rejected.
When Onias the fourth was cast out by Antiochus the great, from the Priest-hood of Jerusalem, he fled to Egypt, and there built a Temple in Heliopolis, alleging Isaiah’s warrant for him; reading the Text thus: (And one of them shall be the City of 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Cheres the sun: for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Heres, destruction; the Chaldee Paraphrast joins them both together, The City of the S • nne shall he destroyed. This double reading is contrary to the Text, for there might not be any Temple built for the worship of God, but at Jerusalem. Confer Deut. 5. with the 4. of John.
CHAP. III. Of the second Help.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or the right pointing of a Scripture.
THE points and accents are naturally bred with the Scriptures, delivered by GOD to Moses, out of Mount Sinai, and so to the posterity.
Talmud, Omnes literae sunt vt corpus sine anima. Letters without points, are like a body without a soul.
The Hebrews say, Qui legit sine puncto, vt qui equitat sine fraeno, that is; He who reads without the points, is as he who rideth without a bridle. And again, Col perish shelo gnal derech hat agnamim lo tob lo, Omnis expositio quae non secundum punct a accentus non bona est; that is, Every exposition which is not according to the points, is not good for thee to follow. Therefore the Hebrews calls the accents tagnamim accentus, because they season the reading, and gives it the right relish, as sauce doth the meat.
The right pointing of the Scripture, is a most necessary help for understanding the Text.
After the Lord said, let the waters bring forth abundantly every creeping thing: and let the fowls fly upon the earth. * Because the vulgar Translation marketh not the point Atnach, at creeping things here; therefore sundry have gathered, that the Fowls were created of the waters, contrary to the Text, Gen. 2. 19. Out of the ground the Lord God formed every beast of the field, and every fowl of the air.
And they offered burnt offerings, (to wit) Lambes: and [ 2] they sacrificed peace-offerings (to the Lord) to wit, Bullockes. *
There was a question betwixt the Disciples of Hillel, and the Disciples of Schammai, what were the sacrifices which were offered by the Israelites in the wilderness, the sect of Hillel held, that it was the daily sacrifice or burnt offering which they offered: The sect of Shcammai held, that it was a voluntary sacrifice which they offered: but if they had marked the right pointing of the Text, this controversy would have soon ended; they might have seen two distinct sacrifices set down there. They should not have read the Text without the distinction Atnach, at burnt offering, as they did (and they offered burnt offerings, and sacrificed peace-offerings.
And he was with the Lord forty days and forty nights, and he did neither eat bread nor drink water: and he wrote [ 3] upon the Tables. *
Who wrote upon the Tables, whether God or Moses? Deut. 10. 2. It is expressly said, that God wrote the [ 4] second Tables, then for to clear the place in Exodus, we must mark the accent Atnach, set down before (and,) and Moses did neither eat nor drink: here is the rest, and he wrote (to wit, God) or dum scriberet scilicet Deus, while as he wrote, (to wit, God.)
But when the days of her purification shall be fulfilled, whether for a son or a daughter; she shall bring a Lamb. * [ 5]
Augustine not observing the Hebrew point Segolta, which is put after daughter, thought that she was to offer her offering for her son as well as for her daughter, contrary to the Scripture; for the male child was to be circumcised the eyght day, & consequently was clean; and the females were circumcised in the males. The sons of Jacob say to Hamor, Shall we give our Sister to one that is uncircumcised. But this we will consent unto you, that every male be circumcised among you.
Fortie stripes shalt thou give him, but no moe. [ 6]
The Jews had a tradition of giving the guilty thirty nine stripes, but not full forty. I received of the Jews th • ice forty stripes lacking one: the reason commonly is, why they substracted one was for pity: but the ground of the subtraction was the custom of the Jews following the Talmudike reading, omitting the distinction which is in the Text; for the Text distinguisheth these two, He shall be beaten before him with a certain number, then it subjoins, Thou shalt beat him with forty stripes: but the Talmudic reading joins them both together, passing by the point, (He shall be beaten before him with a certain number, with the number of forty) that is, that which goes next unto forty, or immediately before forty, the Text says not (say they) forty in number: for then full forty must be understood; but because the Text says, Rammisper in numero, in number, he would say; Let him be beaten with as many stripes as he may bear according to his desert.
Before the light of God went out in the Temple, Samuel slept. [ 7]
The not regarding the point made a wrong reading. Before the light of God went out, * Samuel slept in the Temple. No man might sit in the Temple, far less sleep in it. The King sat only in the outward Court, and the Priest stood: therefore when Samuel slept, he slept in a Chamber hard by, and not in the Temple.
The just by faith, shall live; We must be first just by [ 8] faith before God, and then live; and not first just, and then live by faith before God: this is the right reading. But some read it wrong, thus; The just, * shall live by faith. That the former is the true reading, is proved by the Apostle, Rom. 1. 16. 17. Only the just shall live before God: but the just by faith is only just; therefore only the just by faith shall live before God. The Covenant of the Law says, (hoc fac, & vives) Do this and thou shalt live; here subiectum, of this proposition is, hoc fac; and the attributum of it, is, vives. So this in the new covenant; The just by faith shall live, here subiectum is, The just by faith, attributum, shall live.
They shall deliver you into their meetings and Synagogues, ye shall be beaten, and shall be presented before Rulers and [ 9] Kings.
The wrong reading, they shall deliver you to their Iudicatories, * and in their Synagogues ye shall be beaten: they were not beaten in their Synagogues, but before the civil Judges in their Iudicatories.
He began, to be about thirty years of age, * being as is supposed the son of Joseph. [ 10]
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 incepit, is not construed here with the Genitiue case 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , but is put absolutely here, according to the Hebrew phrase; as in Gen. 9. 20. Tunc coeperat, Noah plantare vineam, To plant a Vineyard, and drink of the Wine thereof. The wrong reading is thus; Then he began to be about thirty years of age, without any distinction. Dionysius following the wrong pointing, makes him but seven and twenty years when he began his Ministry. Keplerus makes him to begin his Ministry in the beginning of his thirtieth year. But he began his Ministry in the beginning of his thirty one year, being full thirty.
This is life eternal to know the only to be true God, and whom thou hast sent Christ: This is the true reading. [ 11]
The Arians pointed the place wrong, thus; This is life eternal to know the only, * to be the true God, and whom thou hast sent Christ. So they would seclude Christ from being true God: For the exclusive particle 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , belongs not to the subiectum, life eternal, but to the attribute, The true God. Which particle in the Greek showeth clearly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : and the sense is this; I hat ye may know the Father to be that God, who is only very God. If the Comma, were put after (only) then it would seclude the attribute, the true God, from the Son, and the holy Ghost: but when it is rightly placed, it secludes the attribute only from Creatures. Solus Pater est Deus, (solus) secludit attribu • um, ab alijs personis, sed vera lectio abominibus Creatur • s.
If any hearken not to our speech by an Epistle, note such a man. [ 12]
The wrong pointing is this; If any man hearken not to our speech, * note him by an Epistle. For it is not the Thessalonians, but Paul that should write the Epistle.
Whose names are written in the book of the Lamb slain, from the beginning of the world. * [ 13]
Slaine, here is not referred to these words, from the beginning of the world, but to the words going before; written in the Lambes book from the beginning of the world.
Then said Paul: John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people; That they should believe [ 14] in him which should come after him, (that is) in Christ Jesus: So when they heard him, they were baptized in the Lord Jesus: This is the right pointing. That they should believe in him which should come after him, that is, in Christ Jesus, and when they heard him, * &c. taking them for Luke's words: This is the wrong reading.
The right reading makes these to be Paul's words (and hearing him they were baptized) that is, John's hearers hearing himself. The wrong reading makes them Luke's words, and so make the twelve men whom John baptized, to be rebaptized again by Paul.
There was a certain Jew, whose name was Mordecai, the son of Jair, the son of Shemai, the son of Kish, * a [ 15] man of Iemini; which had been carried away from Jerusalem with the captivity.
The right pointing is, not to make a Comma after Kish, but after Iemini: for if it be set after Kish, then the relative will have relation to Mordecai; then Mordecai should have lived from the captivity of Jeconiah, till the Persian Monarchy. Therefore Tichcha set upon Kish, is but semi-incisum, and hath not the force of a full Comma. For the Hebrews have their Semi-incisa, incisa, membra, & puncta: membrum, properly is the point which answers to the Greek Colon.
Ye see then how that of works a man is justified, and not of faith only. This is the right reading. [ 16]
The wrong pointing is, That of works a man is justified, and not of faith, * only.
If it were thus pointed, then it should carry this sense, Ye see then that a man is justified by works, and not only justified by faith: That is, That he is both justified by works and faith; but the point is to be placed before and, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is to be referred to 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , signifying, Fide sola vel solitaria, The faith that is alone: It is one thing to say, that Man is not justified by faith only: which James never saith, and were a contradiction to Paul: and another thing to say, That a man is not justified by faith alone, which is most true, and Paul never denied it.
That this is the right pointing, and that the place hath this meaning; it is evident thus.
First, by the drift of the place, which is not to show, what place faith hath in justification, for that is Paul's drift. Rom. 4. 5. But to show what faith it is, that hath place in justification against Solifidians.
Secondly, By the examples alleged, for Abraham was justified before God, long before the oblation of Isaac; and Rahab's work could not iustisie her before God, because she was stained with many imperfections.
Thirdly, by collation of other places of the same Text, verse. 14. where he speaketh of the having of faith with works: and not of justifying by works with faith.
Fourthly, the Syriac translates it fide sola, faith alone.
Fifthly, verse 20. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 without works is dead, that is, That faith which hath no works is dead: and not, Faith without works is dead, as Beza distinguisheth well; as if faith were quickened by works.
Lastly, when 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 signifieth only, and not alone, it is other ways placed, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , as the Greeks use to speak: But placing it after 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , it signifies 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , fide solitaria. I conclude this then, that we are justified by faith with works associtiue, but not by faith and works copulative. I worship Christ with his flesh associatiue, but not Christ and his flesh copulative. So, I honor the King with his Crown associatiue, but, I honor not the King and his Crown copulative.
The commands are pointed after another manner, then any of the rest of the Scriptures; for some of them ye shall see distinguished by a full point, and lightly: also ye shall see Atnach and Zakeph katon, that is, Colon and Comma major both joined, the first as a note of greater distinction, and this of a lesser. So ye shall see Silluck and Atnach, joined together after some of them.
Whence came this divers pointing of the Law. [Object.]
The reason which the Jews give is ridiculous, they [Answ.] say the commands are all joined together without any full distinction, Bedibbur echad, sermon vno, at one speech, that is, without any rest, because God pronounced them all with one breath. They are distinguished again, say they, because men cannot without resting pronounce them.
But the truth is, that the commands, as they are distinguished, so there is a full point, to make the distinction; but because there is a great affinity amongst them, therefore it is also that they are lightly distinguished; & it is to be marked, that these commands which are set down without any conjunction in Exodus the 20. Deut. 5. 18. are set down with a copulative, Thou shalt not murder, and, thou shalt not commit adultery; to teach us the conioyning of the commands as into one body, which must also be done in our practice. The Schoolmen say well, Tota obedientia est copulatiua, the whole law is copulative.
CHAP. IIII. Of the third Help.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or collation of Scripture with Scripture.
COllation of Scripture with Scripture, is a most profitable help to bring us to the sense of the Scripture.
Act. 16. 10. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , being assured that the LORD had called us to Preach the Gospel unto them.
As the middle lamp of the Candlestick, being enlighned from the fire of the Altar, one lamp gave light to another; so the Word of God having light from Jesus Christ, one Scripture then, gives light to another.
The Jews usually conferred Scripture with Scripture. Act. 15. Moses is read of old every Sabbath in the Synagogue.
When they read Moses Law, they read so much of the Prophets answering to the Law. They divided Moses law into 53. equal Sections, joining two short ones: and ends them all in a year, allowing a Section to every Sabbath These Sections were called Parascha in the Law, and Haphtarah in the Prophets: as ye would say, divisions, or a distinguished part of the Text.
They were called also Sydra, à Sedar, ordine, in the Chaldee: and the Apostle Coloss. 2. 17. 18 hath relation to this manner, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in parte Sabbathi: it was called Pereck, or Cheleck, as ye would say, In tractatu de ••• to, places for the feasts: for they had so much allotted for them to read in their feasts.
These Sections were distinguished by three great 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . in the Law, and by three great 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 in the Prophets. But there is one of them, Gen. 47. 28. which is not distinguished as the rest, by three great P. P. P. And the Jews give the reason to be this, because it is the shutting up of the Book of Genesis, yea and of the whole Law and Prophets to the coming of the Messias: and because the time of his coming was not expressly set down; therefore they continued this Section with the former.
The occasion why they joined these parts of the Prophets, with these of the Law, was this; when they were under the persecution of Antiochus Epiphanes; He polluted the Temple, took away Circumcision, and forbad the reading of Moses Law under pain of death; therefore they called him Antiochus haraschi, Antiochus the wicked. Now least they should altogether want the reading of Moses Law, they made choice of certain parts of the Prophets, most answerable to the parts of the Law, which they read before.
As for this place Gen. 1. 1. In the beginning God created [ 1] heaven and earth. They made choice of the Prophet, Isaiah 42. 5. So saith the Lord, Creator of the heaven and earth: and they read to the eleventh verse of the forty three Chapter, which hath this marginal note upon it, Gnad kan, huc vsque, thus far.
The second distinction was this; These were the generations of Moab. In place of these words, they made choice [ 2] of the words of the Prophet, Isaiah 54. 11. Canta sterilis, Sing thou barren: for as the first place intreats of the natural generation of Noah; so doth this, of the spiritual generation of the Church.
Their third distinction was, Gen. 12. 1. Abi tibi, Go unto a land: For this, they made choice of the forty of Isaiah, from the 25. verse to the sixteenth of the forty one Chapter: for as in this Section of Genesis, the departing of Abraham out of his own Country to a strange land is handled. So in this Section of the Prophet Isaiah, there is a comfort set down to the Israelites in banishment. And so forth to the end of the Law; as ye may see the places paralleled in the end of the Hebrew Bible.
When the tyranny of Antiochus was ended, they began again to read Moses after the old manner, and they read still the places of the Prophets with him. These places of the Prophets they called Haphtara from Patar cessare, to cease, for they being ended, they went home, and he was called Maphtir cessator, who read this last part in the Prophets.
When they ended the reading of the Law, they had a feast, which they called Schimchath tora, laetitia legis, the joy of the Law: this was the 23. of Tizri.
These Sections or divisions received in the Liturgy of the Church, were not Divinae institutionis, by divine appointment: for oftentimes they make a Section, where there should be a continuance of the History.
The eleventh of Genesis, at the 32. verse, is separate by their Section, from Genesis the twelfth, where the History is continued; for God spake these things to Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia, before he came to Charran. Act. 7. 3.
But it may seem these Sections were appointed by [Object.] God, and that they were kept by the people of God as divine. Nehem. 9. For when the mourning of the people for their Moabitish wives, was interrupted; all the time of the feast of the Tabernacles, that is, to the 22. day of the month of Tizri. They began not to take up their mourning again, till the 24. day of the month: the 23. day was a day of joy, because they ended the reading of the Law that day.
The latter Jews appointed many fasts and feasts (as [Answ.] may be seen in the Calendar) which they had no warrant for out of the Word of God: neither is the ground clear enough out of this place, that they keep the feast that day, that it will now follow?
When they ended the reading of the Law, the next Sabbath they called it Sabbath Beresheth, requies in principio: they began their reading in this month of Tizri, because they held generally that the world was created in September.
Besides the reading upon the Sabbath, they read these Paraschaes or Sections upon the week days also, but they read not the whole Sections: and these who would seem to be more devout, fasted these two days also: and of this the Pharisee boasted, I fast twice in the Sabbath, that is, in the week. The Jews in the East began this fast, upon Dijun, and ended it in Dijon, the fifth day of the week.
This collation of Scripture with Scripture, the Apostles afterward used it.
The two Testaments are God's two Silver Trumpets, and his two lips, as it were, breathing out one truth.
When the Apostles cites Scripture to confirm their doctrine, it is not because their doctrine stands in need of confirmation (as ours doth, For all men are liars.) But it is for our cause, to let us see the harmony and consent that is betwixt the Old and New Testament. The Jews say well, The Law needs no fortification.
When the Apostles compare Scripture with Scripture, sometimes the reference is in express words: sometimes the collation is in the matter, and not in the words. Scriptum est in vocibus & scriptum est in rebus: it is written in the words and the matter,
Zach. 6. 12. A branch shall rise, Netzer. Math. 2. (Behold he shall be called a Nazarit.) Netzerit, and not a Nazarit: The Evangelist expounds the Prophet in sense, though not in words, for Christ was not a Nazarit. Therefore these words in Matthew, should be interpreted, he shall be called a Flower, or a Branch; the Scripture calls a child a Branch, and a branch a Child. So the Hebrews calls (Bath) a Daughter, and the apple of the eye, because his daughter is as dear to him as the apple of his eye: Per Metalepsin, one word put for another, having some similitude.
When the Apostles cite the Testimonies of the Old Testament, sometimes they change something for illustration.
But thou Bethlehem Ephratah, are the least of the Rulers of • udah, out of thee shall come forth to me, who shall be Ruler in Israel. But Math. 2. 6. And thou shalt not be the least: That which Matthew says, Micah insinuates, Out of thee shall come he who shall not be the least: and Michas words may be read thus, by an interrogation. Art thou the least of the Rulers? Thou art not: as Job says, Wilt thou draw the Whale with the book? that is, thou canst not.
Let us eat, let us drink, for the morrow we shall die: But the Apostle, 1. Cor. 15. 32. puts it in the present time: The morrow we die. For illustration, to express the boldness of these Sadducees and Epicures, who would eat and drink securely, although they were presently to die: and the Chaldee Paraphast adds, (and not rise again) to show that these Epicures looked not for the resurrection.
Mine ear hast thou pierced: but the Apostle, Hebrews 10. 5. hath it thus; A body hast thou fitted to me: for illustration: Christ's obedience began at his ear, but his whole body was obedient when he offered himself upon the Cross.
He ascended up on high and received gifts: but Ephes. 4. 8. He ascended up on high and gave gifts. For illustration, all the gifts which Christ received, he received them to [ 4] this end, that he might bestow them upon his Church.
That thou mayest be pure when thou judgest: but Rom. 3 4. That thou mayest over come when thou judgest: for illustration, [ 5] for they who are pure overcome in judgment.
Sometimes the Apostles add something for illustration.
With Hyssop and Scarlet: but Hebrews 9. 19. he adds, Hyssop and Scarlet wool; because all the Scarlet about the Sanctuary was of wool Xylinum, which was the wool of a tree: for there was no Silke in the Tabernacle (as some conjecture) because it comes of the Worm, a creeping thing, which was unclean by the Law, therefore Byssus was fine linning of Egypt, and not Silke.
Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, soul, and strength: and Christ adds, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Both with the efficacy of the mind and will. And the Scribe adds a fifth word, Mark 12. 33. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Understanding, by which diversity of words; God would let us see that we should love him unfeignedly, and that all the springs or fountains within our souls, should praise him.
And God gave them Saul the son of Kish, a man of the Tribe of Benjamin: but Acts 13. 20. He gave them Saul, a man of the Tribe of Benjamin forty years. For illustration, to clear this part of the Chronology the better.
Sometimes they omit something for illustration.
How beautiful are the feet of these who bring the gladtidings of salvation upon the mountains. Paul, Rom. 10. citing this place, leaves out (upon the mountains.) The Prophet when he went to prophecy, he went to Judea, a mountainous Country, but the Apostles were to go into the whole world: all the world is not mountainous, therefore he leaves out pertinently, upon the mountains.
Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long in the land, which the Lord thy God giveth thee: but the Apostle to the Ephesians repeating the same, leaves out (which the Lord thy God giveth thee.) For the Christians were not to go to Canaan to dwell again.
Collation of Scripture with Scripture, is either in the phrase, when we compare the phrase of the Old Testament with the New: or in the type and the thing signified. Thirdly, in the type with the antitype. 1. Pet. 3. 21. In all these we must take heed that our 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 be 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , alike.
Of phrases not rightly matched, nothing is concluded.
Hic est sanguis Testamenti seu foederis. This is the blood of the new covenant. Math. 26. 28. Hoc est sanguis meus: This is my blood.
These two places are not well matched; the one place is proper, the other is tropical: for when Moses says, This is the blood of the Covenant, he pointed at the blood of the sacrifice, which was blood indeed: but when Christ says. 1 Cor. 11. 24. Luke 20. 20. The wine which was in the Cup, was a Sacrament of his blood.
Hoc facite, the Jesuits expound it sacrificate, sacrifice. So Judge. 13. 15. Facere hoedum, id est sacrificare, to kill a Goat. These places are not rightly compared.
Facere hoedo, to kill a Goat; facere vitula, to kill Calf, est sacrificare, to sacrifice; sed facere vitulam, is only mactare, to slay. Gen. 18. 7. So Exod. 12. 17. So Exod. 29. and 30. Facere iuvencam, is not there to sacrifice; but to slay and prepare it, that it may be a sacrifice.
Judges 13. 15. Faciemus coram te hoedum caprarum, signifies, [Object.] Let us sacrifice for thee a Kid; therefore, facere hoedum, signifies here, to sacrifice.
These are the words of Manoah and his Wife to the [Answ.] Angel, whom they knew not to be an Angel. What answers the Angel? If ye hold me still I will not eat of your meat, and if ye offer a sacrifice, offer it to God: So Facere hoedum, is both to prepare the Kid, that it may be eaten, and, to kill it, that it may be ready to be sacrificed: but it never signifies, to sacrifice.
To compare the prophecy and the event, gives great light to the Scriptures, if they be rightly matched.
The Scepter shall not depart from Judah till Shilo come.
When Gabinius the Pro-consull established five Synedrions of equal authority: (the first in Jerusalem; the second, in Gadara; the third, in Amathus; the Fourth, in Jericho; the fifth, in Saphar.) Yet the Scepter was not taken away from Judah, although it was weakened much; and it is to be marked, that there hangs a Scepter still above their heads where they sat in Synedrio, to put them in mind, that the Scepter should not depart from them till Shilo came; neither did it depart from them till Christ was borne: then Herod killed those of the Synedrion, and took the government to himself.
And there shall not want one of the posterity of Jonadab, to stand before me forever.
The accomplishment of this Prophecy was, when the Chasidim repaired the ruins of the Temple, in the time of the Maccabees, and until the destruction of the Temple.
And the gates of Libanus shall be opened.
The Jews say, that this prophecy was accomplished forty years before the destruction of the Temple, which is called, Domus sylva Libani, The house of the forest of Libanus, 1. Kings 7. This is to be marked, because the vale of the Temple rent in two, just forty years before the destruction of the Temple. In the Syriac it is, facies Templi scissa est, The face of the Temple was rent.
Zion shall be plowed like a field.
The accomplishment, when Turnus Ruffus came in with a Plough, and tilled up the very ground of the Temple; for the Romans, when any Cittle rebelled against them, they caused to plough it up with a plough, as it was their custom when they built Cities; first they drew a draught round about them with a plough.
And the abomination of desolation shall be set up.
The accomplishment of the Prophecy when the Romans caused display in the Temple, the spread Eagle, and the abominations, contrary to the Law.
A stone shall not be left upon a stone.
The accomplishment: when Julian the Apostate hired the Jews to build the Temple of Jerusalem again, they began first to raze the old foundation, and not to leave a stone upon a stone in it: here they accomplish the Prophecy, but there comes a fire which scatters them, that they did never build a new Temple again.
When a wrong accomplishment is applied to a prophecy, they are not rightly paralleled.
And within threescore and five years, Ephraim shall be destroyed from being a people.
The false accomplishment, when the Israelites went into the Country of Arsarat in Tartary, beyond the Caspian hills, enclosed there by the Sabbatical River: but the true accomplishment was, when they were carried unto the land of Medea by a Assarrhadon.
And he shall enter into Egypt, and the Idols shall fall before him. A false accomplishment, when Christ fled to Egypt (some say) all the Idols fell down before him, and that the tree Persea bowed thrice down, and did homage to him. This was the fault of the Ancients, that strained the prophecies too much, in applying them to Christ.
There shall arise a Star in Jacob.
A wrong accomplishment, when Ben Cozbi, in the days of Hadrian the Emperor, gathered a multitude of Jews together, calling himself Ben Cokiba, filium stellae, The son of a Star, applying this prophecy to himself: but experience taught him afterward, that he was Bar Chosiba to them, The son of a lie. But the true accomplishment is in Christ, who was the true Star arising out of the East.
And in that day holiness to the Lord shall be written in the horse bridles.
A false accomplishment, when Helena found the Cross of Christ, and put a piece of it in the bridle of Constantine her son. But the true accomplishment is under the kingdom of Christ, When all things are made holy to those that are clean.
Thou shalt tread upon the Serpent, and the Cockatrice.
A false accomplishment, when Pope Alexander set his foot upon the neck of Frederick Barbarossa, and tread upon him. But a true accomplishment, when Christ did tread Satan under-feet.
And there shall be a clean offering offered to the Lord in all places.
A false accomplishment, when the Papists apply this to the Mass: for all the faithful (who are a royal Priest-hood to God) offers this spiritual offering to the Lord. The Prophet speaking of the spiritual worship of the Gospel, expresses it often by the ceremonies of the Law: they mention the burnt offerings, the sheep of Kedar, the rams of Nebaijoth, and to go to Jerusalem.
This sacrifice which the Prophet speaks of, is under [Object.] the New Testament but the spiritual sacrifices of prayer, and virtues of charity, were common to the Jews under the Law.
The Christian worship, that succeeded the Jewish [Answ.] worship, was not merely spiritual as ours, for they had carnal sacrifices with their spiritual. 2. Although the worship of God was still spiritual, (and no worship may succeed it) yet the same in substance came forth in divers manner: so the worship of Christians, did succeed the Jewish that was covered.
Many moe examples might be set down, concerning Dittologie, or double reading; Stigmatologie, or right pointing; Analogy, or right Collation: But I study to brevity. For any diligent man, by help of the Canons, and examples set down, may make up a whole Book of such, the way being made plain before him.
CAP. V. Of the fourth Help.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or the Translation of a Scripture, or the Translation from one tongue to another.
THE Translation of a Scripture out of the Original tongues, into other Languages, is a profitable help for the understanding of the Scriptures.
There is into a Text Paraphrasis, Metaphrasis; and Ecphrasis.
Metaphrasis, is when we translate out of one language to another, as near the words as we can.
Paraphrasis, is when we follow not the words so strictly, but by a larger circuit of words, we express the sense.
Ecphrasis, is when we make a narration only, according to the sense, having no respect to the words.
A Metaphrase, Deut. 22. 6. Ye shall not kill the dam upon the Egges. Jonathan Paraphraseth it thus; As our Father in heaven is merciful, so be ye merciful upon earth; therefore in one day ye shall not kill the Cow and the Calf, the Ewe and the Lamb.
The Ecphrasis of it, Ye shall not be cruel.
Levite. 19. 28. The Metaphrase, He who polluteth himhimselfe with the soul of the dead.
The Paraphrase, (With the bones of the soul) to let us understand, that by soul there, he means the body.
Ecphrase, He who pollutes himself.
If it be said, that which is not authentic should not [Object.] be read in the Church, no Translation is authentic, therefore it should not be read in the Church.
A liquid est primario authenticum, primarily authentic, [Answ.] aliquid secundario, secondarily authentic; a Translation is authentic, in so far as it agrees with the original.
How far are we bound to believe a Translation?
Here we must use the distinction of necessitas consequentis, [Answ.] necessity of themselves; and necessitas consequentiae, the thing that follows on them: Necessitate consequentis, we are bound only to believe the Scriptures for themselves: we believe a Translation, necessitate consequentiae, putting this, or this, (that is) we believe a Translation, in so far as it is agreeable to the authentic Scripture.
PARAGR. I.
Of the necessity of a Translation.
WIthout Translation, the Scriptures could not be understood by foreign people.
1. Cor. 14. 11. If I speak in an unknown tongue, I am but as a Barbarian.
When Ptolomaeus Philadelphus had gotten the Copy of the Hebrew Bible out of Judea, to put it in his Library in Alexandria, he understanding nothing of it, said; What profiteth a sealed up fountain, or a hidden treasure? therefore he sent to Judea for learned men, to translate the Bible.
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of the seventies Translation
THis Translation of the seventy, was the first Translation which ever was of the Bible, and it was by God's special providence, that it was translated by them: for by it the Lord made a way to the calling of the Gentiles; there was no Translation before it in the days of Alexander the Great, or above: for whatsoever Plato or Aristotle learned of it, it was by Tradition, not by Translation.
The seventy were not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Inspired immediately by the holy Ghost, when they translated this Scripture.
Of purpose they studied to change some places, for fear of giving offense to Ptolemy, and his Queen: if we please men, then we are not the servants of Christ.
When Philip came to the Oracle of Apollo, the Priests caused the Oracle to answer to his humor, and therefore it was said 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . So they would make the Scriptures humor Ptolemy, and so 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
These places make their wrong Translations manifest.
And God ceased from all his labors the sixth day, and rested the seventh day: Least King Ptolemy should have asked them; What? Made God anything upon the seventh day, and then rested?
Moses took his wife and his two sons, and set them upon an Ass: but the seventy translates it thus. [ 2] Moses took his wife, and his two sons, and set them upon that which was under the yoke ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 :) Least King Ptolemy should have derided our Master Moses, because he rode upon an Ass, and that he should not say, how could an Ass bear a woman and her two sons, he would never have done this, if he had not been a beggar?
Ye shall not eat of a Hare. They translate it not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a Hare; but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , rough-foot, because the Kings [ 3] wife was called Arn bath, a hare: they would not translate it a Hare, least the Queen should say, that the Jews did mock her.
I took of them not an Ass; but the seventy translates it thus. I took of them nothing of valor. Least the King [ 4] should say he took not an Ass, but he hath taken some other reward, therefore they translate it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , putting Chamud desiderabile, for Chamor asinus.
The sons of Israel: But the seventy translates it, the Angels of God; least the Heathen should take offense [ 5] here, that Israel should be matched with the seventy Nations; that is, with all the people of the world. The things beneath (say they) signify mystically things above: the seventy Nations, signify seventy Angels, who are about God's glorious Throne; the presidents of the seventy Nations. Doth not the Apostle confute this doctrine, Coloss. 2. 18. and herein the seventy follows the Platonic error of the Jews.
Thirteene such places they translate, as Iosippus and the Talmud testify: but how ridiculous reasons they are, ye see; which shows, that they have not been immediately directed by the holy Spirit.
The second reason, which proves them not to be 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , is this: the seventy hath added to the number of the years of the Fathers, an hundred years to each one of them. Gen. 5. which is not in the original, that they might seem to match the fabulous Egyptians in the number of their years: and so, They would lie for God's cause.
The third reason, which proves them not to be inspired by the holy Spirit, is this; they have added three or four verses to the end of Job, which are not originally set down in the Hebrew.
The seventy washing their hands every day, in token of their sincerity in this work, seems not to have been so sincere in this business.
Therefore that which some report, that they were shut up in several Cells, which long after were to be seen in Alexandria. Jerome rejecteth as a fable; showing that no such thing is reported by Aristeas, that was present at the business, and that no remainder of any such Cells was to be found at Alexandria, but that they met in one place, and conferred together every day, till the ninth hour, and in seventy days perfected the whole work. Augustine leaveth it doubtful. This fable is urged by some, to prove that these Translators were guided by a Prophetical Spirit; therefore Augustine calls them, Saepius Prophet as & eodem quo prophetae spiritu in citatos illa scripsisse, etiam in quibus ab Hebraea ration dissentiunt: oftentimes Prophets, and to be stirred up with that same Spirit that the Prophets were in writing those things also, • n which they disagree from the Hebrew writing: but Jerome condemneth this.
Although the seventy were not immediately inspired by the Holy Ghost in writing, yet the Church hath accounted their Translation next unto the holy Scriptures.
Some holy Writ is Authenticae veritatis, of authentic verity: Some is Ecclesiasticae vniversalis receptae, received universally in the Church: Some but Ecclesiasticae particularis, particularly received in some Churches.
Authentic • e veritatis, as the Hebrew Translation of the Old Testament.
Ecclesiasticae vniversalis, the Translation of the seventy received in all Nations.
Ecclesiasticae parcicularis, The Translation of Ptolomaeus Lagus, received only in Egypt.
The Greek of the New Testament, is Authenticae veritatis. The Syriac is Ecclesiasticae vniversalis: but Jerome's Translation, is Authoritatis privatae. The Greek Text is, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : The Latin and Syriac, is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
The Apostles themselves followed the seventies Translation in most things: therefore their authority must be more universal, then any other private man's Translation.
It was great presumption in the orientall Jews, who dwelt at Babylon, (and keep still the original Text) to keep a yearly fast called Angaria, because the Bible was translated in Greek by the seventy: and they say, that there was three days universal darkness when it was translated, and they call the western Jews in derision (who follow the seventies Translation) Kira lemi phrang lectionem retrorsam: The backward reading, because they read from the left hand to the right.
They called the other reading, Hactore giphtit, which is, From the right hand to the left. The western Jews were said, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Legere Egyptiace, that is, To use the Greek tongue: they were called Hellenistae, because they used the Greek Translation in their Synagogues
Upon this, there arose a great contention betwixt the Jews and the Grecians, Act. 6. 1. That is, the Graecizing Jews; and the other Jews who kept the Hebrew Text, the chief of these dwelt in Babylon. 1. Peter 5. 15. This hatred continued afterward when the Graecizing Jews; had their Synagogues distinguished from other Jews; Benjamin Tudelensis saith, that in his time there were two sorts of Jews in Alexandria, Babylachim & ikrikin, id est, Gracizantium, & non Graecizantium, Gracizing Jews, and not Graecizing: for the Babylonion Jews followed not the Greek Text.
Learn to put a difference betwixt these three sorts of Jews: First, the Hebrews who dwelt still in Palaestina: Secondly, these who were carried away to Babylon. 1 Pet. 5. 15. Thirdly, Hellenistae, or Graecizing Jews, John 7. Will he go to the dispersed Greeks.
It was a great presumption in the Babylonian Jews, to hate so greatly the Western Jews, who followed the seventies Translation, seeing the Apostles themselves follows them in many things.
The seventy differed from the Hebrew Text in many things, because they followed the Syriac tongue, which was then most in use.
Raschang in the Hebrew tongue, signifies him who was condemned; but in the Syriac tongue, it signifies him who was wicked.
The seventy following the Syriac, translates Harashagna 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , wicked; for none were condemned but those who were wicked.
That thou may be justified in thy speeches, and pure when thou judgest. But the seventy turns it, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & vincas, and may overcome: which version the Apostle follows, Rom. 3. 4. The seventy following the Syriac, translates the word, as the Syriac hath it. For Zeka in the Syriac tongue, signifies to overcome, these who are pure overcome in judgment.
Dabar in the Hebrew, signifies the Pest, in the Syriac, it is called Mothena, Death; and the seventy following the Syriac, and John 7. Rev. 6. 8. calls it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Death.
This Translation of the seventy perished, when the Library of Ptolemy was burnt by Pompey, therefore they are but fragments of it which we have now.
PARAGRAPHE III.
Of the Translators that followed after the Seventies.
THE next Translation, was the Translation of Aquila, borne in Pontus: first, he was a Gentile: secondly, a Christian: thirdly, an Apostate Jew. He Translated the Bible both corruptly, and contentiously.
This Aquila had another Translation more accurate then the first, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 dicta: It was called edition of the Jews, because the Graecizing Jews used it in their Synagogues.
The third Translation, was that of Theodosion, borne in Pontus also: first, he was a Marcionite, after leaving his sect, became a Christian Orthodox in show: he made defection from the Christians to the Jews, and translated the Bible.
The fourth Translation, was that of Symmachus, under Augustus Severus, a Samaritan; who because he could not get a place of dignity amongst them, came to the Jews, and was circumcised the second time. (For they used to circumcise them anew again, who made defection to the Samaritans, or came from them.)
The fifth Translation, was found enclosed in a Barrel at Jericho, and it is called the fifth Translation.
The sixth Translation, was found in the year of Christ. 230. at Nicomedia.
Origen joined all these together in one volume; the seventieth, that of Aquila, of Theodosion, Symmachus two Copies of the Original; one in Hebrew letters, and another in Greek Characters: for which the book was called Hexapla; then he adds the other two, and then it is called Octupla.
Herein the Providence of God is to be seen; as the Lord made the Mazorites, the instruments to keep the reading uncorrupt: so he made Origen the Instrument, (who was otherways but a bad Textuall) to preserve the best Translations.
Tertullian testifies, that in Serapaeo, (the Library of Ptolemy) the seventies Translation was put in Hebrew letters, and was used to be read in their Synagogues.
In some of their Synagogues, they read both the Hebrew and the Greek, as at this day: and sometimes they use to read the Hebrew, and the Targum.
In the days of Justinian the Emperor, the old contention among the Jews revived: some seeking that the Hebrew only should be read; some again, that the Greek only should be read. The Emperor allows the Hebrew, and the seventies Translation to be read: he discharges altogether 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , that part of the Talmud, called Mischna, because it is full of old Wives fables, but he allows 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the second Translation of Aquila.
PARAGRAPHE IIII.
Faults in a Translation.
WHen a Text is Translated 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , lightly, (as the Greeks speak) then a Translation is servile.
A Translator is not bound to translate word by word.
Vben Lo, is translated, Luke 20. having no children. But Math. 22. 25. having no seed.
Mincha, The meat offering, Acts 7. 42. is Translated 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Incense. But Heb. 10. 5. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , New slain.
A Translation must not be luxuriant; for then the Paraphrase is in place of Translating.
As men pouring Wine out of one vessel into another, take heed, that the vent be not too great, for then the Wine will corrupt. So, if a Translator take too great liberty to himself, he may corrupt the sense.
The Apostles when they cite Scripture, they are not Translators; and therefore they are not bound to the words, but may add or pair: and yet as Jerome saith, they give the full sense, pressed down and running over.
A Translation must not be barbarous.
The Jesuit thinketh that the Pope may make a barbarous word good; but he thought otherways, who said, Romanum Imperatorem ius hominibus civitatis dare posse, non item vocibus. The Roman Emperor may give Laws to men in City, but he cannot give Laws to words.
He must not be 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or a contentious Translator.
Such was Aquila, who as Jerome testifies; Non sensum sed Etymologias verborum interpretatus est: who interpret not the sense, but the Etymologies of the words. Thomas Aquinas says well; We must not so much respect the original, exact, and precise signification of words, as whereunto by use and speech they are applied.
Aquila translates 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Satires, because they were hairy: so for Hamma, Sol, the Sun, he puts calorem; so for lebina, Luna, he puts Album: so prognalmah Iavencula, a Virgin, he puts abscondita; because these were their true Etymologies in derivation.
A Translator must not affect 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Newnesse of words.
This was Castalio his fault: as Sequester, a Mid-man, Pro mediatore, genius pro Angelo, an Angel,; obtrectare pro blasphemare, to blaspheme: so infundere pro baptizare, to blaspheme, and Respublica for Ecclesia, the Church.
A Translator must not be malicious.
When our Lord hung upon the Cross, the Thorns but scratched his skin; but the spear pierced his side: so some Translations but raises the skin: but there is another malicious Translation which pierceth the side of Christ and his word.
Behold a Virgin shall bear a Son. Aquila of purpose, to disgrace Jesus Christ, translates it, Behold a woman shall bear 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Son. So the Papists of purpose to justify all their errors, they followed Jerome's Translation in all, and so they pierce the truth also.
But what, will ye make Jerome, that worthy instrument [Object.] of God, a piercer of Christ's side?
God forbid: But the seventy, when they translated [Answ.] Prov. 8. 22. * Canant 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , creavit, and not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , possedit (God created me) for (God possessed me.)
They did not of malice stab Christ, but indeed they raised his skin. When the Arians (who denied Christ's Divinity) lighted upon this place, they stabbed Christ by it. So Jerome, at the first translating sundry things amiss, he but raised the skin; but the Papists justifying all the errors in that Translation that goeth under his name, and preferring it to the Original, in effect stabs the Lord. Did not Sextus Quintus the Pope, for the justifying of the vulgar Latin, set out a Greek Bible by Cardinal Carapha, Anno 1578. to cause men believe, that the Latin was according to the ancient Greek whereas the Greek was forged according to to the Latin.
And this is worst of all, when they would make Paul privy to their forgery. There is a place cited out of the fourteen Psalm, and out of other places of Scripture, which places, because they are cited together. Rom. 3. They dare be bold to join them all together in the fourteen Psalm; affirming that Paul read them so in the seventy, and that out of the seventy they were set down so, Rom. 3. And so they read them still in their Churches, contrary to the Original.
PARAGR. V.
What things are to be observed in a Translation
WOrds which have been kept still originally should not be translated, Rom. 9. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . So James 5. Ascends into the ears of the Lord Sabbaoh. Saboth, Haliluia, Amen, Belial, and such words, are received into all languages, therefore needs no Translation.
Words appropriate should not be translated to any other use, but kept for the use they were appropriate to.
Super virum separatum, (Natzir) a fratribus suis. Upon the man separate from his brethren. Here we cannot translate it; upon the man, and a Nazarite from his Brethren: because Nazarite, is a word appropriate to the Nazarites.
I planted Orchards: but in the Hebrew it is, I planted [ 2] Paradises: yet we cannot translate it Paradises, because it is appropriate.
That ye be not to me an adversary: Letasan, we cannot translate it here, That ye be not a Satan to me. For Satan is appropriate to the Devil now.
I fast twice in the week: in the Greek it is, In the [ 3] Sabbath: yet we cannot translate it so; because Sabbath is a word appropriate to the Sabbath day.
The Pharisees wash the Cups: In the Greek it is, Baptizes [ 4] them: yet we cannot translate it Baptize, because it is a word appropriate to Baptism.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 cannot be translated Deacon, but a Servant; [ 5] because this word Deacon, is appropriate through use, to Church-servants.
Proper names when they are interpreted in another language: the interpretation should not be translated as Thomas called Didymus, we cannot translate it here (twins) so Talitha, Dorcas, we cannot translate it a Roe: so Cephas, Peter, a stone. But where it is an appellatiue, although interpreted, yet we may give the interpretation of it, as Elimas, sciens, arabice; by interprepation Magos, we may translate a Magician: so Abba, Pater, Father: Shilo, which is by interpretation, sent.
Words which have degenerate from the first imposition, should not be used in a Translation.
Ye shall call me no more Baal, Lord, but Ischi my husband. So Idiota, 1. Cor. 14. should not be translated an Idiote now, but a private man; because we take Idiote now for a Fool. 1 Peter 5. 3. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Dei, should not be translated God's Clergy; because Clergy is not taken for Clerks, but God's portion or lot: the people are called God's portion. Deuteron. 32. 9. So the Wise men came from the East. Math. 2. 1. In the Greek it is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , we cannot translate it Magicians, for they are Sorcerers now. If now. If one should call a King a Tyrant, it were treason, or a wise woman Saga would be hardly thought of: so among the Latins, Fur, a Thief, when before it was a Servant.
Words which are institute for profane things, are not to be applied to a Translation, to holy things.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a Priest, Heb. 7. 1. The Syrian translates it Cumar, which is never used of the Jews, but to signify a Heathen Priest: as Judges 17. 10. come and be a Priest to me. The Chaldee hath it, Come and be a Cumar to me: And the Jews at this day day calls the Monks and Friars Cumarim. So it were a vile thing to translate Nabi, Propheta, a Diuner, being now taken in a bad part.
Words of whose signification we are not sure: these the Translator should keep in the Text originally, and set his doubtful Translation in the Margent.
The Psaltere which the Church of Antiochia useth, is not translated out of the seventy Translation, but out of the Hebrew Text.
Psal. 81. 3. Because they understood not what this word Cast, the new Moon meant, they kept still the Hebrew word in their Greek Translation. So in the Arabic Paraphrase, because they understood not what this word Caesi, the new Moon meant, they left a blank for it.
Kibrath haaretzh diaeta terrae, half a days journey of ground: [ 2] because the 70. understood not perfectly these words, they kept still the Hebrew words in the Greek translatiō.
This is Ana, who found out Haiammim, Mules in the desert: [ 3] because the Hebrew word was hard to be interpreted, therefore Aquila, Symmachus, and Theodosion retains still the Hebrew word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
The Chaldee and Arabic, retain the Hebrew word [ 4] Iachmura, the Chamois.
There are many Beasts and Birds, which the Jews, far less the Christians understands not; and therefore kept still in their own original.
Racham, the Redshanke: the seventy translates it [ 1] 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from the proper color of it, because they understood not what it was.
So Levite. 11. Cabath, the Heron, the 70. translates it [ 2] 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , as they would say, Asinus crepitans, ab 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 asinus, & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 creptio, To make a noise: They gave the Fowl this name, not understanding the proper signfication of it, because it brayed like an asse: if the natural Jews understood not many of these words, far less the Christians: the Translator should do well then to keep these doubtful words in the Text, and put his Translation in the Margent.
Some words in the Scripture, are either mediae significationis, a middle sense; contrariae significationis, a contrary sense; or quae vergunt in extremum, that turn to one of the extremes. A Translator must take heed to these.
Words which are mediae significationis, these the Greeks [ 1] call 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , may be taken either in a good or bad sense; and they may be known easily by the sense.
And the Serpent was (Gnarum) the subtlest beast of the field: here it cannot be translated the wisest, (although Gnarum be taken oftentimes in a good sense in the Proverbs) but subtle: Facere vngues, To let the nails grow. Deut. 21. To pare the nails. 2. Sam. 19. So Elevare caput, To lift up the head, in Gen. is either to prefer a ma • , or to hang him. So Transeat calyx. Matthew 26. To let the cup pass over. But Lament. 4. 21. To drink the cup: So Numb. 33. 3. With a high hand, that is, presumptously: but Exod. 14 With a high hand, that is, courageously. Onkelos, with an uncovered head; that is, not being ashamed, for they that were ashamed covered their heads.
Words which hath a contrary sense, may easily be [ 2] known, as Bless God and die, Job. 1. Here it may be ealy understood, that he contrary is meant, that is, Curse God. So Deut. 22. 9. Ne forte sanctificetur plenitudo seminis, id est, polluetur; Least thou defile the increase of thy seed. So 1 Kin. 21. 12. Naboth had blessed God: that is, he cursed God. So 1 Sam. Cedo innoncentem, that is, the guilty.
When they tend towards the extreme, then they [ 3] should be most taken heed unto.
Goan, signifies first, Excellencie; and then Pride. Here we must take heed how to Translate the word, for they that are excellent men, fall soon into pride. So Shatah to drink, signifies, to be merry to sobriety, and to be drunken: because men whe they are merry, if they take not heed, may fall into drunkenness; therefore the Translator had need to mark the difference of the two.
A Translator is not to add a word to the Text, but where the sense vrges it.
Levite. 24. 11. And the Egyptian blasphemed (the Name of) [ 1] God: they add this word (Name) whereas Hashem signifies God, so that nothing should be added.
Gen. 4. 18. And Cain spake to his brother Abel: he says [ 2] not & dixit (illa) Cain. So it was when they were in the field: something is understood, but should not be supplied, because the holy Ghost hath not expressed it. The Latin Interpretor supplies, Egrediamur for as, Let us go forth. The Samaritan Copy supplies 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Let us go to the field. But Targum Ierus. supplies a long reference.
If there shall be a sign given to this Nation.
Nothing should be supplied here (as some profanely do) Let me not be God, or such.
How shall sort of speeches be supplied then? [Quest.]
Some have translated them by simple affirmations, [Answ.] but it is better in a Translation, that the speech be kept still, without any supply, for then the grace of the speech is more perceived.
And the Wheat was hidden (in the ground) and the [Answ.] Barley was in the earc. This supply, hidden (in the ground) is contrary to experience. For, in no Country there is such difference betwixt these three; that is, the Flaxe bolled, when the Wheat is hidden in the ground, and the Barley in the ear; therefore it should be translated, And the Wheat was not shut out.
In a Translation, we must shun that which hath the show of any hyperbole as far as we can, either in excessu, or defectu.
In excess; And they shall come from China. This translation is somewhat hyperbolike, therefore Junius translates it from Sinai.
His bed was of iron: but Haskumi says, His castle was of iron. This translation is hyperbolike, therefore to be avoided.
So when it is hyperbolike in defect.
And Gammadim was upon the walls. Some translate it pigmes, homines cubiti, No longer nor a cubit: but because this is an hyperbole in defect, we should shun it.
In Translation, we must take heed, what sort of people the phrase hath relation to.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in the end of the Sabbath. This speech hath relation to the form of the Greeks, and not of the Hebrews: for the Jewish Sabbath began in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in the evening: and the Greeks in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in the morning. Mark hath relation to the Greeks, and not to the Jews therefore 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , should be translated Serum Sabbathi, the last part of the Sabbath, according to the Jews. When the Sabbath was ended; but according to the Greeks, in beginning of the Sabbath: for their day began in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in the morning, Acts 28. 23. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , à mane ad vespeeram, from the morning to the evening.
In a Translation we must labor to keep the proper phrase of every language.
Epphata, be thou open, Mark 7. Translates it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , adapperire, be thou opened: but the Greek phrase hath it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , videre, to look up. The Hebrews say, Gifts blinds the eyes of the open: but in our language he is said to be open, whose eye-lids are not shut, although he see not.
So the Syrian phrase calls a Sinner, Hajah, Debitor, [ 2] and Sins debt. Matthew following the Syriac, calls them 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Transgression.
Math. 6. When ye do your Justice. in the Syriac: in the [ 3] Hebrew, When ye break your bread: in our language, When ye give your Alms.
According to the Syriac phrase, All that heard it, [ 4] laid it up in their heart: but Luke 7. 39. They thought of it.
So Luke 4. 11. He took him in his hands: the Syriac, [ 5] In vlnis, in his arms: so the Hebrew will say, The whole earth was of one lip. The Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , One mouth: and we, Of one language.
So the Chaldaems and Assyrians say, I have finned [ 6] against the heavens: but the Hebrews and the Greeks, Against God. Vir lingnae nequaquam erit stabilis: the Chaldee says, A man who speaks with the third tongue (having a tongue like the Serpent, which stings three at once) to wit, himself, him to whom, and him of whom. Ecclesiasticus 20 16. Lingua tertia commovet multos: A man with the third tongu stirreth up many.
CAP. VI. Of the fifth Help.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or Customs proper to the Jews.
THEIR Customs were either Ecclesiastic or Politic: Ecclesiastic were these that concerned the time of God's worship, the place where he was worshipped, and the persons who worshipped him, either at Jerusalem, or any other place where the Jew were resident for the time.
SECTION. 1. Of their Ecclesticall Customs.
Concerning the time appointed for God's worship.
GOD appointed a time for his daily worship in all Ages.
They went up about the sixth hour to pray.
They had three times appointed for prayer: the morning, the sixth hour, and the evening; borrowed from the three times of their sacrifice. Their morning sacrifice was any time before the third hour; their evening sacrifice, ordinarily was killed before the ninth hour; But when the sacrifice of the Passover was to be killed betwixt two evenings, then the ordinary sacrifice was anticipate one hour, and killed half an hour past six, and offered soon after: This sacrifice, which came near to the sixth hour, was called the mid-day sacrifice: and from this they borrowed their Prayer at the sixth hour. Acts 10. 9. From the morning sacrifice their morning Prayer, Acts 2. 15. From the evening sacrifice, their evening Prayer. Acts 3. 1.
PARAGR. I.
Of the Sabbath.
GOD separated the Sabbath from all other days of the week for his worship.
Call the Sabbath a delight, to consecrate it as glorious to the Lord, &c.
They had a preparation to their Sabbath called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , The preparation. This was called Gnereb Hassabbath, Vespera Sabbathi, The evening of the Sabbath.
They had before this preparation their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , [ 2] Their fore-preparation: This began in the morning, and lasted until the sixth hour.
Secondly, their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , largely taken. This began [ 3] after the sixth hour.
Thirdly, they had 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , The approaching [ 4] of the Sabbath: This began after the evening sacrifice was ended, and before the Sun set; this was properly called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Fourthly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Introitus Sabbathi, The [ 5] entrance of the Sabbath, as Josephus calls it.
They had a Tradition, that they might go no further upon the preparation to the Sabbath, then three Parsae, every Parsae containing four miles. This they did, least coming home too late, they might not have leisure enoguh to prepare things for the Sabbath.
Their Sabbath day began at the evening.
Gen. 1. 31. The evening and the morning were the sixth day. So Nehemiah 13. When some of the gates of the City began to be dark before the Sabbath.
Therefore these two hold that the ordinary Sabbath of the Jews, began in the morning, and not in the evening, (unless it concurred with another great feast) seem to be mistaken. The Jews say, Vespra Sabbathi est vicina tenebris, The end of the Sabbath is next darkness: Therefore Matthew 28. 1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , should not be translated the beginning of the Sabbath, but Serum or exitus Sabathi, The end of the Sabbath.
But it would seem that the Sabbath began at the [Object.] morning, because Luke saith; It was the Sabbath, and it began 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Illucescere here, is taken for the rising of the stars; [Answ.] therefore they are called Stellalucis, Psal. 148. 3.
The Sabbath had many privileges which no other day had.
First, antiquity thereof: secondly, it was written with God's own finger: thirdly, there was a more exact rest observed in it; therefore it was called a Sabbath of Sabbaths; and Maleuth, regina Sabbathorum, The Queen of rests. Upon other holy-days they might dress meat, but not upon this. Hence is their Proverb, Qui parat in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , vescetur in Sabbotho, He that prepares his meat before the Sabbath, shall eat on the Sabbath. Fourthly, God's own distinction, raining no Manna that day. Fifthly, other holy-days were memoratiue, or figurative only; but this was both memoratiue and figurative (as Bellarmine marks.) Sixthly, other feasts might be transferred to it, but it might be transferred to none Seventhly, the whole week takes the denomination from it, and is called a Sabbath. Luke 18. 12. I fast twice in the Sabbath, that is, in the week.
For the excellency of this Sabbath, they compare it to a Queen: the three great seasts, they compare them to the Concubines; the days betwixt the fist and the seventh of the two great feasts, they compare them to the hand-maids, because they were but half holy-days.
The Sabbath day was instituted for rest.
In the Sabbath there is an Internal rest, and an External. The Internal rest, they called it Sabbath Hasud, Sabbathum [ 1] secretum, The secret rest. The External rest is, when men rests from bodily labor, but give not themselves to the worship of God: this may be called the [ 2] Sabbath of the Ox or of the Ass: but when they neither rest the external rest nor the internal, it may be called the Sabbath of the golden Calf: (The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose to play.) When they worship [ 3] God in Spirit, then it is the Sabbath of the true Isaelite, to these it was called Desiderium dierum, the desire of days. Iohanna, when the Sabbath day approached, put upon him his best apparel, and said veni sponsa mea, come my spouse: he was as glad of it, as the Bridegroom is of the Bride.
The whole Sabbath was spent in holy exercises.
Their week day they divided in three sorts of exercise; the first, Ad Tephillam, orationem, Prayer: the second, Ad torah, legem, the Law: the third, Ad malacha, artificium, to handy-craft.
The Sabbath had some exceptions from it, for in sundry cases they might work in it.
A Negative precept binds more strictly, then an affirmative; therefore the affirmative of a negative can have no exception: but the negative of an affirmative, binds not so strictly.
This is a negative; Ye shall not bow before an Idol: the affirmative of it is this; Ye shall bow before an Idol. This affirmative (say the Jews) can have no exception (Vs{que} ad carrigiam calcei;) that is, if a man were standing before an Idol, it were not lawful for him to bow himself to tie the latchet of his shoe before it, although it were not his purpose to worship it.
This is an affirmative; Ye shall keep the Sabbath: the negative of it, is; Ye shall not keep the Sabbath. In many cases it was lawful of them to break the Sabbath. For God bids the Israelites compass Jericho seven days. then they must march upon the Sabbath: Here God's command, breaks it. 2. Servile works might be done for the honor of God that day, as the Priests killed the beasts for sacrifice, and circumcised their children that day. 3. Works of necessity might be done that day, as a man might ease nature, which could not have been done without a servile work; for they behooved to carry a paddle with them to dig a hole in the ground, and to cover their excrements: which were all servile things.
When they were in the Wilderness, they might travel no further then 2000. pases upon the Sabbath.
There was two thousand cubits betwixt the Israelites (when they marched) and the Ark, so betwixt their Tents and the Ark when they rested. This was called a Sabbath days journey, and afterward so much ground kept still the denomination of a Sabbath days journey, Act. 1. 12. This was called Techom Sabbath, terminus Sabbathi, The bounds of the Sabbath. But when they came to Canaan, they might travel upon the Sabbath, as far as was betwixt their houses and their Synagogues.
There were some Ceremonies, which they kept no longer then they were in Egypt; as, To eat the Paschal Lamb standing with their loins girded,and their staves in their hand: so to take a Kid, or a Lamb for the Passover in Egypt: but after they were bound only to take a Lamb, Therefore He is called the Lamb of God, who takes away the sins of the world. Secondly, some Ceremonies they used only in the wilderness, as, they might have no steps to go up their Altar, but the Altar of the Temple had steps: so this space of ground they did observe only in the Wilderness.
They had Additamentum Sabbathi, when they add a part of the week day to the Sabbath: in this time they light a Candle, which they called Haphdala, The candle of separation, which burns all the separation.
The valley, and had not so long a day as these who dwelt in the Mountains, Addebant de profano ad sacrum, they took from the pofane, and joined to the holy: but the Jews who dwelt in Saphar, which stood upon the hill, and had a longer day; they say of them, Demebant de sacro, & addebant ad pofanum, they took from the holy, and joined to the profane: but the Jews of Tyberias were most approved, Quia satius est addere de profano ad sacrum, quam demere de sacro & addere ad profanum: It is better to take from profane to holy things: then to take from holy things, & join to profane. The whole week took denomination from the Sabbath, as the whole month was called Kodesh, from the Change of the Moon: they say, Vnus in Sabbatho, terim be Sabbath, duo in Sabbatho, Twise in the week. As the Pharisee said, I fast twice in the week.
The first day of the week was called Mognale Sabbath ascertio Sabbathi, the ascension of the Sabbath: and the last day of the week, was called Motzi Sabbath, exitus Sabbathi, the end of the Sabbath: and they say, that the week ascendit cum dijun, & exit inDijou: that is, begins with the first day of the week, and ends with the last.
Dijun is written thrice, and Dijon: because the first day of the week is called Dijun; the second Dijon, &c.
The Spanish Jews kept their fast in Dijun and Dijon, that is, the first day of the week, and fourth: but the Jews of Germany keep it in Dijon, the second day, and end it in Dijon the fourth day of the week.
The Jews were first great breakers of the Sabbath, then they became superstitious on keeping of it; and thirdly, they became ridiculous.
[ 1] They became superstitious they would not fight up on the Sabbath to defend themselves from their enemies, contrary to their own Canon, Periculum anime pellit Sabbathum: The danger of the soul breaks the Sabbath. Jerusalem was twice taken upon the Sabbath, because they would not defend themselves that day; first by Ptolemy, and then by Pompey.
[ 2] They were not so superstitious in the days of Christ, but that they would have pulled a Beast out of the pit vpo the Sabbath, but would not pull the ears of corn. Afterward they made a Canon, that it should not be lawful to pull a Beast out of the pit upon the Sabbath.
[ 3] Then they became ridiculous, for they held, that there is a flood called Sambasion, or Sambation, which runs all the week, and stands upon the Sabbath; but where it is, they cannot tell.
Every seventh day they rested from their labors: secondly, every seventh year the ground rested: this was called Sabbathum terra, the Sabbath of the land. Thirdly, every seven seventh was the Iubilaean Sabbath; then all debts were pardoned, prisoners released, lands mortgaged, restored to the right inheritors. Fourthly, the great and eternal Sabbath, Rev. 14. When we shall rest from our labors: This Sabbath comprehends all these; we shall rest from our labors, the ground shall rest, being no moe subject to vanity, Rom. 8. We shall be no more prisoners to sin nor Satan; We shall be restored to the heavens which we have mortgaged, and all our debts shall be paid. This is Sabbathum aeternitatis, An eternal Sabbath.
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of their New Moons.
AS God appointed a time for his daily and weekly worship; so He appointed general feasts, for his monthly and yearly worship.
For his monthly worship, He instituted the New Moons, and the first day of each year, although afterward they were corruptly observed.
The Jews before the captivity, kept only the day of the change; Blow the Trumpet in Caesae, the new Moon. So Proverbs 7. My husband will not come home till Caesae, the new Moon. It was called Caesae from Casah abscondere, because then it was obscured by the Sun; by the Athenians it was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 vetus & nova; the going out of the old, and beginning of the new: the rest of the Greeks called it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , thirty, because their month had thirty days.
After the Captivitie, they were more curious to observe their New Moons, which they had learned in Babel.
There are three reckonings of the new Moon; first, In synodo, in the point of the change: the second, in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or the time of her waxing: the third, in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , which we call the prime. The Jews after the Captivity kept the change & the prime. The day of the change, or the thirty day, was a holy day to them: Horace calls this Trigesims Sabbathi, but they kept the prime in greatest solemnity. Hence Col. 2. 16. Let no man condemn you in a Sabbath, nor new Moon.
That they might find out the sure time of the change, they fixed a sure period, (to wit) the Meridionall, as (the Astronomers do in calculo Astronomico, in the Astronomical computation) called Epilogismus lunaris, the reckoning after the Moon.
Upon the day of the change. from the mid-day, they counted eighteen hours to the Sun rising, because all this time she was in conjunction with the Sun: then till the next evening she was waxing twelve hours, all this time she cannot be seen: the second evening she is seen, and this time they kept most solemnly.
The Hebrews in their Talmud have an Apologue for this; that the Moon complained in the day of her creation, that she was not appointed for so good a use as the Sun, to shine in the day time, but in the night: because of her grudging (they say) that God appointed that she should not shine from the day of her creation, till the sixth day; therefore the first and the second days, were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because the Moon shined not on them.
For the observation of their feasts, they had a translation of their days.
This Translation was either Lunary, Politick, or mixed of both. Lunarie Translation was, when they translated, the time from the change of the Moon until eighteen hours were past . Politic Translation was, that two feasts should not concur together: this they did Propter olera, & propter mortuos, For their meat, and for the dead; because when a great feast fell before the Sabbath they might neither dress their meat upon it, nor bury their dead; therefore they translated over the solemnities of that day to the Sabbath. This Translatio seriarum began in Babel, which was more Marish then Judea, and made things to corrupt sooner.
They translated one day to another, for lesser feasts, and to keep their feasts distinguished: so that two should not fall in one day.
A mixed Translation, was, when they had respect both to the Lunary and Politic Translation; as in 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
The Moon changing the third day of the week, that day she must not be kept, for the Lunary Translation of eighteen hours, therefore she must be translated to the fourth day: that day she cannot be kept, because of the Politick Translation, and the dies reijculae, whereon a solemn and immovable feast did fall: therefore it was called reijcula, for the beginning of the year, and the new Moon; wherefore they translated it over to the fifth day.
After the eighteen hours were past of the Lunarie Translation, the third day they might keep it at the ninth hour, and 204. scruples. This they marked with Gatrad, signifying the third day, ninth hour, and 204. scruples: the new moon changing the second day, upon the third day, at this time she might be kept.
Their dies reijculae were cast out only in two months; Nisan, and Tisri: they mark the Dies reijculae in Tisri, by these three Letters, ADV; A signifying the first day of the week; D the fourth; V the sixth. They could not keep the new Moon the first day of the week, for the feast of Tabernacles; nor on the fourth day, for festum gedaliae; nor on the sixth day, for the Sabbath following, and the feast of expiation: The feast of the Tabernacles might fall either upon the first day of the week, the fourth, or the sixth; therefore the beginning of the new year, and the new Moon (two movable feasts, might be kept upon none of these days.
The days which were cast away in Nisan, were noted with the letters BDV: B signifying the second day of the week; D the fourth; and V the sixth: the fourth day they might not keep Caput anni, nor the new Moon; because of the feast of Purim, that fell that day. The sixth day, they might not keep it, because of the Sabbath following. They might keep it the morrow after the Sabbath, because it was not dies reijcula: they might not keep it the second day, because it was dies reijcula, on which Caput anni might not fall, and because Pascha might fall that day. Pascha may fall any day of the week, except the day before and after the Sabbath. This Diatriba shows the days that were cast away, (or moveable) and which were immovable.
| Tisri. | Tisri. | |||||||
| Feriae | Reijculae | 1. | 4. | 6. | Feriae | 2. | 4. | 6. |
| Fixae | 2. | 3. | 5. | 1. | 3. | 5. |
What is the cause that Pascha might not fall the morrow after the Sabbath, as well as the feast of Tabernacles.
Because in the preparation to the Pascha, there was [Answ.] some servile work done, which could not be done upon the Sabbath; therefore it was translated to another day: But there was no preparation at the feast of Tabernacles, therefore it might fall the morrow after the Sabbath.
Before the captivity, their months were thirty days; for whether the Moon changed upon the twenty nine or thirtieth day, they reckoned ever thirty days, according to the Sun.
After the captivity, their months were twenty nine, or thirty days, following the course of the Moon, that they might keep the right point of the change.
What is the reason our months now have thirty, [Quest.] and thirty one days?
Julius C • esar, for to make the two Solitices and Equinoxes, [Answ.] with the year and course of the Sun, to agree in one, joined five days to the year, and made twelve months only, which will have thirty, and thirty one days in our months.
PARAGRAPHE III.
Of their yearly Feasts.
THey had three great Feasts in the year: Pascha, Pentecost, and the feast of the Tabernacles.
The first was called Hhag Hashebagnoth, or festum Septimanaurm. The third, was Hhag Hassukkoth Tabernaculorum. and according to the months, the first, was called Festum Nisan; the second, was called Festum Tisri; and the third, was called Festum Sivan: they were called Regalim by the Jews; and by the Greeks they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , great days.
PARAGRAPHE III. Diatriba 1.
Of the Pascha.
THE Pascha had a preparation before it, called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Preparation to the Passover: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , à cohibendo, to hold in; septis circumscribere, to hedge about: because the Lord set (as it were) a pale round about it, that no man might break within it, to do any servile work: for the same cause the Hebrews called the last day of it, Gnatzereth dies interdict us, a half holyday.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is sometimes taken largely, John 16. 14. And it was the sixth hour, and it was the preparation: and strictly, Inter duas vesper as, Betwixt two evenings.
The time betwixt the first day and the seventh, they called it Chol, profanum, interfesti dies, minus sacri; they were not kept fully holy, as the first and the last; for, in these days they astained from all servile work, but the days betwixt were but half holy-days, & they might do servile works in them.
The last day of the Pascha, and the eight day of the Tabernacles, was called Gnatzereth, Dies interdictus, and dies retentionis: and they illustrate the matter by this comparision; as a kind friend who hath entertained his friend seven days, when he is to go away, he will keep him still the eyght day, that is, the day of retention to him. So the Israelites, after they had feasted the Lord, (as it were) seven days, loath to let him go, would keep him one day longer; this is the day of retention.
In this feast they read the book of the Canticles, because it treats specially of their coniunctiō with Christ, which was sealed in the Pascha.
PARAGRAPHE III. Diatriba. 2.
Of the Pentecost.
THey reckoned fifty days betwixt the Pascha and the Pentecost.
The morrow after the Pascha was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and the next Sabbath after, was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , that is The first second. It was called the first, because it was the first of the seven weeks to the Pentecost: it was called the second, in respect of the Pascha going before. There were fifty days betwixt 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and the Pentecost, and six weeks betwixt 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 and the Pentecost.
The Pentecost fell ever upon the same day which 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 fell upon; 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is the first day after the Pascha: but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is the first Sabbath after the Pascha.
They were commanded to reckon fifty days betwixt the Pascha and the Pentecost. The Jews illustrate the matter by this Parable. A certain prisoner begged of a King, that he would deliver thim out of prison: he delivered him, and promised after so many days, to bestow his daughter upon him: would not this poor man reckon diligently to the day of the marriage, and his own deliverance? so the Israelites being in Egypt, God delivered them out of prison, and promised to marry them to his daughter (the Law) withing fifty days: should not they then diligently reckon the time betwixt their delivery out of Egypt at the Pascha, until the Pentecost: but here is their misery, that they brake the Covenant of wedlock to the Kings daughter, and committed adultery.
The last of the fifty days of the Pentecost, was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Acts 2. 1. Cum implerentur dies Pentecostes, When the days of the Pentecost were fulfilled. The day before the Pentecost was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , it had not seven days after the day of the Pentecost, as the other two feasts had.
Mark the difference betwixt these two, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 with ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ,) signifies properly the Sabbath, coming from the Hebrew word, whcih is written with Holem. but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , it signifies the whole week, Levite. 23. 32. It comes from the Syriac word, Sabba contracte Saboth; from whence the seventy following, the Syriac makes 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
The Samaritans confounding these two words; they kept seven Pentecosts in one year: they were called for this 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Levite. 23. Ye shall count seven Sabbaths to you. They took 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 with ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ) for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 with ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ) and kept seven weeks instead of Sabbaths, one after another, making up seven Pentecosts in one year. In this feast they read the book of Ruth, for the Genealogy of David King of Israel.
PARAG. III. DIATR. III.
Of the feast of Tabernacles.
THE first and last days were most solemn, in the feast of Tabernacles.
The last and great day of the feast: This was called Hosanna Rabba.
In this feast they used to hold up branches, which they called also Hosannam tuam, praeparato Hosannam tuam. Hence is that phrase in the Gospel of Matthew, Hosanna filio David; that is, We hold up these branches called Hosanna to the son of David. if it had been a Prayer, they would have said in the Vocatiue case; Save us O son of David. This feast the heathen dedicate to Bacchus, which they called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , carrying of branches: and the Levites who played upon Cymbals at this feast, they derived from Lyceus, ro Evio Bacchus, Plat. in sympos.
The days betwixt the first and the seventh, were less holy-days, called Mogned Caton: these the Latins called intercisi dies, being a midst betwixt fasti and nefasti. In this feast they read the book of Ecclesiasies, in remembrance of their protection in the Desert, for God's providence is handled there.
A good day, was called by them, a day of joy and feasting, but yet had not such solemnity as the three great feasts: hence is that saying of theirs, Sacerdos fecit bonum diem fratribus suis, that is, Made them a feast.
PARAGRAPHE IIII.
Of the counting of their Yeare.
THat the full Moon might fall upon the fourteenth day of the month, they institute 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , saltum lunae, the Moons skip, which if they had not done, it would have fallen either 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , upon the thirteenth or fifteenth day.
Their year was either abundant, deficient, or equal; abundant, they called it Annus impregnatus, and embolimaeas: deficient, they called Annus cavus.
The year which was deficient, by institution they made it full; as when they took a day out of Casleu, that had thirty days, and put it to Marcheshvan, which had but twenty nine days.
That year which was abundant, by institution they made it deficient, when they took a day from Marcheshvan, and added it to Casleu: here Casleu had a day more then enough, (for none of their months had thirty one days.)
Their year was ordinary, when Marcheshvan had nine and twenty days, and Casleu thirty, & so through the months of the year.
That they might reduce the course of the Moon to the Sun, they intercaled or engrafted a month.
The Sun exceeds the Moon in her course, eleven days ¼, in the year: by this it comes to pass, that every third year, there are thirty three days odd, of the which they make up a month, calling it Adar prior, the first Adar of thirty days, and they reserve the three odd days till the next year, and so forth till the nineteenth year. These intercalar months with the odd days, made up the nineteenth year of the golden number, consisting of three hundred fifty four days: so that the Sun and the Moon met at one just period, as they did in the first year of the golden number. Of the nineteen years, the third, the sixth, eighth, eleventh, fourteenth, sixteenth, were intercalar years; and the nineteenth year, made up the golden number. The eighth year was intercalar, because of the six odd days, reserved from the years going before.
These intercalar months were esteemed as but momentum temporis, a point of time: and in their civil computation had no use, neither did their Iudicatories judge in that time.
The Jews illustrate this Canon by this case. Reuben was borne in the last day of the intercalar month Adar: Simeon was borne the first day of the ordinary month Veadar. So that Simeon was but a day younger then Reuben. according to their Ecclesiastical Computation; the question is, when must they enter to their inheritance? Simeon says, he must enter a month before Reu-ben, because Reuben was borne in the intercalar month Adar, which was but momentum temporis, a point of time: The Judges ordain, that Simeon should enter to his possession a month before his brother Reuben, in the ordinary month Veadar; because he was borne in that month: but Reuben shall stay nine and twenty days before he enter, that is; till the first day of the month (to wit Nisan) before he enter, because the month Adar which he was borne in, was but momentum temporis, a point of time; and they judged no civil matter in that month.
A Programme of the Hebrew Calendar.
| Annus. | Lat. | Hebrew. | Dies | Tisri. | ||
| Mar. 31. | 30 Nisan | 1 | 21 | 1 | 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , vel festum | |
| 2 | 22 Hosanna | 2 | Tabernaculorum. | |||
| Apr. 30. | 29 Iiar | 3 | 23 Torah. | 3 | ||
| 4 | 24 | 4 | Gedaliae Ieiunium. | Tisri. | ||
| 5 | 25 | 5 | 1 Reijcula. | |||
| May. 31 | 30 Sivan | 6 | 26 | 6 | Kippurim. | 2 Mobilis. |
| 7 | 27 | 7 | antzereth vel 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 festi. | 3 Mobilis. | ||
| Iun. 30 | 29 Thamuz | 8 | 28 | 4 Reijcula. | ||
| 9 | 29 | 5 Mobilis. | ||||
| Iul. | 31 | 30 Ab | 10 | 30 | 6 Reijcula | |
| 11 | 1 | 7 Reijcula. | ||||
| Aug. 31 | 29 Elul | 12 | 2 | |||
| 13 | 3 | Dies | Nisan | |||
| Sept. 30 | 30 Tisri | 14 | 4 Godalia. | 1 | 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . | Nisan |
| 15 | 5 Pentecost. | 2 | 1 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . | 1 Mobilis. | ||
| 16 | 6 | 3 | 2 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , | 2 Reijcula, | ||
| Oct. 31 | 29 Marches. | 17 | 7 | 4 | 3 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . | 3 Mobilis. |
| 18 | 8 | 5 | 4 Purim. | 4 Reijcula. | ||
| Nou. 30 | 30 Casleu | 19 | 9 | 9 | 5 | 5 Mobilis |
| 20 | 10 Expatiē. | 7 | 6 | 6 Reijcula. | ||
| Dec. 31 | 29 Tebheth | 21 | 11 | 7 antzereth, vel 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . | 7 Reijcula. | |
| 22 | 12 | |||||
| 23 | 13 | |||||
| Ian. 31 | 30 Shebhat | 24 | 14 Pascha. | |||
| 25 | 15 Tabernacles | Look in the second Paragraphe of this Section, what Reijcula signifieth. | ||||
| Feb. 28 | 30 Adar | 26 | 16 | |||
| 27 | 17 | |||||
| 29 Veadar. | 28 | 18 | ||||
| 29 | 19 | |||||
| 30 | 20 |
SECTION. II.
The places appointed for God's Worship.
THE places of God's worship, were holy, Instituto & exemplo, By institution and example. 2. Exemplo sed non instituto, By example, but not institution.
The Temple of Jerusalem was holy, by the commandment of God, and by example; because the Prophets and the Priests worshipped there; and Christ and his Apostles in the second Temple. By example, but not by institution, as their Synagogues; and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , their place of Prayer.
PARAGR. I.
Of the Temple of Jerusalem.
THE Temple was divided in three parts; the Court of Israel, the Court of the Priests, and God's Court.
Jeremiah the Prophet, thrice rehearses these words; The Temple of the Lord, the Temple of the Lord, the Temple of the Lord; because the Temple was distinguished into three Courts. So the Heathens Temples were divided into three Courts; the holiest was in the midst, called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or Cella Dei, the Court of God: the fore Court of the Temple was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or the Porch: the last Court was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the inward part of the Church.
Within the holiest of all stood the Ark; There was nothing in the Ark, but the Tables of stone.
Heb. 9. 4. It is said, all these were within the Ark, the [Object.] pot with Manna, the two Tables, and Aaron's rod?
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in which, is expounded in the which Tabernacle, and [Answ.] not, in the which Ark: Secondly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , is Iuxta, near, as well as within. 2 Cor. 13. as Epiphanius takes it. Thirdly, they say, that in Moses time, all the three were in the Ark, but in Solomon's time, only the Tables were in the Ark: the Apostle there compares Moses and Christ together. The Apostle makes mention of one candlestick, but there were ten in the Temple. 1. Kings 8. 9. The Ark was brought in, and there was nothing in it but the two Tables, which Moses placed there: which the History would not have added, unless to note some change; so that in Solomon's time there was nothing in the Ark but the two Tables: but in Moses time, the Tables were there, with the Pot, and Rod of Aaron.
In the holiest of all, the Lord did show himself in his glory, to the high Priest once in the year; this place was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because it was necessary for him to go in there, to consult with the Lord, for the people.
When the hight Priest entered into the holiest of all, he carried sundry things with him. First, Blood; secondly, Incense; thirdly, Smoke.
He darkened the holiest of all, with the smoke of the Incense when he went in; for no man shall see the Lord and live.
In the corrupt times they took an oath of the high Priest, when he entered into the holiest of all, least he should incline to the Sadducees. The form of the oath was this; We adure thee by him who caused his name to dwell in this house, that thou shalt not change anything of that we shall say to thee. There were two who presumed to enter within the holiest of all, who were not Priests: Pompey & Heliodorus. Pompey, when he came out of the holiest of all, being asked what he saw, answered; That the house was full of a cloud, and so it was; for, the Lrod dwells in a cloud, Psal. 18. 11. Therefore they slanderously gave out of the Jews, that they were Nubicole, Worshippers of the clouds. Before that, Pompeyes Soldiers believed, that either Apis or Jupiter Hammon, was worshipped in the holiest of all. The second, who entered into the holiest of all, not being high Priest, was Heliodorus, who was after struck with madness.
In the holy place stood the Golden Altar, the Table of the Shew-bread, and the Candlestick.
Upon the golden altar they burnt the sweet perfumes, it was called altare suffitus, The altar of Incense▪ to signify how acceptable in the nostrils of the Lord is Christ's intercession, and our prayers sweetened by it. Contrary to that, was that idolatrous worship, Et ipsi mittebant ad nasum meum foetorem, they sent a stink to my nostrils. The Lord account all idolatrous worship, but a stink in his nose, which he abhors. The Incense altar had horns, signifying strength, whence answers were made to the prayers of the Saints. Revel. 13. 13.
In the holiest stood the Table with the Shew-bread, on which were 12. loaves, representing the 12. Tribes; every loaf had a dish of Frankencense upon it, & there lay a pair of Princers by them, to pinch off the mouled from them, and the golden Candlestick hung hard by.
Here is God stipulating with his people from the [Doctrine.] Ark; the twelve loaves represents the twelve Tribes standing before him continually; they have the Candlestick for the word to direct them; they have the Incense dishes, signifying Christ's intercession, particularly applied to everyone of them; the Pincers signify the censures of the Church.
In this place hung the golden Candlestick, but in the Court of the Priests, were Candlesticks of Silver, 1 Chro. 28. 14 In the holy place were Candlesticks of Gold, but in the holiest of all, there was no Candlestick: The word of God is like fined Silver unto his Saints; but when they have more and more experience of it, it is like fine Gold to them: but in heaven there shall be no teaching of the word there; For Christ shall give up the kingdom, (as Mediator) to the Father, 1 Cor. 15.
In the Court of the Priests stood the brazen Altar and the Laver.
The brazen Altar was called Ariel: that is, The Lyon of God; for even as the Lyon devoureth the flesh, so the Altar of God consumed the sacrifices. This Altar was called God's Table: upon this brazen altar, God had the burnt offering for himself, as it were, to dine and sup upon. Psal. 50. If I be hungry I will not tell thee: the Chaldee Paraphrast, paraphraseth it thus; My sacrifices and burnt offerings I will not seek of thee to dine and sup upon. We see, Judges 9. That the Wine is said to cheer God in the drink offering: so may the sacrifices be said, to be meat to him.
The fire which burnt the sacrifices upon this Altar, came from heaven, both when the Tabernacle was erected, and when the Temple was built: so the fire came down from heaven upon Elias his sacrifice.
God looks upon Abel and his sacrifice. Aquila translates it, He set it on fire. Ths fire which was in the Tabernacle, the Jews hold, that it was taken up to the heaven again, when the second fire came down into the Temple.
This fire was not in the second Temple: wherefore it is but a fable of the Jews, that Jeremiah hid it in the ground, and that after the Captivitie it was found again.
The fire in the first Temple, was Divine divinus, altogether holy: the fire in the second Temple, was Divino humanus, human-holy. For although it was kindled as our fire, (and came not from heaven) yet the Lord accepted of the sacrifices burnt by it, and it was still kept in, as the fire of the first Temple was: but the third fire which Nadab and Abihu offered, was humanus, human. The first fire, the Hebrews calls Gneljona coelestis, heavenly: but this last fire, they call Zar, alienus, a strange fire.
They instituted in the days of Nehemiah by lot, a time when the people should go forth to bring wood for fore to this Altar: This feast, Josephus calls 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the feast of wood carrying: these who offered their sacrifice here, had the wood and the salt for nothing.
The Heathen were God's Apes, in keeping in their vestall fire, which they say came from heaven: If it were put out, as it happened at Delphi, (the Temple being burnt by the Medes) it was not lawful to kindle it with any fire below, but the drew fire from heaven with a Glass, and so kindled it again, as the Poet testigfieth.
When the Kings of Persia died, the holy fire was put [Doctrine.] out; but when our King, the Lord Jesus Christ died, the Sun in the Firmanent was black, and put out as it were.
The Priests, after they had offered the sacrifices upon the brazen Altar, then they offered Incense upon the golden Altar; And the people stood without, praying and waiting, in the mean time, when he should come forth.
So Jesus Christ our great high Priest, hath offered [Doct.] himself once a sacrifice for us upon the brazen Altar, the Cross; and is now at the Golden Altar, interceding for us: he cannot then be sacrificed again (as the Papists would) therefore we that are standing without, let us look shortly for his coming again. The faithful have waited for three sorts, of Christ's his coming; First, for his coming in the flesh: secondly, for the coming of his Spirit: and thirdly, for his coming to glory.
None might go to the golden altar to offer Incense, but he who might go to the brazen altar to offer sacrifice; therefore none may be a Mediator of intercession, but he who is a Mediator of redemption: if Vzzia had been a Papist, he might have had good shift for himself, that he was a Mediator of intercession at the golden altar, but not of redemption at the brazen altar.
There were sour, who dishonored this brazen altar most. First, Ahaz, who caused to remoute it out of the own place, and set the altar of Damaseus in place thereof the second, were those who killed Zacharias, not far from the altar. The third was Jannes, the predecessor of Iaddus, the high Priest, who slew his brother Joshua, and sprinkled his blood upon the altar. The fourth was pilat, who mingled the blood of the Gal •• aeans, with their sacrifice upon this altar.
In this Court of the Priests flood the brazen Laver, which was made of the women's brazen Lookin-glasses: Exod. 38. John (Rev. 4. 6.) alludes to this, when he says; I saw a Sea of Glass before the Throne. When the Priests and the people were multiplied, Solomon made ten Lavers, to wash the sacrifices, and another great vessel to wash the Priests: so in the Tabernacle, there was but one Candlestick; but in the Temple there were ten because it was much moe spacious, it behooved to have moe lights. In the days of Moses, the years of the Levites, when they entered top their office, were reckoned from twenty five to thirty. but in the days of David, the people increasing, the Levites would not have sufficed; therefore David changes the time of their entry, into twenty years. So, there were but two Silver Trumpets in the Tabernacle, but there were an hundred and twenty Priests sounding with Trumpets in the Temple.
In the outward Court, (where the women worshipped) stood Gazophylacium, or Corban, the Treasury, which Luke 31. 4. is called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , The gifts of God, because it contained the gifts offered to God. The Jews called it Kupha schel tzedaka, area iustitia, the chest of alms (for they called their alms their justice, Math. 6.) and the Hebrews say, that it had written about it, this Proverb of Solomon, (The gift which is given in secret, pacifieth wrath:) teaching them, that they should not blow a Trumpet as the Pharisees did when they gave their alms, but secretly convey it into Corban, or the Treasury.
The second Temple in outward glory, was far inferior to the first Temple.
The gift of prophecy, and Vrim and Thummin were [ 1] in the first Temple; but in the second Temple, nothing for a long time, but Bathcol, fisia vocis, an Echo was heard.
In the first Temple they had the holy Oil, which [ 2] anointed the high Priest: but in the second Temple they wanted it, and the high Priest was called, Vir multarum vestium, The man with the many clothes.
In the first Temple was the holy free, but not in the [ 3] second.
The first Temple was but once polluted; but the second [ 4] Temple was thrice: first, by Antiochus; secondly by Pompey; thirdly, by Cassius, and yet, The glory of the second Temple, was greater then the glory of the first. Hagg. 2. 10.
The first Temple was destroyed fore three sins ( say the Jews) for Idolatry, Incest, and shedding of Innocent blood. But the second Temple, they say, was destroyed, Propter shinnath chinnam, odium immeritum, vndeserved hatred; and because this sin is not yet expiat, therefore they say the building of the second Temple is deferred; but they forget the crucifying of our Lord, which was the cause why there was, not a stone left upon a stone in it.
How differed the Temple of Jerusalem from other Temples?
Locus, a place, is considered two manner of ways: [Answ.] 1. Locus vt locus, a place that isd only a place, & locus vt sic, a place in such a respect, (as the Schoolmen speak.) The Temple of Jerusalem was Locus vt sic, that is, it was Medium divini cultus, A mean of God's worship: it was a part of their ceremonial worship, and a type of the body of Christ, as he says himself; Destory this Temple: therefore they were bound to set their faces towards it when they prayed. Our Temjples are but Loci vt Loci, they are not a part of the worship of God, nor types of the body of Christ, neither are we bound when we pray to set our faces towards them. they are called places of Prayer only, because the Saints meet there, and if the Saints meeting were not in them, they were but like other common places. The Temple of Jerusalem sanctify dthe meeting of the Saints, but the meeting of the Saints sanctifies our Temples; they might not buy nor sell in the Temple of Jerusalem, because it was the house of Prayer: the Moral reason obliges us now, no man may buy nor sell in our Temples, because they are houses of Prayer.
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of their Synagogues.
THeir Synagogues were holy places by example, but not by command.
They are called Mognade El, Psal. 74. 8. which Aquila [Object.] translates SDynagogae potentis, the Synagogues of God; then it may seem, that they were commanded by God?
It is generally held, That the Synagogues were not [Answ.] in Jerusalem, till after the Captivitie. 2. If the Psalmist speaks there of the SDynagogues, then they may be called God's Synagogues, because the Lord approved them, although he copmmanded them not.
The Synagogues were ordered in most things, after the manner of the Temple.
In their situation; for, as the Temple stood upon a hill, so they set their Synagogues in the high?st place of the Town and for this they alleged Pro. 8. 2. Wisdom hath built her Palaces upon high places.
In the Temple there was the high Priest, and his Sagan, [ 2] or second high Priest: so in their Synagogues they had 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Sosthenes; and sometimes a second Ruler, as Crispus, answering to the second Priest, Sagan: They had Scribes who taught in their Synagogues, as the Priests taught in the Temple. They had in their Synagogue, Scheliah tzibbor Minister Synagogae, The Clerke of the Synagogue: as he who delivered the Book to Christ; these answered to the Porters in the Temple.
In the Temple, the Court of the Priests was distinguished [ 3] from the Court of Israel. The Court of Israel was distinguished again, into the Court of the men, and the Court of the women. So in their Synagogues, the teachers sat by themselves; the men sat by themselves in ranks, one above another: And James seems to allude to this form; If there come a rich man, ye bid him sit up higher: if a poor man, ye bid him sit down lower: the wome sat by themselves. the women sat by themselves.
As in the Temple, the people's faces were towards [ 4] the Ark, so in the Synagogue they had an Ark, wherein they keep the book of God, and the people's faces were towards it.
As no man might carry through the Temple any vessel [ 5] or burden. Mark. 11. 16. So no man might carry through the Synagogue a burden or vessel.
There was great devotion required of them, who entered into the Synagogue to worship.
They wrote above the doors of their Synagogues, Psal. 118. 20. Haec est porta Domini, iusti intrabunt eam, This is the gate of God, the just shall enter in thereat. And again, Precatio sine intention, est sicut corpus sine anima: Prayer without intention, is as a body without a soul.
PARAGRAPHE III.
Of their place of Prayer.
THey had a place wherein they prayed only.
It was a place, different from their Synagogues and the Temple. In it they prayed only; in their Synagogues they prayed, and interpreted the Scriptures; in the Temple they prayed, interpreted the Scriptures, in the Temple they prayed, interpreted the Scriptures, and sacrificed. This might properly be called an Oratory.
Their Synagogues were only within the Cities, [ 2] but these places of Prayer were without the Cities, Acts 16. 13.
The Synagogue was reckoned a more holy place by [ 3] the Jews, then the place of Prayer: for in their Synagogues they might do no servile work, they might make no reckonings in them: but in their house of Prayer, after the Prayer was ended, they might do any civil work. He to whom the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or house of Prayer belonged, was called Pomarius, a seller of Apples; and his inscription, was this, Pomarius à 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the Apple-seller over-seer to the Oratory. The learned think, that he was called Pomarius, because the sold Apples in it. The Jews used to give alms, and the poor using to come there to receive their alms, (because they were hated of other people) they dwelt there as in Hospitals: therefore this name Proseuche degenerate, and they thought basely of it. In which sense Juvenal takes it, when the saith, Satyr 5.
PARAGRAPHE IIII.
Of the Temples built without Jerusalem, neithe holy by example nor institution.
GOD expressly commanded, that there should be no Temple built for his Worship, but in the place which he should choose.
There were two Temples built without Jerusalem, contrary to God's ordinance; the Temple of Samaria, and the Temple of Heliopolis, in Egypt.
The occasion of the building of the Temple of Samaria, was this: Manasseh, the Son in law of San-Ballat, affecting to be high Priest in Jerusalem, and being refused, his father in Law built a Temple upon Mount Garizim, and made him the high Priest of it: there they erected a false worship, and separated themselves from the Church of the Jews.
Hence it was, that the Jews so hated them, and they the Jews. Sirach. 50. 25. There be two manner of people that mine heart abhorreth, and the third is no people; they that sit upon the Mountain of Samaria, the Philistines, and the foolish people that dwell in Shechem.
These that sat upon the Mountain of Samaria, were the Cutthaeans, a people that were brought out of Assyria into Judea, by Salman-assar, they worshipped God, and the Idols of the land.
The seond, were the Philistines, who were mere Pagans.
The third, were the Shechemites, who fled away with Manasseh, out of Jerusalem into Samaria.
The Samaritans hates the Jews also: for Josephus testfies of them, when matters went prosperously with the Jews, they said then, they were come of Abraham. But when the Jews were under the Cross, then they used to derive their pedegrees from Babel, and other Nations.
In the days of Ptolomaeus Philomater; Sabbaeus and Theododstus, two Samaritans, kept a disputation at Alexandria, against Andronicus, and other of the Jews, for Graizim, and they for the Temple of God, which stood upon Mount Moriah: both parties swearing by God, to bring proofs of their assertion out of the Law.
The Jews brought for them; first, the Law of God; secondly, the continual succession of their Priests; thirdly, the Kings of Asia sent gifts to it, and acknowledged it to be the Temple of God.
The Samaritans could allege for themselves nothing, (and what marvel; For they worshipped they knew not what:) Therefore the King adjudged them to die, as Josephus testifies.
Baronius laboreth to prove out of this Story, that succession is the mark of the Church, against Heretics and Schismatics; because they proved the Church of Jerusalem to be the true Church by succession only: but Josephus sets down the distinct arguments, whereby they proved their Church to be the true Church. He leaves out the principal argument (the Law) and argues only succession: local sucession without the truth, is nothing.
Christ (John 4) ends this controversy, telling the woman of Samaria, That neither in this Mountain, nor at Jerusalem, men should worship, &c.
PARAGRAPHE V.
Of the Temple of Heliopolis.
THE occasion of the building of this Temple, was this: Onias the fouth, being put from the high Priest-hood by Antiochus, comes to Egypt, and there built a Temple in Heliopolis, misconstruing the place of the Prophet Isaiah, taking Cheres the Sun, for Heres Destruction.
It was not lawful for them to build a Temple in Egypt, for God expressly forbad them, to go back again to Egypt.
Of these two Temples, the Samaritan was the worst: for it as heretical altogether; it acknowledged not Jerusalem at all, and the Jews held them execrable: but the Temple of Heliopolis was not idolatrous, nor heretical, they kept the substance of the true worship [ 1] with the Jews; they sent gifts to Jerusalem yearly, but they were schismatical. Jerusalem was holy, Et materialiter, [ 2] materially; & formaliter, formally: Helio polis was holy Materialiter, sed non formaliter: their sacrifice was not acceptable, because it was in the wrong [ 3] place; but then it was not to a false God. But the Temple of Samaria, was neither holy materialiter, nor formaliter: the substance of the worship in it, was idolatrous.
The Church of the Jews worshipped God, entirely, and in unity. They worshipped God; this distinguished them from the Pagans, who are not of the Church. They worshipped God entirely: this distinguished them from the Samaitane heretical Church. They worshipped God in unity: this distinguished them from the Samaritan heretical Church. They worshipped God in unity: this distinguished them from the schismatical Church of Heliopolis.
SECTION. III.
Of the persons appointed for God's worship.
GOD would have select times and places appointed for his worship, so would he also have select persons to minster in his worship:
Take the Levites for all the first borne of the children of Israel, and the cattle of the Levites for their cattle, and the Levites shall be mine.
The Priests, before they were admitted to God's service, behooved to be of perfect age, and then were admitted by a solemn ordination.
PARAGRAPHE I.
Of the ordination of the Priests.
THE ordination of the Priests, was instituted by God, with solemn and significative ceremonies.
No man takes this honor upon him, but he who is called as Aaron. So, To fill the hand of the Priest, was to consecrate him.
It was their custom that day, that the Priest was ordained, they took the flesh of the sacrifice, and put it in his hand; to signify, that he had power then to sacrifice: and from that custom it is, when we ordain a Minister, we give him to book of God in his hand, to signify, that now he hath power to teach the word of God.
This filling of the hand, is usually called consecration: [ 2] the Greeks translate it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , perfection, because the Priest was then authorized to do his office. And this word, Hebr. 7. 28. is applied by the Apostle to Christ, who was persited forever, as our high Priest.
This filling of the hand shows, that none might minister [ 3] before the Lord, unless these things were put in his hand; 1. Kings. 13. 13. Whosoever filled the hand of the roboams Priests, he was a Priest sufficient enough of the high places.
This phrase of filling of the hand, is applied to the [ 4] Priests of Jeroboam: likewise, this lets us see, that there may be some outward form of calling in the Popish Church, and that the first reformers of our Religion, who had their calling in Popery, needed not a new extraordinary calling.
PARAGRAPHE. II.
Of the high Priest.
THE high Priest was a type of Christ in five things.
First, in his person; secondly, in his annointing; thirdly, in his apparel; fourthly in his marriage; fifthly, in his death.
In his person, there must be no blemish in him. Hegesip. tstifies, how Antigonus cut off both Hircanus his ears, tha the might be high Priest no more; if the case should fall out otherwise, and the Jews should recover their liberty again.
They would admit none to be high Priest, who had a blemish in his body; yet they admitted him to be a high Priest, who was a Sadduce, and denied the immortality of the soul: this was in corrupt times.
Antonius the Anchorite, cut off his own nose, that he should not be chosen Bishop upon this ground. Hece is that question; Liceat ne seipsum admutilare.
The Heaten observed this also in their high Priests: when the Temple of Vesta was burning, Metellus the high Priest, ran in to save their Paladium, he loseth his eyes in the fire; he was not permitted to be high Priest anymore for that: If they would have no blemish in their sacrifice, far less in their Priest.
In his annointing: when the Priests were first ordained, all were anointed, Numb. 3. 3. But when the order of the high Priest was once settled, only the high Priest was anointed: therefore Aristoblous the high Priest is called the anointed of the Lord, 2. Maccab. 1. 10. Aliter in constituta Ecclesia, aliter in constituenda; It is one way in a settled Church, & other ways in a Church not fully settled.
During the second Temple, the Oil which anointed the high Priest, was wanting; therefore the high Priest in the second Temple, was called, Merubba begadim, multiplicatus vestibus, The man with the many clothes: They called him not, The anointed of the Lord, but, the man with the many clothes: because he had five things peculiar to him, which none of the rest of the Priests had; his Breast-plate, his Ephod, his plate of God, and his Pallium, and Cloake.
In his apparel, he was a type of Christ: his Crown signifieth his kingly office; his Vrim and Thummim, signified his Priestly office; and his Bells, his Prophetical office.
So Christ is seen by Ezechel, walking amongst the midst of the Angels, as a King: clothed in white, as a Priest; and an Inke-horn hanging at his girdle, as a Prophet: as a Priest he wore a Miter; amongst the heathen, the Auguties had their Lituus, like a thrown Turbet; The Emperors had their Paludamentum, their robe Royal; and the Kings had their Diadem, or Crown.
Thou art the holy one of God: Here is an allusion to the high Priest, who had, Holiness to the Lord, written upon his forehead; therefore he was called, The holy one of God. Christ our high Priest, is that they one of God.
This golden plate, was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : none might wear it but the high Priest, in the day of expiation: therefore Hegesippus and Epiphanius are mistaken, who think, that James the Apostle wore this ornament, which was proper only to the high Priest; and so is Eusebius mistaken, who holds him to have been the high Priest, because he wore a linning stole; then every Priest had been an high Priest: for during the time of their service, they were bound to wear linning; and out of their service, woolen clothes.
It is to be marked, that our Lord chose none of the Tribe of Levi to be his Disciples; signifying to us, that he was to abrogate the Ceremonial Law.
The high Priest did two things, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Things which pertained to God: & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , And things which pertain to us. The things which he did from God to us, were represented by his Vrim and Thummim: the things which he did from us to God, were represented by his breast-plate, carrying the twelve stones upon it.
PARAG. II. DIATR. I.
In what order the stones were set in the Breast-plate of Aaron.
THE twelve Patriarchs were set in Aaron's breast-plate, not according to their generations, but according to their births; that is, the free women's sons were preferred to the hand-maids sons, although some of them were younger.
Sometimes the Tribes are numbered according to their age, Gen. 33. Secondly, sometimes by the Nobility of their birth: as, Exod. 28. Thirdly, by the order of grace, as Judah is first set in the Campe. Fourthly, by the order of History, as Sem before Japheth, Genesis 10. Fifthly, the number is only considered without the order, as Revel. 21. For the last is first there, and Dan is omitted.
Amongst the six Tribes, who blessed upon the Mount Ebal, Reuben is not numbered with them: for he lost his privilege of Dignity, and birth, and is set amongst the six cursers; therefore amongst the cursers he saith, Cursed is he who lieth with his Fathers wife: he as a Priest of the family should have blessed, but now he curses.
Some deprive themselves both of the priority of [Doctrine.] birth, and of grace, as is seen in Esau, and Reuben.
PARAGR. II. Diatriba II.
How the high Priest wore his girdle, and what it signified.
THE high Priest wore his girdle about his paps, and not about his middle.
Ezech. 44. 18. He shall not be girded about his sweating places.
Jonathan, the Chaldee Paraphrast, paraphrases it thus; He shall not be girded upon his loins, but upon his heart: therefore we see, Revel. 1. 13. That Christ is said to be Girded about his paps; to signify the great sincerity and verity which was in his herat: for he was girded with a girdle of verity about his heart. So Revel. 15. 6. The Angels are brought in with their girdles about their paps; to signify the best estate of their Pastors, coming nearest then in sincerity to Christ: but before in the first age of the Church, they wore their girdle about thrie middle; the more spiritual that they become, their girdle went the more upward.
PARAG. II. Diatriba 3.
Of the clothes which the high Priest were, when he entered into the holiest of all.
WHen the high Priest entered into the holiest of all, he was clothed, first, with linning breeches next his flesh; secondly, a linning coat; thirdly, a linning girdle; fourthly, a linning myter: These he put upon him, when he made reconciliation for the Church, in the most hopy place: and having finished his service, he laid those clothes aside there, and never wore them again, but left them there, Levite. 16. 4. 23. These by the Jews were called Bigde labham, albae vestes, white clothes, but the clothes which he were in the holy place that day, were called Bigde zahabh, vestamenta aurea, Golden clothes, not that they were all of gold, but because they were finer then the clothes which he wore when he went into the holiest of all.
The high Priest laid aside all these ornaments, when [Doctrine.] he entered int oath holiest of all; which signified his Prophetical, Kingly, and Priestly office; and to signify to us, that at the latter day, Christ shall give up his kingdom to the Father: he shall no more then teach his Church, or intercede for her as Mediator, or rule her as King.
He was a type of Christ in his marriage. [Doctrine.]
He might not marry a Widow, a Whore, or a divorced Woman, but only a Maid.
They shall not take a wife that is a Whore, &c.
He might not marry a widow, because he got not her first love; Revel. 2. 4. The Angel speaking to the Church, seems to allude to this, when he saith, Thou hast left thy first love.
He might not marry a divorced woman, because he got not her just love; for although men were permitted civilly to marry them; yet Christ teacheth, that it was permitted to them, for the heardnesse of their hearts.
He might not marry a Whore, because he got not her only love; he might only marry a Virgin.
Christ will have of his Church her first love, just love, [Doctrine.] and only love: therefore Psal. 74. the Church is called his Turtle-dove; for as the Turtle-dove hath but one Mate, so the Church must have God only for her love.
He was a type of Christ in his death, he who killed a man negligently, fled to the City of Refuge, and stayed there until the death of the high Priest, & then he was free: Jesus Christ by his death frees us, and sets us at liberty.
The high Priest had sundry things common to him, with the rest of the Priests.
There behooved to be no blemish in him, so neither in them; when they served in the Temple, it was lawful for none of them to serve bare-headed: so likewise the Flamines among the Romans, served with their heads covered.
So they served bare-footed in the Temple. The Lord said unto Moses; Take off thy shoes, because the place where thou stands is holy. Hence they gathered, that they were to stand bare-footed in the Temple, because the place was holy. So the Priests of India served bare-footed, therefore they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , bare-footed, and not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , naked children, as Eusebius reads it.
The high Priest had this second high Priest, who ministered for him, when he could not minister himself.
2. Kings 18. Serajah the high Priest, and Zephaniah the second Priest.
The second high Priest was called Sagan: So he who was next in the Church of Constantinople to the Patriarch, was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the Primore. testifies, that one Joseph, to son of Ellem, discharged the high Priests office for him, when as Mathias the high Priest was polluted by a Nocturnall pollution, that he might not serve as high Priest, then his Sagan, Joseph suplied his place. These who had this Gonorrhaea, were said by modesty of speech, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to have some disease in the body.
How is it said, that Annas and Caiaphas were high Priests [Quest.] for that year?
Annas was high Priest when Christ was borne, Caiaphas [Answ.] was high Priest when Christ was crucified; when Caiaphas was the high Priest, Annas was his Sagan, or second high Priest; for they could not both enter into the holiest of all at once, but they changed by courses. So before, under the Greeks, the Priest-hood was much altered; as under Antiochus, from Onias to Jason; from Jason to Menelaus his brother.
But was not the Priest-hood changed now, when they [Object.] endured Priests but for a year?
There are in government five things; first, Potestas: [Answ.] secondly, Ordo: thirdly, Modus: fourthly, Titulus: fifthly, Vsus. Potestas, is when there is a power commanding; Ordo, when there are superiors and inferiors: these two are essential in government, they being taken away, government cannot stand: Modus may be changed 9as here,) for before the Priest-hood continued for the Priests life-time, but now it lasts but for a year. The title is changed; by the Law it was by succession, now it is by the election of the Romans: the use is changes, first it was well administered, now it is corruptly used.
As the waters of Nylus run so many hundred miles, a pure and clear water, yet when it comes nere to the Mediteranian Sea, it begins to grow brackish, and somewhat Salt, at last it falls into the Sea, and loseth the name: so the glorious Priest-hood, which continued so many hundred years, begins now to grow brackish and corrupt, and shortly it is quite abolished.
How is it said in Mar. 15. 1. The high Priests consulted? [Quest.] then it might seem, that there were moe high Priests at once?
We must distinguish betwixt the high Priests by way of [Answ.] excellency, and these high Priests; for the twenty-four orders of the Priests, which David appointed; everyone of these ranks had a • hiefe Priest, and of these the Evangelist meaneth.
PARAGR. II. Diatriba 4.
Of the four and twenty Orders of the Priests.
DAVID instituted four and twenty Orders to serve in the Temple by course. Luk. 1. calls these 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , courses; the Hebrews calls them, Mognadim stationes, stations. Josephus calls them 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , fellowships: in every course there was five hundred Priests, and their course lasted from Sabbath to Sabbath.
The chief of everyone of these courses, were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , high Priests: and the Hebrews calls them Roshe aboth, the chief of the Family.
One course might not take the course of another; for they had an ancient Canon, Every Priest or Levite who shall intrude himself in antohers place, let him die the death.
PARAGR. III.
Of their Sacraments, and first of Circumcision.
CIrcumcision was the seal of the Covenant, to the people of God.
Gen. 17. 10. This is my Covenant, which ye shall keep between me and you.
Circumcision was instituted by God the eyght day.
Gen. 17. And every male child of eyght days old among you, shall be circumcised.
The Hebrews understand the eight day, not full eight days, but six full days, hence they say, that Dies leg is non est à tempore ad tempus, The days of the Law are not from time to time: that is, Non est à pleno tempore, that is, Not from a full time: So we say, Christ rose the third day, when he lay not three full days in the grave; so we say, one hath a Tertian Ague, when the disease keeps him but one full day.
Luke 2. 21. But when the eight days were fulfilled, [Object.] they came to circumcise the child?
This is understood, De tempore currente, sed non completo, [Answ.] The current time, but not complete; that is, the eight day beginning, but not fulfilled So Deut. 15. 4. At the end of the seven years: he means not when the seven years were complete, for the rest began in the beginning of the seventh year; so that is better translated in the end of seven years, then after the end of seven years: (Min) is put for (Beth) that is, one preposition for another: as Deut. 3. 3. Psal. 62. 30.
Circumcision being the seal of the Covenant, it was a a fearful thing to renounce it.
Antiochus persecuted the Jews very hotly, and tried them to be Jews by their Circumcision; they to conceal their Judaism, caused to draw their foreskin: and the Apostle, 1 Cor. 7. 18. alludes to this form; Art thou circumcised, draw not the fore-skin. This might be done by Art, Epiphanius testifies.
The Egyptians, after the death of Joseph, neglected circumcision, for the hatred which they had against the Israelites, and the Israelites living in Egypt, neglected [ 1] it also; therefore Joshua calls this Opprobrium Egypti, the shame of Egypt, when he circumcises them at Gilgal. [ 2] Secondly, when they denied circumcision; this was called Opprobrium Antiochi, the shame of Antiochus. [ 3] Thirdly, when they were circumcised in the flesh, but not in the Spirit: this was called Opprobrium Iudaei, the [ 4] shame of the Jew. Fourthly, when they were circumcised in the flesh, and in the Spirit, it was called Laus Iudaei, the praise of the Jew.
Why did the Christian Jews draw their Praepuce in [Quest.] the Apostles days, seeing there was no danger of persecution, as in the time of Antiochus?
When they were converted from Judaism to Christianity, [Answ.] there were some of them so ashamed of their Judaism, that they could not behold it; they took it as a blot to their Christianity: or the meaning of the place may be, that they should not be discontented that they are Jews; providing, that by faith they embrace Christ: for, There is no difference betwixt Jew and Gentile with Christ.
Circumcision to them, was a sign of the mortification of the old man.
Therefore these are not circumcised do the rightend, who circumcised themselves, either for fear, as Ester 8. 17. Many became Jews. The seventy translates it, Many were circumcised: or for covetousness, as the Shechemites; or for credit, as the Egyptians and Edomites. The Prophet Jeremiah calls these Circumcisos in Praputio, that is; although they be circumcised in the flesh, they are still in their Praepuce, and uncircumcised before the Lord.
They were cut off from the people of God, for the contempt of circumcision, and not for the want of it.
Genesis 17. 14. He who circumcises not himself, shall be cut off.
Therefore the Jews who bury their Infants (who die before the eight day) before the door of their Synagogues, and not with the rest, mistake this place: and so do the Papists, who think all Infants not baptized, to be secluded from the kingdom of God: He who de • iseth his circumcision, shall die the death of the uncircumcised. So he who contemns his Baptism. It was a good decree of the Council of Backara, which ordained that those who despied their Baptism, and died; and those who hanged themselves, should be buried together, as both guilty of soul murder. Upon this necessity, there were some who baptized them after they were dead, and put the sacramental bread in their mouth, as their viaticum. When they circumcise their child, they call him sponsum sanguinum, a husband of blood: & they apply the words of Zipporah to him, Thou art a bloody husband: because that day they hold, that the child is married to the covenant; and they expound, Teligit pedeseius: that is, She hurt, membrum virile eius; as, Touch not my anointed, that is, hurt them not: and his feet they take, Promembro virili, a man's yard; as Isaiah, Pilus pedum, id est, pudendorum: so the Chaldee Paraphrast, paraphrases the place.
When they circumcise the child, they set a void chair for Elias, misapplying the words of Malachi; Behold, Elias shall come as a witness: and so they call upon Elias.
Mark how God in justice plagues them, calling upon Elias, because they mocked our Lord, and said; He calls upon Elias.
They had witnesses in their circumcision.
Isaiah 7. Take unto thee faithful witnesses. This witness was called Sandak, susceptor pueri, & per Synecdochen, Baa • berith, Dominus foederis, Lord of the Covenant, who promised in the child's name also.
Circumcision had sundry periods of time in the Church, which are to be observed.
Scotus marks well the periods of circumcision; the first period was, from the institution of it, to the time that Christ was baptized; all this time it was Sub praecepto, under the Law: and it was Necessaria & vtilis, necessary and profitable: the second period was, from the baptism of Christ, until the promulgation of the Gospel, Go teach all Nations, baptising them. In this period, it was Vtilis sed non necessaria, profitable, but not necessary: the third period, from the promulgation of the Gospel, to the destruction of the Temple, (which was the Wardrope of the ceremonies.) In this period, it was Licita sed non vtilis, lawful, but not profitable: the fourth period, was from the destruction of the Temple, or rateher from the Council of the Apostles until now; then it was altogether Illicita, unlawful: then it was concision, and not circumcision.
In the first period they might only circumcise; in the second period, circumcise & baptize; (for they had yet more regard to circumcision then to baptism:) in the third period they baptized and circumcised, (now they had more regard to baptism then circumcision:) in the fourth period, they only baptized.
First, as Scotus speaks, it was Sub praecepto, sed non sub consilio: Under the Law, but not under the council: then it was Sub consili • , sed non sub praecepto, Under the Council, but not under the Law. When it was Arbitrarie; 1. It was Necesse esse, needful to be: 2. It was Non necesse esse, not needfll to be: 3. It was Necesse non esse, no ways needful to be.
PARAGRAPHE IIII.
Of the Passover.
THE Passover was a Sacrament, sealing to them their spiritual deliverance by Christ, and their temporal deliverance out of Egypt.
Exod. 12. 14. And this day shall be unto you for a memorial, and ye shall keep it a feast to the Lord.
In the preparation to the Passover; first they had Inquisitionem fermenti, The searching out of the Leaven, upon the fourteenth day of the month, from the sun rising to the fourth hour. Secondly, they had Exterminationem fermenti, The rooting out of the Leaven, from the fourth to the sixth hour; in this time they cast in out of the house, and burns it from the midday; not only the use of it is discharged, but also the very looking upon it. Last, they had Exsecrationem fermenti, the cursing out of the Leaven: and they say, Omne fermentum quodcunque, hic est in potestate mea, quod neque vidi neque abolevi, nullum esto, tanquam pulvis terrae aestimator: All the Leaven whatsoever is here in my power, which I neither saw nor have put away, let it be nothing, and let it be esteemed as the dust of the earth.
All the time of this seast, they name not this word, Lechem, Bread, least hey should stir up in their children a desire to leavened Bread; (for they used no Bread ordirnarily but leavened bread:) So when they speak of a Sow, they call her Dabar achar, another thing: the Greeks express it better, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , And unhappy thing: This they do, lest naming the word Sow, their children should long after Swines flesh.
As they had a diligent search, to find the Leaven before [Doctrine.] the Passover, to cast it out, not to look upon it, and to count it execrable which they had not found, and not ot name it once: so we should purge out the old Leaven, when we are to eat our Passover, we should detest it, consume it, and not let it once be named amongst us.
The Heathen, before they were admitted to the mysteries, they did five things to them: the first, was Purgatio communis, the common purgation: secondly, Purgatio reconditior, more inward: thirdly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when they might stand and behold the mysteries a far off: fourthly, Initiatio, when they were partakers of the mysteries: fifthly, they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ; that is, Perfect in the mysteries of the God's.
Dionysius distinguisheth the whole action of the receiver in three parts: first, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Purgatio, a cleansing: secondly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 initiatio, a beginning: thirdly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 consummatio, a perfection. When they first received the Sacrament, it was called initiatio; when they came to the full knowledge of the mystery of the Sacrament, it was called consummatio.
PARAG. IIII. Diatriba 1.
Of the place where they eat the Passover.
THE Passover was eaten at home in their private houses.
Where wilt thou that we prepare to eat the Passover, and they went to an upper chamber.
When they killed the Passover, they sprinkled the blood of it upon the Altar; but they were to eat it at home in their houses: The most holy things were eaten in their private houses at Jerusalem.
PARAG. IIII. Diatriba 2.
Of the number which did eat the Passover, and how many Suppers concurred together.
THere were no fewer twelve who did eat it, as Christ and his twelve. They used also to join twenty together, and then they were called the children of the Socitie.
At the Passover they had three Suppers concurring together; First, their common supper, with which the Passover was joined, and this was the second Supper: the third, called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or Dimissorie Supper. Christ instituted the Evangelical Supper after the Dimissory supper, as is proved out of Matthew, in the twenty six Chapter.
The Christians had their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or Love-feasts: and at the first they joined it with the Lord's supper also, in the Primitive Church.
PARAG. IIII. Diatriba 3.
Of their common Supper, with which the Passover is joined.
THE Master of the family in the first Supper, takes bread and breaks it; therefore he is called Botzeang, fractor, a braker: and Bagnal tzegnuda, Dominus convivij, The Lord of the Feast: he gives no less to everyone who sit at Table then an Olive in quantity, and to none greater then the bigness of an Egg; This was in time of the Passover.
Secondly, he blesses it, and says: Blessed art thou, O Lord God, King of the world, who bringest bread out of the earth.
This Sacramental bread was holy, but only in the use.
Exod. 12. 10. The Lord commanded, If any of the unleavened bread were left, it should be burnt: Which is to be understand, as well of the Leaven as the Lamb.
The ancients drew near to superstition in this; first, they tought this bread was holier then other bread, before it was consecrate: and they held, that it resembled then the Shew-bread. They called the Table on which it stood, Mensa propositionis; from thence it was removed to the Table of consecration. So, it savoured of corruption, when they kept the bread after the consecration was ended, in the days of Augustine, and gave it Ad Catechumenos, to those that were turned to Christianity. Relata extra vsum, non sunt relata, Relations out of use, are not realtions.
There are four sorts of bread, three for this life, and one for the life to come: the first, is Corporalis ad sustentationem, corporal for sustentation: the second, Spiritualis adinformatinem, Spiritual for information: for we eat Christ as well in the Preached Word, as in the Sacrament, John 6. The third is, Sacramentalis ad confirmationem, Sacrametall for confirmation: the fourth is, in the life to come, Eternalis ad fruitionem, Eternal for enjoining.
Thirdly, he blessed the first Cup of Wine, and said; [ 3] Blessed art thou, O Lord God, King of the world, who hast made the fruit of the vines.
From this blessing and breaking, our Lord may seem to have borrowed the blessing and breaking of the bread. When the Pasca was conjoined with this Supper, there were many moe things done (as may be seen in the next Diatriba) with which the Cup of thanksgiving was joined: but with the common Supper, the Dimissory supper concurred, as may be seen hereafter.
PARAGR. IIII. Diatriba 4
Of the third Supper.
BEfore they sit down to this Secundae mensae, or Dimissory Supper, they wash their feet: our Lord in this second Supper, washes the feet of his Disciples for humility; whereas the servants should have done it: and those who would seem more devoute, would wash their whole body twice, and Peter meant of this, when he desired his whole body to be washed, which Christdenied to him, as savouring of superstition, and washed only his feet.
The Washing of the whole body, Anagogically, signifieth [Doctrine.] our Baptism: the washing of the feet, the purging of our affections.
In this dimissory supper, the bitter herbs are brought in; then the master of the Family dips the herbs in the bitter sauce, and gives to those who sit about him.
The children this night, began to ask their parents, Why is it called the Passover? They answer, because the Angel passed over and destroyed us not. Secondly, Why do we eat unleavened Bread? the Parents answer, Because we were forced to make hast out of Egypt, we had no leisure to sour our Dough. Thirdly, Why eat we sour herbs? the Parents answer, to put us in remembrance o the affliction which we suffered in Egypt: this night by them was called Agada, The night of Annunciation, and our Savior Christ from thence, uses that speech, 1 Cor. 11. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Annunciate donec venero, Do this in remembrance of me.
The night when we eat the Lord's supper, our meditation [Doct.] & conference should be upon the Lord's death children to ask Parents, and Parents to teach the children of it, what means this bread? what means this breaking, &c.
Wherein was it that Christ dipped the Sope which he gave to Judas? John. 13. 2.
Some answer, that it was into a Charoseth, or sauce, [Answ.] thick like Mustard, having the color of Clay, which they used in their Sacrament, to put them in remembrance, how they wrought in Clay in Egypt.
But how would Christ justify such a Ceremony, added [Quest.] to the very Sacrament it self? whereas he would not allow Peters superstitious washing?
It hath been some common sauce: for they joined [Answ.] many moe superstitions and traditions, to the chief points of the Law; as they used at the first superstitiously, to let a malefactor go at the Passover, and to ̄BCH 4168-0515 tythe Minth and Annyse, so they added significatine ceremonies of their own, as this Charoseth.
If men to raise devotion in the people's hearts, add anything to the Sacraments, either Baptism or the Lord's Supper; there shall never be an end of adding one thing to another. I will set down but one example or two: When the Goths that had subdued Spain, were celebrating the Sacrament, they caused to break the bread in nine parts, by which they might paint out to the people, the whole History of Christ's life; comprehended under these words, Corporatio, Natiuitas, Circumcisio, Apparition, Passio, Mors, Resurrectio, Gloria, Regnum: By the first piece, they signified his Conception; by the second, his Nativitie, and so forth. So these who mixed water & wine into the Sacrament, did it of good intention, to put the people in mind of the water and blood which came out of the side of Christ, but the Lord likes not such will-worship. Some afterward degenerate so far, called Hydroparastatae, that they choose only water in the Sacrament.
This 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or platter, wherein Christ dipped, was Scutelia magnà, a big platter; or Receptaculum liquidorum, A vessel for humid things, with a sauce to the meat in which they dipped their sop, and then did eat of the sour herbs with it.
Then he blesses for the second Cup, and they all began to sing Haliluiah, which is called Haliluiah magnum, it begins at the 113. Psalm, and ends at the 119. one repeats the Psalm, the rest cries; Blessed art thou, O Lord our God, the king everlasting, who hast sanctified to us, and commanded us to sing Haliluiah.
The last Cup, was called Cos hillel, poculum laudis, for after this Cup, they sang a Psalm. Of this Cup, David speaks, Psalm 116. and so Luke in his 22. Chap. v. 17.
After the drinking of this Cup, and before the Psalm was sung, Christ instituted his own Evangelical Supper; At this time he had not the common Supper: for Matthew says; They went to an upper Chamber to prepare the Passover; so that this was an extraordinary time, when so many Suppers concurred.
PARAGR. IIII. Diatriba 5.
Of the changing of the Passover into the Lord's Supper.
IN the mean time that this Dimissorie Supper, or Secundae mensae was eating, our Lord instituted the Evangelical Supper; for probation of his, confer Mat. 26. with John. 13.
And as they did eat, Jesus took bread.
This eating hath properly relation to the sop that John speaks of, and that Judas received, after which he immidatly went out.
After that the master of the family had drunk the last Cup; he says, This night I will drink no more. There was a Paschal Canon, that they might drink no more that night, after they had drunk the last Cup: and our Lord alludes to this when he says; Hence-forth I will drink no more of the fruit of the Vine, until I drink it in the kingdom of my Father.
What are we to think of this Paschal Cup? whether [Quest.] was it Sacramental, or not?
It was not Sacramental. The first Reason: because [Answ.] there is no word of it in the institution of the Passover, as there is of the unleavened Bread, and of the Lamb, and the sprinkling of the blood: for these are all commanded, but never a word of the Cup. The second reason: in no Sacrament there are two Sacramental signs, signifying one thing; but the blood signifieth the blood of Christ in the Paschal Lamb: therefore the Wine in the cup, cannot signify the same here.
But how could the Cup be used in the Sacrament, [Object.] being only a common Cup, and not Sacramental?
There were three Suppers which concurred here together: [Answ.] Their common Supper, their Paschal Supper, and their Dimissorie Supper: and there was something [ 1] occasional in everyone of these Suppers. First, in the common Supper, the unleavened bread was occasional only, because they might have no other bread at the Passover: but in their other common Suppers, they [ 2] had leavened bread. Secondly, in their Paschal Supepr, their Cup was occasional, and not essential to the Pasca, for they used it as common drink with their meat. [ 3] Thirdly, the unleavened bread was not occasional in the Dimissorie Supper: because they had no other [ 1] bread in the Paschal Supepr. And it is to be marked further; that many things concurred in this Pascha, which were not Sacramental, and pledges of the blood of Christ; but were only signs to them of their deliverance [ 2] out of Egypt. Secondly, the great feast was joined with the Pascha, 2. Chron. 35. Called by the Jews Hbagiga, and in Scripture called the Pascha: this was not Sacramental, neither was it eaten the fourteenth day when the Sacrament was eaten, but the fifteenth [ 3] day. Thirdly, their Sacraments were to them, both temporal refreshments, and spiritual. For if the water which came out of the Rock, 1 Cor. 10. they with their beasts drank both of it, yet it was Sacramental to them. Why might there not be in this Supper, both that which was Sacramental, and that which was for their natural refreshment also? Wherefore our Savior Christ, when he saith; Hence-forth I will drink no more of the fruit of the vine. He alludes here only, to the Canon of the Jews; wherein it was forbidden them that night, after they had drunk in the last Cup. Therefore Christ transfers not the Cup of the Old Testament, to the Cup Sacramental in the New Testament, as some hold.
One of the Evangelists, says; While Christ was Supping, [Object.] he took bread; the other of the Evangelists say, After Supper he took bread?
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , dum come debant, aut post comestionem, in aoristo [Answ.] secundo, After the eating in the indefinite time; that is, after he had ended the dimissorie Supper, he instituted this Evangelical Supper.
What sort of change was this, when Christ changed [Quest.] the Paschal Lamb into the Supper of the Lord?
In Religion, there are four sorts of changes; first, when [Answ.] the Essence of Religion is changed; secondly, when the state of Religion is changed; thirdly, when the Essence is changed in part; fourthly, when the rites of Religion [ 1] are changed. When the Essence of Religion is changed, (this is, as when a man is raised from death to life;) as [ 2] when a Turk becomes a Christian. The second change in religion, is, when the state is changed (this is, as when a Boy becomes a man.) When Christ changed the Paschal Lamb into the Lord's Supper, and the Disciples, the Jewish Sabbath into the Lord's day: here the Essence [ 3] is not changed, but the state. The third change is, when the Essence is changed in part; (as when a man who is sick, becomes whole:) and one is Orthodox in all points of Religion, except one, he is converted also in that point; here the Essence is in part changed. The [ 4] fourth change of Religion, is, when the rites are changed: this is like the change of a man's clothes. Here in this change of the Paschal Lamb into the Supper of the Lord, the state and rites were changed, but not the Essence, neither in whole, nor in part.
In the observation of the Pascha, there was great contention betwixt the Eastern and Western Churches.
The Eastern Church observed the year of the Jews, and the day upon which Christ was Crucified: but the Western Church kept the day of the Resurrection, and the day after the Equiaoxe, and the fourteenth day of the month: Therefore the Western Church called them Quarto-decimani. But Victor Bishiop of Rome, condemned them of Heresy in this: for they differed both in the Moneth, and the day. The Council of Niece settled thsi Controversy, by appointing; First, for the difference of the Moneth, that it should be celebrated the fourteenth day after the Equinox, which then was the one and twentieth day of March: Secondly, for the difference of the day; they appointed the Sabbath after the fourteenth day for them both: and so the controversy ceased.
PARAGR. V.
WHen they prayed, they usually stood.
Abraham stood before the Lord: that is, Abraham prayed. So, The Publican stood a far off and prayed.
The Jews say, Sine stationibus non subsisteret mundus: The world could not endure without standing: And Gnammuda, standing, is one of the seven names which they give to Prayer.
The Ethiopian Christians at this day, have pillard of wood made to rest them upon, when they stand at their prayers, because their Liturgy is long.
When they prayed, they looked with their faces towards the sanctuary. If they pray toward the City which thou hast chosen.
The Ark was set up in the West end of the Temple, that it might be opposite to the Heathen worship: For they commiteed abomination, Ezekiel 8. when they prayed with their faces towards the East; these were called Samsaioi, Sun-worshippers, because they looked towards Shemesh, the Sun. But the Christians, that they might not seem to Judaize, set their faces towards the East when they prayed; or rather, because Christ, Luke 1. 78. is called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , The Sun rising from the East.
When they prayed their heads were covered.
They say, that a man ought to cover his head when he cometh before the Lord as ashamed, and the woman always to have her head covered, because she was first in the transgression, although it be otherwise in the Christian Church, 1 Cor. 11. 4. 5. Where man is commanded to vncover his head, and the woman to cover her head.
PARAGR. V. Diatriba I.
Of their manner of Prayer.
They say, that they should pray as Anna did, and he who makes his prayers to be heard, is of little faith.
They prayed in a known tongue.
When R. Levi came ot Caesaria, hearing some repeating this Prayer (Audi Israel 0 hear Israel, into Greek: he would have forbidden him: but R. Joseph said unto him; If they know not the Syracke tongue, let them pray in the tongue which they understand.
The chief fault that is forbidden in prayer, is Battologia, too much speaking of one thing.
Math. 6. 7. When ye pray, use not much (Battologia) babbling.
In Battology, there is two faults: First, an idle and vain repetition of the self, same words. In the Syriac, Christ uses a word Mephakkek, which signifies to Bookout, as water doth out of a narrow mouthed vessel; which the Latins call Bulbire, sained from the Hebrew word Bulbuk. This the Greeks call 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : words sained, per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . So Job 39. And her young ones, Iegnalgnu, glut glut in the blood.
Secondly, Multiloquium, when they used too much speech, as the Pagans used, they wist not what God to pray top; therefore tehy oftentimes repeated over the self-same words.
PARAGR. V. Diatriba 2.
Of the many helps they had in Prayer.
THey had Phylacteries & Fringes, as helps for them to pray, and for keeping of the commands.
And ye shall have Fringes, that when ye look upon them, &c.
Therefore they were called Chalcoth Tephilim, Garments with wings: and for this, Elisha was called, Elisha cum alis, Elisha with wings: because he wore the coat of remembrance, which had four fringes hanging down at the four wings of it. Abraham camphah, Four wings: This garment was called Talith, A winged coat.
Because he used still these wings, to put him in mind of Prayer, these are the golden wings of the Dove (say they) which carry us to heaven.
They had three sorts of Phylacteries: first, the precept of the post: secondly, the precept of the head: thirdly, the precept of the hand.
The precept of the post, they called Chalcoth Mezuza, scheda quae postibus inscribitur: The Phylacteries that were written on the posts. Deut. 6. 6. This was written upon it: Hear O Israel, Jehovah our God is one: and, Thou shalt love the Lord with all thy heart and might. Deut. 6. 4. Our Savrious Christ calls this, The great command: so the Jews call it, Calal gadol, Vniuersale magnum, Universal great.
Secondly, they had Frontlets of Parchment, reaching from the one ear to the other, with these words written upon them: Sanctifica mihi omne primogenitum: Sanctify to me all the first begotten: This was called the precept of the head.
They had upon their left arm, beneath their shoulders a little, the third Phylacterie, which had these words written upon it, When he shall bring you into the land, &c. Solomon alludes to this when he says; Bind my precepts to thy fingers.
They had them betwixt their eyes, and upon their left [Doctrine.] arm, next their heart; because the eyes and the heart, are Proxinetae peccati, Brokers, to bring sin to the body, 1 John. 2. 16.
In the corrupt times they enlarged these Phylacteries; then they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , large Phylacteries. Christ finds no fault with their Phylacteries, but for their enlarging of them.
These Phylacteries, Exod. 13. 9. are called Schede memoriales, Sheets of rembrance: and in the New Testament 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , From keeping. For as we bind a thread about our forgetful servants finger, so the Lord dealt with them; and they applied that saying of Ecclesiastes to these three Phylacteries: A threefold Cord cannot easily be broken. The Physicians have their Prophylactica praecaueats, to prevent Diseases.
Most of sins come of forgetfulness, therefore let [Doctrine.] us sense our hearts with the Phylacteries of God's Law, and so we shall not be overtaken with sin.
God would have his people opposite to the heathen in all things, especially to Egypt, which was the matrix of Idolatry.
The Egyptians wore Amueleta, or 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Safegards about their heads, to defend them from evil; therefore God would have his people contrary to them, and would have his Law written about their heads.
These Phylacteries, Varro called Proebia, which afterward was called Brevia, from thence comes the word Breefe, which the Consederates of Satan use to wear, to guard themselves from the harm of their enemies. In the council of Laodicea, Inchantments are called Excantatricum Phylacteria, The Charmes of Witches Phylacteria facere, to cast Cantrops.
Thus we see, the Devil is God's Ape, and hath his Amuleta, [Doctrine.] or countrefeit Phylacteries, to deceive these who trust in him by them.
At the ending of their prayers they said, Amen.
They make sundry sorts of Amen; the first, Iethima, Pupillum, when one understands not the thing which he answers; the second, is Catupha, surreptum, when he says Amen before the Prayer be ended; the third is Ketugna otiosum, when a man says Amen idly, thinking upon some other thing: the fourth is, Tzaddick, iustorum, of the just; when the mind is set upon the Prayer, thinking upon no other thing.
PARAGR. VI.
Of their Music.
THeir Music, was either Instrumental, or Vocall.
Their Vocall Music had four parts (answering to our four parts of Music) Sheminith, octava: which was the lowest part (answering to our Base:) secondly, Gnalamoth, Virginalis vox, (answering to our Triplex:) thirdly, Labhen, Psal. 9. 1. Inter vtrumque, (answering to our Tenor, and Counter-tenor.)
Their Instrumental Music, was: first, Shalishim, 1 Sam. 18. 6. An Instrument of Music with three strings: secondly, Shusan, Psal. 61. 1. Hexachordon: An Instrument with six strings: thirdly, Sheminith, Psalm 4. An Instrument of eight strings: fourthly, Ganshar, Psal. 92. Decachordon, An Instrument of ten strings.
The Lord blames much their profane Music.
Amos 6. Qui diminuitis vel particularizatis, Who quiver and cut your Music.
Vitruvius marks out of Aristoxenus the Musician, that there were three sorts of Music; first, that which the Greeks call 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , which was the grauest and the saddest, and settled the affections; such was the Music of the Lydians, drawing the Notes long, consisting of Spondaus, or two long: that Music which Elisha called for, 1 King 3. 15. was this sort of Music, and Augustine commends it most; This was used in the days of Athanasius, in the Church of Alexandria, and in this sort, they seem rather to read then sing.
The second, they call 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , which served to raise up the affections when they were sad: as the first served to press down the affections; and it consisted of Dactylus, one long, and two short: this sort of Music the Dorians used; Of the sort Solomon speaks, Ecclesiastes 2. 8. Schidda, fractio, A breaking; because with the temperature of the voices, one of them brake another as it were: this sort of Music is not to be secluded out of the Church neither: of which James 4. saith, If any man be merry, let him sing Psalms: This sort of Music raises the affections.
The third sort, they called it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , coloured Music, with a subtle kind of breaking and quivering of the Notes, which is a light sort of Music, tending to stir up the affections to lasciviousness, consisting of Tribrachys, or three short, which was used amongst the Phrygians, wherefore they were infamous, as Boetius testifies. This the Prophet Amos blames, and it is not to be admitted in the Church. Cicero saith, Mutatâ Musicâ: mutantur mores, itaque curandum vt Musica quam gravissima & sedatissims retineatur: Music being changed, manners are changed; therefore we must take heed, that the most settled and grave Music be kept. If there be such need of settled Music in the Common-weal, much more in the Church.
They sang the 22. Psalm every morning, when the morning sacrifice was offered: therefore in the inscription of the Psalm, it is called Psalmus matutinus: it began with the words which Christ uttered upon the Cross; My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?
When they carried their first fruits to Jerusalem, they sang by the way the 122. Psalm. When they came to the Sanctuary, with every man his Basket on his shoulder, they sang the 150. Psalm. When they were in the Court-yard, they sang the 30. Psalm. Upon the Sabbath, they sang the 92. Psalm. This is Intituled, A Psalm for the Sabbath.
At the Pascha, they sang from the 113. to the 119. in token of thanksgiving.
PARAGR. VII.
Of their Excommunication.
GOD would have his people a holy people • therefore he would suffer no unclean person to dwell amongst them.
For to understand their Excommunication the better, we must mark that the Campe in the Wilderness was divided in three parts: first, the Campe of Israel: secondly, the Campe of the Priests and Levites: thirdly, the Campe of the divine Majesty.
The Campe of Israel was from the gates of Jerusalem [ 1] inward, to the Campe of the Levites; comprehending the Womens Court and the Men's; and these were called Maiora castra, The greater Tent: the great Porch made the distinction betwixt them and the Priests: Of this Porch Christ speaks, Mat. 23. Zacharias was killed betwixt the Porch and the Altar.
The lesser Campes, were either the Priests, or God's.
The Campe of the Priests, was from the Proch inward, [ 2] to the holy place, distinguished by the first veil called Gebhue cohanim, terminus sacerdotum, The limits of Priests; not, but that it was lawful for the Priests to go into the holy place also, when they offered Incense, or dressed the Lamps: but their special abode was in the Court of the Priests; so the people might come sometimes into the Court of the Priests, but their usual abode was in their own Court.
The Campe of the divine Majesty was from the [ 3] first veil inward, containing Sanctum, and Sanctum Sanctorum: The holy and holiest of all.
He who was defiled of Leprosy, was secluded out of [ 1] all the three Camps: Num. 12. Miriam was put without all the Camps. When they were purged and brought in, Tunc colligebantur, they were gathered to the people of God again.
He who was defiled of an issue, was removed out of [ 2] the Camp of God, and out of the Campe of the Priests; but not out of the Camp of Israel▪ so a woman in child-birth.
He who was defiled by the touch of the dead, was removed out of the Campe of God; the Priest who had [ 3] touched the dead, might not enter into the holy place, until he was purged; but he was not separate out of the Court of the Priests, nor out of the Court of the peope; thus God would be sanctified in those who drew near to him.
The degrees of Excommunication, were borrowed from these three sorts of uncleanness.
They had three sorts of Excommunication; first, the lesser; then the middle sort; then the greatest.
The lesser, was called Niddui exclusi, put out: and in the New Testament they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , put out of the Synagogue: and they hold, that Cain was Excommunicated this way.
The second, was called Herem, or Anathema: with this sort of Excommunication, was the incestuous person censured in the 2. Cor.
The third, Samatha, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , they hold that Enoch instituted it, Jude verse. 14. It was called Samatha, from Sem-atha, God comes: Sem, nomen, A name, they put for Jehovah; Atha venit, He comes. The Syrians call it Maran-atha, Dominus venit, The Lord comes. This sort of excommunication, the people of God used against the Amalekites. Targum, Cant. 2. Contriverunt Amalek per diram imprecationem Domini. They bruised Amalek by the fearful cursing of the Lord.
PAAGR. VII. Diatriba 1.
Of the manner how they excommunicated the SAMARITANES.
THE manner how they excommunicated the Samaritans, was thus;
They brought 300. Priests, and 300. Trumpets, and 300. Books of the Law, and 300. boys; and they blew with Trumpets; and the Levites singing, accursed the Cutthaeans in the Name of Tetragrammaton, or Jehovah; and with the curses, both of the Superior and inferior house of Judgment: and they said, Cursed is he who eats the bread of the Cutthaean: (Hence is that saying of theirs; He that eateth the bread of the Cuttehean or Samaritan, is, as he who eats Seines flesh:) And let no Cutthaean be a Prosolyte in Israel, neither have any part in the Resurrection of the just: These curses they wrote upon Tables, and sealed them, and sent them through all Israel, who multiplied also this great Anathema, or curse upon them.
Here we may mark; first, why the Samaritans were [Doct.] so hated of the Jews: because they were Apostates from the truth, therefore they accursed them with this fearful curse: they would have nothing to do with them, norto eat with them, not to be appareled as they were, not to write the same Character of Letter, which they writ; and they objected to Christ as an opprobry, that he was a Samaritan, and had a Devil.
Secondly, into this terrible Excommunication, it was given both by the curses of the superior, and inferior house: Christ seems to allude to this; That which is bound in earth, shall be bound in heaven; God's superior and inferior houses.
Those who were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , put out of the Synagogue, [ 1] were not simply secluded from the Temple, but suffered to stand in the gate.
They write that Solomon made two doors in the Temple; one for mourners and excommunicated; the other for the new married: at this door, if any entered, the Israelites which came upon the Sabbath, and sat betwixt these doors, said; (He whose Name dwelleth in this house, glad thee with children.) If any entered at the other door with his lip covered, they knew that he was a mourner, and they said; He which dwelleth in this house, rejoice and comfort thee. If his lip was not covered, they knew that he was Menudde, Excommunicated; and they said, (He which dwelleth in this house, put into thine heart to hear the words of thy fellows.)
Those who were excommunicated by the second sort [ 2] of excommunication, were not permitted to come nere the Temple.
Those who were excommunicated after the third sort, [ 3] were secluded out of the society of the people of God altogether.
The Greek Church afterward had her degrees of excommunication also; first, some were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Who stood and beheld the Supper of the Lord, but were not partakers of it; the second, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Who were further removed falling down upon their knees; the third, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Who were permitted only to come to the gates of the Church; fourthly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Standing without the doors of the Temple, weeping in the Porch.
When they excommunicated them, they razed their names out of the book, Luke 6. 22. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , abstenti estis, signifying to them, that their names were razed out of the Book of Life.
SECTION IIII.
Of their Ecclesiastical Politickes.
THeir Politickes, were either mixedly political, or merely politick: Mixtly politick, were either their Ecclesiastical politics, or Scholastical politickes.
PARAGRAPHE I.
Of their Proselytes.
GOD instituted the Common-weal of the Jews, having always a special relation to Religion: for this respect God had a regard unto particular persons of the Heathen, who were strangers to his Covenant, that he might make them true Proselytes; as is seen in Job, Rahab, Naaman, &c.
There were three sorts of strangers amongst the Jews.
The stranger, who was a stranger by birth, Religion, and affection; he was called Nochri, aliemgena, Altogether a stranger.
The strnager, who was a stranger by birth and Religion, [ 2] but not affection, he was called Teshib, inquilinus, home-bred: and Proselytus Portae, The Proselyte of the gate: Deut. 14. 20. Of him it is meant in the fourth command, (The stranger that is within the gates:) he dwelt peaceably amongst them; he was to abstain from outward offense, not to labor upon the Sabbath; although he was not converted, yet they suffered him to dwell amongst them: they were to take no usury of him, that so they might draw him to the truth.
Those who were strangers by birth, but neither in affection [ 3] nor Religion, were called Ger, or Geretzedeck, advenaeiustitiae, Strangers of Justice: and the New Testament Proselytes, from the Greek word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : as ye would say, Adscititiae, numbered in; and Levim cohesores, adhaerers, Isaiah 65. 3. from Leva adhaerere: for as the Levites cleaved to the Priests to help the, so the Gentiles did cleave to the Jews to make one body with them. Psal. 115. O Israel trust in Jehovah, O house of Aaron trust in Jehovah, yet that fear the Lord, trust in Jehovah. The church is distinguished here in three parts; Israel for the body of the Common-wealth: The house of Aaron, for the Priests and Levites: Those who fear the Lord, for the strangers and Proselytes: so Jethro a Madianite by nature, is called an Israelite.
A stranger, is first, he, who is not an Israelite. 2. A stranger is he, who is not a Priest or a Levite. 3. A stranger, who is not a Priest in the strictest signification, Numb. 1. 51. The stranger who comes near it: (that is) he who is not a Priest. Lev. 3. 4. He is stranger, who is neither a Priest nor a Levite; but here stranger is taken for him who is not borne an Israelite.
As the Jews dealt with the Gentiles, when they were [Doctrine. 1] out of the covenant; so should we deal with them now, when they are out of the covenant: when we were out of the covenant, they said, Cant. 8. 8. We have a little sister, what shall we do for her: so when they are out of the Covenant we should say: We have an elder brother, what shall we do for him, Luke 15. 52.
Those Jews who are strangers by birth, religion, and [Doctrine. 2] affection, who rail against Christ, and hate Christians, are not to be suffered to dwell amongst the Christians: Those Jews who are strangers by birth and Religion, but not in affection, (that is) who would be content to live amongst the Christians; not giving any offense, although they be not converted, yet we should suffer them for a time, peaceably to dwell amongst us, and lay no hard taxations upon them, that they may be drawn to the Christian faith But those who are Jews by birth only, but neither in affection, nor religion; they should have all the privileges that any Christian hath, neither should they be counted strangers.
Three things made a Proselyte; first, they were washed; secondly, circumcised; thirdly, they offered their sacrifice. The women were made Proselytes only by washing and sacrificing of two Pigeons: and they say, the Jew is known by three things; by Circumcision, the Sabbath, and his Phylacterie.
Men Proselytes, were Naaman the Syrian, Arannah the Jebusite, Cornelius the Eunuch, & such who were called religious, and many of the Gentiles, who sent gifts to Jerusalem.
Women Proselytes; were Iesephs wife, Zipporah, Moses his wife, the two Mid-wives of Egypt, Rahab, Ruth, Jael.
There were some, whose father was a stranger, and their mother a Jew, or contra. Levite. 24. If any of the parents were converted, and themselves not converted, he was called Gneker, radicatus, taken root amongst the people of God, but not in Religion; such was that blasphemous Egyptian, who was not of the Jewish religion.
Paul says of him self, that he was Hebraeus ex Habraeis, that is, Both of Father and Mother Hebrews.
Whether were the children of the Proselytes, Proselytes [Quest.] or not?
No, but Free-men: Amongst the Romans, those [Answ.] who were Libertini Free-men, their children were not Libertini, but Ingenui, in-bred: so these who were Proselytes amongst the Jews, their children were not Proselytes, but Jews; 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , but not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , as their Parents.
Those who were of the posterity of David, by their father, were called Aechmalotarchae, the chief of the Captivitie: and those who were of the house of David by their Mothers side, were called Principes, Chief. They were distinguished in Babylon: the first was called Rabbana, chief on the Mothers side: the second, Rabban, chief on the Fathers side.
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of their first fruits.
IN homage, that they held Canaan of the Lord, (therefore Isaiah 1. it is called Emmanuels Land) they paid their first fruits, and their tithes.
They paid two sorts of first fruits to the Land: The first sort, were called Resheth, principium, or first; Numb. 18. 2. They paid but a little quantity of this at home. Their second sort of first fruits, were called Bikkurim, first fruits: Deut. 18. 4. These they were to offer at Ierurusalem; and therefore were called Tereuma Gedola, their great Tythe. The first fruit which sanctified the whole, was but a handful of the ears of the corn, which was first ripe; these they carried not.
It was not determined by the Law, how much they should pay, but by the tradition of the Doctors, Ecclus. 37. 7. Give the Lord his honor with a good eye, and diminish not his first fruits. Here he alludes to their custom, that he who was of a good eye, paid one of forty: he who was of a middle sort of eye, paid one of fifty: but he who was of an evil or covetous eye, paid one of sixty. In this Opticke, ye may behold the several degrees.
These, Deut. 15. 17. are called, Manus aperta & clausa, An open and closed hand.
The ground out of which they determined, that they should give no less then one of sixty, was Ezech. 45. 13. • extabitis Epham ex Hhomer. Thou shalt take the sixth part of in Epha out of the Hhomer. The seaventie translates it Corus: the several degrees of their measures, are set down in this view.
-
Hhomer sive Corus continet:
A Homes contains:
-
Epha. 10. Sata. 30. Cabus. 180. Logg. 760. Olva. 5260.
-
Sextare Epham ex Hhomer, To take the sixth part of an Epha out of an Hhomer, is to take the sixth part of an Epha: for an Epha contains three Sata. The good eye paid three Cabs, or half a Satum out of an Epha: the middle eye paid two Cabs, and an evil eye paid one Cab: according to our measures, an evil eye would have paid out of a Chaulder, four pecks almost: a middle eye, five pecks almost: a good eye, almost six pecks.
They used great solemnity, when they carried up their first fruits to the Lord.
Isaiah 30. 29. Ye shall have a song in the night, when an holy As:s:embly is kept, and gladness of heart, as when one cometh up with a Pipe into the Mountain of the Lord.
When they carried up their first fruits to Jerusalem, they had a Bull going before them, whose horns were gilded, and an Olive Garland upon his head, and a pipe playing before them, until they came to Jerusalem; Psal. 22. I rejoiced when they said, we will go up to the Mountain of the Lord.
PARAGR. III.
Of their Tythes.
THey paid sundry sorts of Tythes to the Lord.
The first Tythe, they paid it at home to the Levites in kind; and this was called Magnashar rishon, decimae prima, The first Tythe.
The Levites paid out to the Priests a Tythe, and this was called Magnashar min hāmagnashar, decima ex decima, The Tythe of a Tythe.
Then they paid a second Tythe, which they were [ 2] not bound to pay in kind, but to carry money with them to Jerusalem, and there to buy more again: which they offered to the Levites there: this was called Magnashar hasheni, the second Tythe; and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , A-thanksgiving.
Then the thing which was left, the Husbandman might use as his own; this the Heathen called Pollucta, de sacro eximere, & populo exponere, To exeme from holy things, and give it to the people.
Then they paid the Tythe of the third year, called [ 3] Magnashar hashelisha, decima tertia, The third Tythe: or Magnashar Gnani, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , The poor folks Tythes. This year was called, Annus decimae, The year of the Tythes, Deut. 26. 12. Deut. 14. 28. Amos 4. 4. After three days bring your sacrifices, (that is) after three years; as Levite. 25. 29. These were called, Decimae triennales, The third years Tythe▪ Tobia 1. 8. But the third years Tythe I gave it to w 〈…〉 it was due.
When they paid this third years Tythe, they paid not the second Tythe: this Tythe they paid at home to the poor; but the second Tythe, they paid it at Jerusalem to the Levites.
The first and second year, they paid the first and second Tythe: the third year, they paid the first and third Tythe: the fourth and fifth year, they paid the first and the second Tythe: the sixth year, they paid the first and third Tythe: the seventh year the Land rested.
They paid Tythe also of their goods to the Lord, &c.
Whatsoever passeth under the Rod, the tenth shall be the Lord's.
It was the custom, when they tythed their flocks or herds, that they shut up their young within, and set the dams without; and the Levite stood without, with a rod in his hand, marking the tenth: then he said; This tenth is the Lord's.
Mark the great liberality of God to the Levites and Priests, where he says in Malachi; Did any kindle fire, or shut the doors of my Temple for naught, saith the Lord: for as they lived under the Law by the Altar, 1 Cor. So. should Preachers now live by the Gospel: but in some places, many hath scarce the allowance of Michaes Levite, Judge. 17. 10. Ten Shekles of silver, a suit of apparel, meat and drink.
The Levite got one of ten from the Tribes: they considered not the Tribes here, but their Increase; but the Priests got from the Levites one of twelve; here they respected the number of the Tribes: The first was a political sort of Tythe, the other Ecclesiastical.
When Christ says to the Pharisees, Math. 10. Woe be to [Quest.] you which Tythe: whither means he paying Tythes, or gathering Tythes.
This word Gnashar, decimare, To Tythe: sometimes it [Answ.] signifieth to gather Tythes, Heb. 7. and sometimes to pay Tythes, as here: for the Pharisees thought it a work of merit to pay Tythes, even of the smallest things which grew, but they passed over the weightier things of the Law: what sort of glorying had been in this to gather their Tythes?
But were there any Pharisees, but teaching Pharisees?
Yes, there was of both sorts, both teaching and not [Answ.] teaching; they were a Sect, of the which there was some Laicke Pharisees, (as we call them) therefore the learned mark well, that they were not called Porushim, docentes, Teaching; but Parushim, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 separati, Seprate: a sect of people, who thought themselves separate by holiness from others.
SECTION V.
Of their Scholastical Politickes.
PARAGRAPHE I.
Of their Schools.
THey had special places appointed for the education of their youth.
The places where they taught, were called Gebaoth hills: so, The hill of Phineas, because the college stood upon an hill; so Judges 7. Collis More, id est, doctris sive docentis of the teacher: so 1. Sam. 19. Collis Dei, God's hill. 2. Sam. 17. 18. Naioth, pleasant places: Targum expones it, domus doctrinae, The house of doctrine: So they had a place in Jerusalem, called Mishne, A College: In this College, they studied the repeating of the Law.
After the captivity, Colleges were appointed to receive strangers, and they were called Labrothenu, which is corruptly read, the Libertines: for Lubar, signifies an high place, such as their College stood upon.
After the destruction of Jerusalem, they had their University in Tyberias; and in the time of Antoninus, two hundred and twenty years after Christ, they writ the Hierosolymitan Talmud: after the death of Rabbi Judah the holy, who was the principal of that University, learning decayed by piece and piece there: But in Babylon, there were three famous Universities Neharda, Sora, and Pambeditha, four hundred and ninety years after Christ, the Baby lonick Talmud was written by them.
In these Schools, the Lord gave a special token of his presence.
Jonah fled from the presence of the Lord: that is, from the School of the Prophets.
The College of the Prophets, was called, The presence of the Lord: so was the visible Church. Cain was cast out from the presence of the Lord: that is, from the visible Church: For the visIble Church and the Schools, are the places where God manifests himself most.
They had sundry sorts of Teachers.
Where is the Scribe, Where is the Disputer, and where is the Wiseman?
The Apostle alludes here to three sorts of Teachers, which where amongst the Jews; first, the Scribe, who handled the Text; secondly, the Disputer, who sought out the mystical Interpretation of the Text; thirdly, Wise-men (Chochme hammeker) who sought out the secrets of nature: for during the time of the second Temple, they gave themselves to study Physic, and to search the secrets of nature; therefore Hircanus and Aristobulus made a Law, Qui aluerit suem out didicerit sapientiam Graecorum maledict us esto, who feeds a hog, or learns the wisdom of the Greeks, let him be accursed: they called Philosophy and Physic the wisdom of the Greeks.
They taught their Scholars two manner of ways, first by continual speech of the Master, or else by Interrogations and Answers.
When Christ taught his Disciples, he taught them on the Mountains by a continued speech, so when he taught the people out of Peters ship: sometimes by Questions and Answers: either when they asked Christ, as when the young man said to Christ, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? or when Christ asked them, the people's opinion of him: Whom say the people that I am, Math. 16. 13.
This form of teaching, was either 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , for the refutation of errors: or 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , for establishing the truth. When he refuted the opinion of the people, some holding him to be Jeremiah, some John the Baptist, and someone of the Prophets; this was 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and by the confession of Peter, establishing the truth: this was 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
These teachers, Ecclesiastes 12. are called Bagnale Asaphoth, Domini collectionum; that is, Who gathered many Disciples into one School: or who gathered many matters into one book; Autores Pandectarum, The Authors of many subjects.
When they taught their Scholars, they were said to give, Prov. 9. 9. and the Latins following them, said; (Sed tameniste Deus quisit da Tytyre,) But O Tytyre, tell me what a God is this, da: id est, doce, Teach me: so the Disciples were said, Accipere, to take, when they learned of their Masters, Prov. 4. Accipe Disciplinam meam, id est, disce, Receive my instruction, that is, learn: So Mark 1. 22.
They taught their Scholars according to their capacity and age.
At five year old, he is Ben Mickra, The Son of the Law; they set him then to read the Law: when he is ten eyare old, they set him Le-mishna, (that is) To the Text of their unwritten Law: when he is thirteen year old, then he is Bar Mitzvah, filius praecepti, The son of the precept, then he receives the Passover, and is purified: when he is sisteene year old, they set him Legemara, which is the accomplishment of these decisions, which are not ended in Mishna, that part of the Talmud. They read not to their Scholars, the beginning or ending of Ezekiel, nor the beginning of Genesis, before they were thirty years of age: the one containing their Physickes; the other their Metaphysics.
They had a great care, that young Masters should not be set to teach their youth.
Those who learn of young Masters, are like those who eat Grapes before they be ripe, or like those who drink new Wine: But those who elarne of skillful old Masters, are like those who eat ripe Grapes, or drink old Wine.
PARAGRAPHH II.
Of their Title Rabbi.
THE Doctors of the Jews were content at the first with their bare names, as Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
About the birth of our Lord, or not long before, they took the Tiel Rabbi: and not content with that, some of them got special Titles; one was called Hagnolam, lux mundi, The light of the world. Rabbi Judah, this Title was, Rabbonu Hakkodesh, doctor noster Sanctus, our holy Master: Tzaddias was called Haggaon, illustris, Noble: another was called Abenezra, lapis auxilij, The stone of help. Others were called Pekachim, aperti, opened: They reckoned the people but blind, Rom. 1. They were Duces coecorum, Leaders of the blind.
They were called Wise-men, Wisdom is justified of her children: Here he alludes to the Pharisees, who were called Wise, and their Scholars were caleld their Children: howsoever, they and their children rejected true wisdom; yet the children of wisdom would justify her. When they were about to teach, they said; 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , that is, This day the Wise-men will teach Traditions.
When they took these glorious Titles upon them, they disdained the people.
John. 9. 49. These who know not the Law.
They called them Gnam Haharetz, populus terrae, People of the earth: they made no more reckoning of them, then of beasts, and they made a Canon, Ne discipulus sapientis ducat filiam terrae, Let not the Disciple of a Wiseman, murry a daughter of the earth: and, It is all one to lie with such a one, as to lie with a beast. They had a peculiar sort of apparel, which they used different from the clothes of the common people, therefore they said; Vesles populi terrae conculcation Pharis aeorum, The clothes of the people of the earth, are the foot-stool of the Pharisees.
When the holy Ghost revealed not himself, any of the four manner of ways, spoken of before: then they took these glorious Titles to them; so when darkness came in into the Primitive Church, then they took glorious Titles to them. They called one Comestor, quod devoraverit scripturam, Eater, because he did eat up the Scripture. Duns. Scotus, they called him, Lumen veritatis, The light of verity. Occam his Title, was Venerabilis incaeptor, quod novam formam Philosophandi inceperit, Reverend beginner, because he had begun a new form of Philosophy. Thomas Aquinas, Angelicus Doctor, A teacher like an Angel: and as they disdained the people, counting them beasts, so did the Popish Church: If a beast touch the Mountain, it shall be killed: (that is) says Innocentius the third, If Laics meddle witht he Scripture, they shall be killed.
PARAGR. III.
Of their Scholars.
AT the first they were called the Sonens of the Prophets, Numb. 3. 1. These are the Generations of Aaron and Moses: Why are they called generations of Moses? Because Moses taught them: afterward in the Christian Church, they were called Discipels.
When their Scholars were taught, in token of humility they sat at their masters feet.
Acts 22. who was Brought up at the feet of Gamaliel: so Deut 33. inserentur pedibus tuis: (this is) The Gentiles shall be made thy Scholars: So Luke 8. And they sat at the feet of Christ.
It was for this, that their School was called Ieshiba, Sesslo, A sitting: from Iashab, seder, to sit: and they have a saying, Collocate filios vestros inter genua sapientum, & corum verba bibite cum siti: Place your children betwixt the feet of the wise, and drink in their words with thirst. And again, Pulverizate in pulvere pedum eorum: sit in the dust of their feet.
When they were sent out, they were said to stand before the Lord. 2. Reg. 6. 1. 2.
They spake honorably of those who were their Teachers, after they were dead; Syracides 45. memoria eius in benedictionibus, & pax Dei super ipsum; Let his memory be for a blessing, and the peace of God upon him.
They ascended by degrees in learning.
All the time that the Scholelr sat at his masters feet, he was called Talmid Chakam, discipulus sapientis, The scholar of the wise: and Katon, minor, young: and this time was called Katon, minoritas, in tutorie; then he was only called Ben Bethir, The son of Bethir. Secondly, he was Graduate, his master laying hands upon him, then he was called Bachur Chabhir, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 socius, A Companion to the Doctur, now he was called Joshua Ben Bethir, Joshua the son of Bethir, his own name is prepon'd; but he sat still upon the ground. Thirdly, imposition of hands was given him again, and so he was master of Art: then he was Samuch, licentiatus, Licentiate; or Promotus, promoued, and his Promotor was called Somech, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , imposer of his hands: now he is called Rabbi Joshua Ben Bethir, master Joshua the son of Bethir.
It is true, that Christ being but twelve years of age, sat amongst the Doctors for his rare gifts; but is was not permitted for others so to do.
God instituted degrees of learning in the Levitical Law. From 20. to. 25. they were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Catechised: from 25. to 30. they were as it were Batchelors: at 30. they were Masters of Art as it were; at 50. overseers of others.
So in the Christian Church, they had their degrees in the schools. First, they were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 solutores, Resolvers of doubts: Secondly, they were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Prosolutores, Resolvers of hard Questions: Thirdly, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Deciders of Controversies.
There was great modesty in the Scholars at those times.
They called only themselves Talmid chakam, discipulos sapientum, Disciples of the wise, and their greatest title was Talmid tora, discipulus legis, a Scholar of the law. The Greeks followed their modesty. At the first, those who went to Athens to study the first year, they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , wise. The second year, Bot 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , lovers of wisdom. The third yerae, they were called Rhetores, Rhetoricians. The fourth year, they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , fools, the more they knew, the less they thought of themselves: it is but the shadow of knowledge which puffs up the wise of this world.
They went not out of the Schools, to undergo any public calling, before they were enabled to teach.
They wondered to see Saul prophecy upon a sudden.
Psal. 84. 8. de virtute in virtutem, from virtue to virtue: Targum paraphrases it, Mibbeth Midrasha, Lebeth Midrasha, that is, a schola in scholam, from degree to degree. Paul will not have 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , young plants to be teachers, and Nazianzen finds fault, Cum ante lanuginem docent senes, When they teach old men before they have hair en their cheeks. it is noted of the whelps of the Lioness, that those who have sharpest paws, they so prick the matrix of the mother, and make hast to be brone, that they never come to their full strength, but are weak all their days; whereas those who have not so sharp paws, stay till their ordinary time come, and gets full strength. So these Scholars, who through conceit of knowledge hasten to be out, pricking the matrix in which they are bred, come never to such maturity as others do, who stays their ordinary course. When the young Birds begin to flap with the wings, their feathers not being strong enough, they are said, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Irritum facere conatum, To make their enterprise folly: they will be 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , that is, To have their wings ready of fly before the be flidge: and they will seem to match the Eagle himself: so leaving their dams, they become a prey to the Kites. So it fareth with young Scholars, who leave their mother the University too soon, they become a prey to Jesuits and Heretics, their wings being too weak.
SECTION VI.
Of their mere Politicks.
PARAGR. I.
First of their civil times.
THE day at the first, was called a natural day, beginning at the sun-setting, containing 24. hours.
In the which day I smote Egypt. Yet in Exodus it is expressly said, That they were killed in the night. Exod. 11. 4.
This day was called Gnerebh boker, Vespera mane in Daniel, the Greeks called it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : evening and morning, night and day.
The artificial day was from the Sun rising to the Sun setting.
Why fit ye here all the day long from morning till night: so in John, are there not twelve hours in the day, that is, from the Sun rising to the Sun setting.
This was called by the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : morning and evening, day and night.
The day natural was divided into four quadrants or parts; or misnajoth, watched. The first from the Sun setting till midnight: the second from midnight, to the Sun rising: the third from the Sun rising till the midst of the day: when the Sun is said to be in his strength: the fourth to the Sun setting.
The artificial day was divided into four parts.
The first, from the twilight till the third hour: the second to the sixth hour: the third to the ninth hour: and the fourth till night.
The Hebrews divided their night into three watches, and every watch had four hours. The first from the beginning of the night till the fourth hour, this was called caput Vigiliarum, beginning of the watch, Lam. 2. 19. the second, media Vigilia, the middle watch. Judges 7. 19. the third, Vigilia matutina, the morning watch. Exod. 14 14.
The Romans divided the night into four watches, and every watch had three hours. This division of the day(by the Jews) lasted until the captivity, where they learned the division of the day into hours.
Nabopolasar understanding of Hezekiah recovery, and how the Sun went back in his Diall so many degrees, began to divide the day into hours.
The Hebrews call these unequal hours, Shagna gnekalah; and the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Temporaria: and the Latins Hora Planetaria, Planetarie hours.
OCCIDENS.
Abaz Diall was not distinguished by sixty Minutes, (which is an hour) as our Dials are, but by half hours, called Commata, or degrees, wherrof there was 24. in one day.
The Equinoctial hours by the Hebrews, were called Shagna Ieshara, and by the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
This Diall is in the elevation of the 32. ½ degrees, In solo axis mundi, In the polar ground. For it can hardly be made upon one Horizontall, Meridionall, Verticall, or Equinoctial ground.
Meridices.
The Tropicke of Capricorne, in which at Jerusalem the day hath X. equal hours.
The Tropicke of Cancer, in which at Jerusalem the day hath XIIII. equal hours.
Septentrio.
The hours in this Diall, are called vn-equal hours; not in this respect, that some hours in one day are longer or shorter then others are: but comparing one day with another, the hours are longer or shorter, according as the Sun ascends or descends from the Equinoctial to the Tropics.
This in-equality of the hours, and lengthening or shortening of the day, was known by the signs in the Zodiac, and the Suns removing from the one Tropicke to the other, having past the Equinoctial line; this in-equilitie of hours, with us here in Scotland would be very great: for our longest day on the South parts hath 18. Equinoctial hours, and our shortest day but six Equinoctial hours; so that if the in-equal hours were set on our Dials, there would be great in-equality; for, in Summer the in-equal hours, would contain an hour and an half of Equinoctial hours: and in Winter the unequal hours would be half Equinoctial hours. But in Indea when the day is longest, it hath fourteen equal hours, and when it was shortest, ten hours: Hence it is that there is but small odds in their in-equal hours.
These degrees upon Ahaz Diall, were half hours.
The Prophet gives him his choice, whether He will have the Sun to go ten degrees backward, or ten degrees forward. This cannot be meant of full hours, for the Sun doth not shine twenty full hours upon no Diall, unless the Diall were under the Poll. When the miracle was wrought, the Sun was at the fifth full hour. The Sun is brought back ten degrees, that is, five whole hours, then it comes forward again ten degrees, five full hours; then it goes forward two degrees to the sixth hour, that makes sixteen hours, then six hours to the Sun set: so that this day was twenty two hours prolonged.
This miracle seems to be wrought in the declination of the Sun, when it comes towards Capricorne, because when it is past the Equinoxe towards Cancer, it shows not twenty-four full degrees upon that Tropicke; for it gives no shadow on it till the third hour, and none after the ninth; therefore the King could not choose to have it go back or forward ten degrees upon it.
An hour is either a simple hour, or compound.
A compound, is the fourth part of a natural day, which hath four quadrants; everyone of these quadrants hath three simple hours, and it takes the denomination from the last of the three hours.
The first quadrant is from the Sun rising to the third hour, and it is called the sixth hour.
The third quadrant, from the sixth to the ninth, and it is called the ninth hour.
The last quadrant, from the ninth to the Sun-set, and it is called the last hour.
So Mark and Luke are to be reconciled: Mark. 15. 28. And it was about the third hour when he was crucified. Luke. 23. 44. And it was about the sixth hour when he was crucified: that is, when the third hour was ended, and the sixth hour beginning and not finished. The distinction of the great hours from the less, may be seen here.
| Houres | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | ||
| Great. | Oriental. | 1. 2. 3. | 4. 5. 6. | 7. 8. 9. | 10. 11. 12 | |
| Small. | Occident. | 7. 8. 9. | 10. 11. 12. | 1. 2. 3. | 4. 5. 6. |
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of their Moneths.
THeir months consisted of full thirty days 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Gen. 8. 4. 5. 13. 14. See Scaliger in his Emendation of time, for proof of this.
To express that the month had thirty days, Cleobolus propounded this riddle, of a father that had twelve sons, and every son had thirty children.
That is;
PARAGRAPHE III.
Of their Yeare.
THey reckoned their eyare by the Sun in their civil affairs.
This year was divide in four tekuphaes or quarters. First, Nisan. 2. Elul. 3. Tizri. 4. Sehebat.
None of these properly was called tekupha except tizri, therefore it aws called exitus anni, vel revolutio anni, the endor returning of the year. As Exod. 21. Ye shall keep the feast of Tabernacles in the end of the year. Nisan was called conversio anni. 1. King. 20. 26. When Kings go forth to battle in the beginning of the year.
First, from Nisan, they reckoned their feasts, and the reign of their Kings: for if the King had been Crowned but a day before March, the month of Nisan or March, was said to be the second year of his reign: So his first year was ot always a complete year. They reckoned from this time their civil contracts, bonds and obligations.
Secondly, from Elul (answering to our August) they reckoned the age of their young beasts, out of which they were to pay ththe to the Lord, none of their beasts were tythed before Elul.
Thirdly, from tizri (answering to our September) they reckoned the seventh year of the resting of the land, and their Iubilies; and from this time they reckoned how long their trees were circumcised or uncircumcised; if a tree had been planted in the month of June, or in the end of August, it was reckoned for a full year: and Tizri began the second year of it; so that the tree was reckoned circumcised, if it had grown two full years: if it had but one month more, it was three years, if it was not planted in September.
From Scevat (answering ot our January) they reckoned all their trees which paid fruit: the trees which began to flourish then, of these only they paid thtye, but those which were ripe before that month, they paid no ththe of them; as of the Citron and Date; but these which began to blossom then, or was soon after ripe, they paid tythe of them.
SECTION VII.
Of Civil Persons.
PARAGR. I.
Of the honor due to their Kings.
THey had their Kings in great reverence, and did sundry things in token of homage and obedience unto them.
First, they anointed their Kings. Judges 9. 18. I honor God, and men, said the Olive Tree: how honored it God? in anointing his Kings, who were his anointed. That they might anoint Abimelech King. Abimelech was made their King, yet he was not anointed; but Kings are described by this adjunct, because it was usually in Judea to anoint their Kings. So Isaiah 45. 1. The Lord said to hsi anointed Cyrus. Yet we read not that the Persians anointed their Kings, but he is said to be anointed, because it was usual in Judea.
The same ointment which anointed the high Priest, anointed the King (being both types of Jesus Christ) Zach. 4. These are the two Olive trees standing before the Lord of the whole earth. Targum expounds it of Joshua & Zerubbabel, who were anointed the one for the Priest-hood, and the other for the Princely government with the self same oil: contrary to the position of Bekanus, that will have the King anointed with an inferior sort of oil, and set up the high Priest above him.
The difference in their anointing was this, the King when he was anointed, the horn of oil was first poured upon his head: then he was anointed after the form of a crown betwixt his eye-brows: thirdly, the rest of the oil was poured upon his head again: but they only poured it on the Priests head. The Prophets anointed him. 1. King. 19. 17. And Solomon was anointed by Sadock in the presence of Nathan.
The King was anointed for himself and his posterity, and the first of the family only, as Saul, David: except when there fell a great strife; as Solomon for Adonijah, Ions for Athaliah, Ioachas for his eldest brother Joakim.
The Kings of Judah were anointed plentifully with an horn of oil, to signify the perpetuity of their kingdom: but Saul and Jehu were anointed only lenticula, with a cruse of oil, to signify the short indurance of their kingdom.
There was oleum vnctionis, & oleum opobalsami, the oil of anointing, and the oil of sweet balm, the posterity of David were anointed oleo vnctionis, but others opobalsomo.
He who anointed the King, gave him a kiss of homage. 1. Sam. 10. 1. Then Samuel took a vial of oil, and poured it upon his head and kissed him. So, Kiss the son. In token of homage that he was anointed King by God his Father, the Church was to give him the kiss of homage: The Idolaters. Hosea 13. 2. gave this kiss of homage to their idols which was due to Christ, and Job 31. purges himself of this, that when he saw the Sun he kissed not his hand, the idolaters because they could not reach to the Sun to kiss it, they kissed their hand and so worshipped the Sun. So the Arabians when they see the new Moon they leap for joy, and kiss their hand to her.
When the King was created they sent gifts to him. 1 Sam. 10. 27. The children of Belial brought him no presents.
So the Wise men of the East brought to Christ as a King, gold, myrrh, and franckincense.
All sorts of persons did homage to him. It was ordained that the high Priest himself should bow before him, as Nathan did before David, and stand before him; except only when he sought counsel of the Lord for him; then the King was to stand before the high Priest; and none might sit in the court of the Temple but the King. 2 Sam. 7. 18. David sat before the Lord. Then the King sat in the gate of Benjamin, but the high Priest stood. And the Hebrews say, that the Priest both judged and was judged. 2. that he boore witness and witness was borne against him. 3. that the Priest in the Temple stood bare-footed, A discalceabant cum pro vxore, that is, if he had married contrary to the Law, they pulled off hs shoes from his feet, and he was called discalceatus in Israel, according to the Law. But they say of the King, that he neither bore witness, nor witness was borne against him. 2. he neither judged in Synedrio, nor was judged. 3. when he was in the Temple he pulled not off his shoes, neither whom soever he married, might they pull of his shoe for that.
In all things the King was above the Priest, therefore David calls himself. 1 King. 1. 33. The Lord of Saddock the high Priest.
David the King wore some ornaments belonging to the Priests. 1 Sam. 37. Applicavit amiculum, el David, to David, that is, he put it upon David (not that the Priest put it upon himself, Dauidis causa, for David's cause, as Junius translates it) for his kingdom was regnum Sacerdotale, a Priestly kingdom, and he wore it because he was a perpetual type of Christ: he might be called a Priest as Moses. Psal. 90. 6. Moses inter Sacerdotes. Moses amongst the Priests.
They were subject and obedient unto him. Pro. 24. 21. Fear God and honor the King, and have nothing to do with Shonim, rebels, those who varied from the commands of God and the King, were called shonim, hence came hashonim, who taught that no King should be acknowledged upon the earth but only God: such were the degenerate Essaeans, who thought it impiety to be subject to any man, Judas Galilaus, who perished in the conspiracy, was the chief of these; they were called, Virga rebellantium: the rod of rebellion.
They acknowledged their subjection to their Kings, by admitting his image or name upon their coins.
When the Church was in a family, they had the [ 1] print of a lamb upon their coin, he bought it with so many lambes: but Stephe. Acts 7. says, with so many pieces of silver: that is, with so many pieces of silver which had the print of a lamb upon them.
In the first ages they gave themselves to pastorage. Therefore 1. they called the signs of the heaven by their names, as Taurus, and Aries. 2. when they would signify any excellent thing, they put the name 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 before it, as 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a great fig, Bucephalus, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . 3. they put the figure of the beast upon their money, therefore it was called pecunia a pecude.
But when Kings reigned over them, they carry their [ 2] name of image in their coin: the sickle had upon the one side Aaron's rod, and upon the other side the pot with Manna: and about it the inscription upon the one side (holy Jerusalem) and upon the other (the sickle of of Israel) and above mem shim, rex Solomon, King Solomon in token of their subjection to him.
When they were under the Persian Kings, they had [ 3] the image of the Princes upon their coin; this money was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . Esdra. 8. 27. and 1 Chron. 29. from Darius Hystaspes who reigned then: taking away aleph (which the Chaldeans prepose to names) it sounds almost Darius.
In the days of the Romans, they had the image of [ 4] Caesar upon their coin: whose image hath it? Caesars.
In the time of Hadrian the Emperor, Bar-Cosbe gathered [ 5] an army and labored to restore the Commonwealth to the Jews again, for that cause they called him Bencokiba, filium stellae, and he applied to himself the words of Ballams prophecy, processit stella ex Jacob, there shall arise a Star out of Jacob. The rebels in token of their subjection to him called their coin by his name megnoth Cotsebijoth, oboli Cosbiti, Cosbies farthen, but when they saw themselves deceived, they called him Ben cotzba, filium mendacij, the son of a lie.
The Christians afterward put not upon their money, the image of their Kings, but sometimes the Cross, coloured over with red lead, to signify the blood of Christ; and a crown upon the top ot it, to signify his triumph.
Afterward they added the mystery of the Trinity. 1. a Cloud and a voice coming out of it. This is my well-beloved, &c. 2. a Lamb, and a Dove. 3. the mystery of Baptism was expressed upon it.
Sometimes the Jews in token of subjection to their Kings, begun their accounts and reckonings of their years from his reign.
When Alexander the Great entered into Jerusalem, and saw the glory of the Temple, he blessed the God of Israel: and desIred one thing of Simcon, or Iaddus then high Priest, that he would set up his image in the Temple; which he refused, telling him that it was contrary to the Law of God: but he offered two things to the King. 1. that they should begin their accounts and reckonings from that time, that he entered into Jerusalem: this was called mim jan setarat, numeratio contractuum, the number of contracts. When Alexander was dead, Seleucus succeeding to him, they called it ara Seleucidarum Alexandri. The second thing which he offered to him was this, that all the Priests sons that year should be called Alexanders, which accordingly came to pass. The Priests then besought Alexander, that he would remit the tribute of the 7. year to them, which he willingly granted to them.
In token of their subjection to their Kings, they paid custom and tribute to him. Esdras 4. 14. it is called tributum transeuntium, the tribute of passing by, because it was given to the Kings, first when they passed by the towns which they conquered: and in the New Testament it was called, argentum capitationis, because they paid it, veritim, head by head. Hence amongst us come these duties called kanes, kane in the Irish tongue is called the head.
SECTION VIII.
Of Civil places.
PARAGRAPHE I.
Of their Iudicatories.
THere were three civil Iudicatories amongst the Jews.
The first was the gerat Synedrion, Judgment seat, and they were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , sitters in judgment. Hence came Sanhedrin amongst the Rabbins, and the judgment place Synedrion, so it was called Beth din, domu Iudicij, the house of Judgment: and the Senate it self was called beth din, metonymice.
PARAGR. I. Diatriba 1.
Of the number which sat in this first Iudicatorie.
THere were 72. who sat in thsi judgment, six for every tribe, but for making round the number, they were called 70. So Luke 10. 1. in the Syriac it is 72. Discipels, yet they are called the 70. Disciples. So the 70. who translated the Bible. When there were ever 7. propter rotundationem numeri.
PARAG. I. Diatriba 2.
The persons who sat in this Iudicatorie.
IN this Iudicatorie, there sat Ecclesiastic and Civil Judges.
The first was Nashi or Rosch Hajeschiba, Caput curiae, the head of the Court: there was another next unto him, who was called (Abh beth din) pater domus judicij, the father of the house of judgment. He was next unto the Prince, and sat at his right hand: these two sat a little separate from the rest, and the rest in a semicircle before them.
For the Ecclesiastical matters sat, Cohen haggadol, the high Priest, and Sagan the second high Priest.
PARAG. I. Diatriba 3.
Of the manner of their election.
THere were some Ceremonies used in their Election.
At the first they were chosen by laying on of hands upon them, called semucha, by the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , imposition. So Moses and Joshua laid hands upon the 70. Elders, and then the holy Spirit came upon them. Afterward, the ceremony of laying on of hands was appointed to be given by none but by Rabbi Hillel, who was one of the masters of the gerat Synedrion. Lastly, this imposItion of hands, went out of use amongst them. And there was a verse only repeated, as Maymonie testifies, when they were admitted, which was this: Ecce manus tibi imposita est, datur que potestas tibi exercendi etiam criminalia. Behold, hands are laid upon thee, and pwer is given to thee to exercise criminal things.
PARAGR. I. Diatriba 4.
THe properties requried in them.
GOd required sundry properties in them, who should sit in this Iudicatorie.
Five of them are set down Exod. 13. and the rest, Deut. 1. 13.
The Jews add, that there were two moe requisite. 1. that they should be skillful in the 70 languages, that so they might speak to any stranger, not by an Interpretor, but who had that gift? not Moses himself. The second, that they should be skillful in Magicke, that so they might be the more able to try the Magicians, but this were impious.
There was one special privilege in this house, that God spake immediately by his own voice, thrice in this house. 1 Sam. 12. 5. Rabbi Solomon testifies; Quod filia vocis exibat & dixit (vaiomer in numero singulart) Scil. Deus: dicebat que test is; vos testifisammi de eo quod est in apperto, ego de co quod est in occulto. That an echo went forth and said; to wit, God, and the witness said, you testify of that which is open, but I testify of that which is hid. This he did, to let them see, that God sat amongst the midst of the God's, Psal. 82.
They sat in Jerusalem, in atrio templi, in the entry of the Temple, it was called gazith, a pauenmented place.
PARAG. I. Diatriba 5.
Of the matters which they judged.
THis Judicatory judged matters of greatest weight.
O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the Prophets: So, a Prophet must not die out of Jerusalem.
He alludes here to this great Iudicatorie; for a false Prophet was only judged at Jerusalem. By the great synedrion: they judged the Prophets, if they had been false Prophets.
They judged in this Iudicatorie, Zeken mumara, senem [ 2] rebellem, a rebellious old man, such a one was Anan, senex apostata, an old Apostate, who strengthened the Sadducees. Those who having heard the conclusions of the synedrion, and would yet notwithstanding continue obstinate and draw away others, were condemned by this Iudicatorie.
They judged upon a tribe, if it made defection, and [ 3] when to make war, and when not.
The way how the synedrion tried the false Prophets, (say the Jews) was this. If he had threatened a judgment to come, although it came not: yet he was ot a false Prophet for that: for God (say they) is gracious, as he was to the Ninevites, and to Hezekiah. But if he promised a good thing, and it came not to pass, then he was a liar. For every good thing which God promiseth he performeth: so Jeremiah tried Ananias to be a false Prophet, because he promised a good thing to Zedekiah, and it came not to pass.
PARAGRAPHE II.
Of the second Iudicatorie.
THe second Iudicatorie consisted of 23. persons, and they judged of common crimonall cuases: they were called Dine naphshoth, iudices animarum: because they Iudged of life also.
The most hold that Christ, Math. 5. alludes to these three Iudicatories, which were amongst the Jews: but this cannot stand with the text, for Christ was speaking immediately before of murder, and says, He who kills a man is guilty of judgment. In their least Iudicatorie, they judged not of murder, and when they assign the third to Gehenna, they punished none in Gehenna: therefore Christ of purpose changes the phrase, which is to be marked, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , is worthy of judgment: So 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , of the council: but afterward in the accusative, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ; is worthy of hell fire: therefore it is more probable which Caninius writes, that there was a fire always burning in Gehenan to consume the 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 filth, and the carcases cast out there, and Christ alludes to that fire.
PARAGR. II. Diatriba I.
The place where they sat.
THey sat in the gates of the City.
Matth. 16. 18. The gates of hell shall not prevail against you. The gates were the places. where both their strength was, and their counsel sat: Christ's meaning is then, that neither the craft of the Devil, nor his strength shall prevail against his Church.
PARAG. III.
Of the third Iudicatorie.
THe third Iudicatorie consisted of three at the least.
The Jews say, Quod Deus Sanctus & domus Iudicij eius fecerunt humtnem, that is, that God and justice have made man. Duo qui iudicant eorum non est iudicium, when two judge, they have no judgment. Per domum iudicij eius, they mean the Trinity of persons, alluding to this Iudicatorie which consisted of three.
In every village where there were but 120. persons, dicatorie sat.
They Iudged in inferior things, as of whipping, and of goods, and therefore they were called Dine mammonoth, iudices pecuniarum.
PARAGR. IIII.
Of the time when they judged.
THey judged in most sit times, from the morning till the sixth hour.
Jeremiah 21. 12. Judge ye judgment in the morning. Solomon pronounces a curse upon the land whose King is a child, and whose Princes eat in the morning, as if he should say, when they should be judging the people. It was great iniquity then to condemn our Lord in the night.
When they pronounced sentence of condemnation they fasted.
When Naboth was to be stoned to death, they proclaimed a fast, they say to loose or save an Israelite, is as much as to preseure or destroy the frame of the world.
In executing of criminal causes, they did it with great deliberation; in other causes they needed not such deliberation.
They came four causes before Moses, in two of them he made hast, in two of them he made delay. The first was of those were unclean, that they might not eat the Passover: the second was touching the daughters of Zelophkad, in these two causes he made hast: but when the cause of the blasphmer came before him, Levite. 2. 4. and of him who gathered the s • icks vpō the Sabbath, in these two he said (non audius, I heard • t not) to teach the Masters of the synedrion, to expect what they were to hear of the Lord, before they gave sentence in weighty causes.
Exod. 18. 14. Why sit ye all the day long. So, 2 Sam. 7. 18. So Psal. 2. He who sits in the heaven laughs them to scorn, that is, who judges.
The parties stood before the judges, Esa. 50. 3. Let us stand together, that is, plead together.
The accuser stood at the right hand of him, who was accused.
Psal. 106. Set an adversary, who may stand at his right hand, to wit, to accuse. Zach. 3. 1. Satan stood at the right hand of Joshua, to wit, to accuse.
The deposition of the witnesses must be clear and evident.
They deponed after this sort. 1. they must testify from their own sight. 2. what day of the month such a thing was done. 3. what month of the year such a thing was done. 4. what seventh year of the Iubilie.
The party accused spake for himself, he had not an Advocate to speak for him.
Psal. 109. 7. When he shall come to plead, let him go forth condemned. And let his supplications be turned into condemnation: whatsoever he spake for himself, or besought the judges in his favor, it was all turned against him.
Our comfort at the last day, shall be this: that Satan the accuser shall not stand at the right hand to accuse us: and that we shall have Jesus the just as our Advocate to speak for us. 1 John. 2. 1, 2.
There sat two scribes, one at the right hand of the Judges, who wrote the sentence of absolution: another at their left hand, who wrote the sentence of condemnation.
Christ alludes to this form, when he says; He shall set the sheep at his right hand, and at the left hand the goats.
After examination, they gave out sentence, the chief Judge said, Thou N. art Tzaddick, just, but thou R. art Rashang, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , guilty. Numb. 35. 30. wicked to die, that is guilty. So, Psal. 109. 7. Such a one was called Bendina, filius iudicij, the son of Judgment. ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 iudicare, to judge: was of him who was judged, and not of him who judged, activum, pro passivo. So. Prov. 25. 6. Phil. 1. 23.) That thou may be pure when thou judgest, that is, when thou stands as it were to be judged, which the Apostle translates thus; that thou may overcome when thou judgest. Why? because those only who were pure overcome in judgment.
He who was absolved, was said to stand in the council, but the condemned, was said to fall. Psal. 1. The wicked shall not stand in judgment. Targum, they shall not be justified. The Latins following this phrase, say, Stetimus in senatus, that is, we prevailed in the Senate.
The Greeks used other forms in absolution and condemnation.
They gave to those who were absolved a white stone, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , seruans calculus, the saving stone, the other was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the condemning or black stone. John, Revel. 2. 12. alludes to this form, to him who overcometh, I will give a white stone. The Athenians used to condemn to banishement, the guilty by an Oystershell, that was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and sometimes by an Olive leaf, and that was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . Two things belongs to the Judge, justice, and judgment, when these two are joined together, justice signifies the punishing of the wicked, and by judgment the absolving of the righteous. Gen. 18. To do justice and judgment.
PARAGRAPHE V.
Of their four capital punishments, which they call deaths.
THERE were four capital punishments usual amongst them, Stoning, Strangling, Burning, and Beheading.
Those who denied the foundation or the Articles of the faith, called gnickare emuna, fundamentum fidei) cuphaz bagnickar, negans fundamentum, denying the foundation, those were stoned to death: such were the idolater, and the blasphemer. Levite. 24. 14.
The Pharisees say, John 8. 5. that Moses commanded the adulterer and the adulteress, to be stoned to death: but it is not expressly commanded in Moses Law, that they should be stoned; but only that they should die the death.
The manner of stoning them was, Deut. 17. 7. The hands of the witness shall be first upon him. They went up on an high place, and the malefactors hands being tied, one of the witnesses stroke him behind upon the loins: If he died not with that blow, they took a stone a great as men could lift, and cast upon him. If he died not then, all Israel cast stones at him.
Where ever this phrase is found in the Scripture (say the Jews) his blood be upon him, it is to be understood of stoning, but where ever this phrase is found (let him die the death) and the punishment not set down in particular, it is to be understood of strangling.
Their second part of death, was strangling, Chanack, suffocare, to choke. It was done by wresting of a clothe about the malefacotors neck, one pulling this way and another that way.
Those who were strangled for greater ignominy, hung upon the tree till night, and before the Sun set, they were buried. Deut. 21. 22. this was called Gnets tahalijah, lignum suspendij, the hanging tree.
The Romans afterward changed this strangling into crucifying, and it was called Zekaph, crucifigere, to crucify, and the cross was called Zekiph, crux, a Cross, and Gnetz, arbor, a tree, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , lignum geminum, a double tree.
Upon the cross, the malefactor was first hung up, and then killed. Acts 10. 39. but those who were strangled, were first killed, and then hung up.
This cross had four things in it. 1. Arrectarium, the main tree. 2. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , scabellum, the tree which their feet was nailed to. 3. Lignum transuersum, a cross tree, whereunto their arms were fastened with cords, and their hands nailed. 4. Vertex, the title, the place above his head where the inscription was put. It had not a fifth part (as some do think) called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , whereupon they did ride (as it were) neither were they called crucisali, to leap up on the cross, or, ascendentes in crucem, to go up to the cross, because they went up to this 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . but because they ascended upon 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the place where their feet stood. Constantine the Great, abolished first this kind of death, for honor of Christ who suffered on the cross.
Here the great providence of God is to be marked, although [Doctrine.] the Romans changed the form of the death, yet they changed not the tree, because our Lord behooved to be made a curse for us, hanging upon a tree.
The consequents of sin, are shame, pain, and the [Doctrine.] curse: Christ suffered all these upon the cross; pain, for they racked and dis-ioynted him. Psal. 22. 2. shame, he suffered (being naked) betwixt two thieves. 3. the curse, because he hung upon the tree.
Because they were usually crucised upon the cross, the Apostle. Galat. 6. 14. says, the world is crucified to me, that is, the gloryn of the world which deceived the false Apostles, is nailed (as it were) to the cross, and dead in my judgment: that I count nothing of it.
He who was condemned to this kind of death, carried the cross upon his neck, to the place of execution, from the judgment Hall. It was laid upon Christ, and he not able to bear it; therefore they compelled Simon of Syrene to help him. He who bore this tree also, was called Furcifer, quia ferebat furcam, because he carried a tree, only for ignominy and not for death.
It was from this custom of carrying of the cross tree to the place of execution, that the phrase in the Gospel is borrowed, Take up your cross and follow me.
It was the custom of the Jews, when they carried one to execution, there went one before, speaking these words. This man goes forth to be put to this kind of death, for such or such a crime, done in such a place, in such a time, before such witnesses. If any man have anything to say for his defense, let him come and speak now. But the Romans changed this form, and put the cause of his condemnation in a superscription about his head, as in Christ's cross.
The superscription was in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin: for it was the custom of the Roman Eraperours when they subdued a people, to send their Edicts to them, in their own language, and then in Latin. So Pilate being a Roman, puts up the inscription above Christ, in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin.
The third sort of punishment, was called Sarapha, burning. Levite. 21. 9.
Afterward they used another sort of burning, which they called Combustio animae, The burning of the soul. Levite. 19. Igne comburetur. Let him be burnt with fire. Jonathan the Chaldee paraphrast paraphrases it thus; He shall be burnt, pouring in hot Lead at his mouth.
The ground of this punishment they made to be this, because it is said of Nadab and Abihu, Combusti sunt in aximabus suis, they were burnt in their souls. They say there was no burning in their bodies: here we see upon what ridiculous ground they institute this punishment.
Their fourth sort, was Beheading.
In all these sorts of punishments, when the malefactor was buried, if he had been strangled, the clothe which strangled him, was buried with him: so the tree upon the which he was hanged, sot he stone which stoned him, and the sword which beheaded him.
Afterward they added a fifth sort of punishment, to wit, drowning. Math. 18. 6. It were better that a Mil • stone were hung about his neck, and he were cast into the sea. Mola asin aria. The Mill-stones which they used were of two sorts, the first was Mola trusatilis, a light stone turned about with a man's hand: the second was Mola asinaria, a heavy stone turned about by an Ass. This they hung about his neck who was to be drowned, to make him sink the sooner.
He causeth the Wheel to go over the wicked: Some hold, that Solomon alludes here to a form of punishment used among the Jews; as the husbandman brake some sort of grain with the wheel, so they brake malefactors with the wheel: but Solomon's meaning is; As the wheel turns over, just in the same place. So, as the wicked have done, shall be done to them.
PARAGR. V. Diatriba 1.
Of the place of execution.
THe place of execution was public.
Bring him out, that all the people may see and stand in fear.
It was iniquity then to behead John in the prison: amongst the Greeks, the place of execution was the prison, which in their language was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the place of justice.
This place of execution, was called Golgotha, the place of dead men's skulls: because the dead sculles was rolled up there, which before was called mount Gareb, The hill of sculles, because the lepers and diseased, were put out there: afterward for detestation it was made the place of execution.
The gate by which they were carried to the place of execution; was called porta vetus, vel porta iudicij, the old gate, or the gate of judgment, they went out of it, who Were condemned: the Apostle, Heb. 13. Hath relation to this, Let us follow him without the gate.
They were miserable comforters to those whom they executed.
At the first they used to give them wine, when they were in the place of execution: Give wine to him who is of a sad heart: but afaterward they used to give him Vinegar mingled with gall, to make his head giddy, that he might feel no pain; but Christ refused this. The Persian Kings kept by them sundry sorts of poison, which they used, either to hasten their death, or to mitigate their pain. They had no propper officer, who executed the guilty, for sometimes the Captain of the guard did it, therefore he was called mactator: sometimes the Judge, as, Samuel killed Hagag: and sometimes one of the guard, as he sent Spiculatorem one of his pike-men to behead, John: improperly translated a Hang-man.
PARAG. VI. Diatriba 1.
Of their punishments not Captiall.
THeir punishments not captiall, were three, imprisonment, whipping, and mutilation.
Three things are necessary for the health of man's body. 1. motion. 2. quies or rest. 3. integrity. Imprisonment, is contrary to motion; whipping, is contrary to rest; and mutilation is contrary to integrity of body.
They had two sorts of prisoners, free prisoners, and more straitly kept in prison.
Their free prisoners they suffered to go out all the day long fettered, to work, but caused them to come to the prison at night. And they shall be gathered as the captives to the prison: the morrow they were brought again to their work; So the Roman prisoners were suffered to go abroad all the day, therefore Paul sayues; he sought me out diligently; fi he had been kept still in the prison, he might have found him out easily, but he was suffered to go abroad all the day. The malefactor was bound by the left arm, and the Soldier by the bright arm, who went with him. Seneca. Eadem catena tam reum quam militem tenet, One chain holds both the guilty and the soldier.
These freest sort of prisoners, which we call warders, were warded within the Cities of Refuge: the Greeks called this prison 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a prison without fetters: and the Latins called these prisoners Comperendinati, suspendit, because they were neither yet absolved, nor condemned, lying under some suspicion.
Their second sort of prisoners, were those who were kept in fetters. Psal. 104. Such were the iron fetters which Joseph was put in, in ferrum venit anima eius, his soul was in irons, id est, in nervam ferreum, an iron hand. So, Psal. 107. vinctus afflictione & ferro, bound with affliction and iron. and Acts 16. 14. The Greeks called this 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the inner prison. When they would statue one in the prison, they said, Perdamus ligno (procibo eius) & tollamus eume terra viventium, Let us give him wood for bread, and put him out of the land of the living by the first part, they meant to straue him, and to eat the wood of the stocks if he would; by the second to kill him by the sword: See the opposition, verse. 22. the Chaldee Paraphrast: Mortifero veneno inficiamus cibum eius, Let us infect his meat with poison: this the Greeks called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , sublatio, a killing.
PARAG. VII. Diatriba 2.
Of their whipping.
THe Lord prescribes in the Law, the number of the stripes, which must be given to the malefactor.
Fortie stripes thou shalt give him, but no moe.
They gave him usual but thirty-nine stripes, not full forty. 2 Cor. 11. 24. I received thrice forty stripes lacking one of the Jews. The reason why they gave not full forty, was this; the whip whereiwth they whipt them, had three tongs, and they gave them but thirteen stripes with it, which made thirty-nine, if they had given the fourteenth, they had exceeded the number prescribed in the Law, which had been forty-two stripes. If the judge had commanded to give twenty stripes, they were to give them but six blows (which was three at a blow) if they had given them seven, they had given twenty-one stripes, and so they should have exceeded the judges sentence.
The form of the Whippe.
[ 1] The malefactor, when he was beaten did neither sit nor stand, but was bowed down. Deut. 25. The Judge shall cause him to how down.
His clothes were pulled off. [ 2]
He was bound to a stake fixed in the ground. [ 3]
The Whippe had a handle of a plame long, thorough which was put a thong of Ox leather double, which might be let up or down, as we let up or down a Stirrup, and it was fitted according to the bigness of the malefactors body. If he were a big man, it was let out, if a lesser body, it was made short. Through this thong, went a thong of Ass leather doubled, so one was doubled in two, and two in four.
He received with this whip three blows at once; the thong of the Ox leather whipped him to the belly and the breast, for it was longest; the two thongs of the Ass leather, whipped his back and the hinder parts, and they say, Non condemnant cum nisi plagis quae conuenientes sunt ad triplicandum: They condemn him not, but with whips agreeable to the number of three.
They had another form of scourging by Scorpions, They shall be beaten with Scorpions, this was a sharp sort of thorns, of the which they made a hwippe, which stung as if htey had been Scorpions: and Joshua alludes to this form of whipping, They shall be thorns in your sides: for they whipt them about the sides, & not alongst the back.
PARAGR. VI. Diatriba 3.
Of their Mutilation.
THe LORD would have the same member cut off from the transgressor, which he cut off from hsi neighbor.
〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉Eye for eye, and tooth for tooth.
The Greeks from this borrowed their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , contrary passion, and the Latins their legem talionis, law of equality or proportion.
If he wounded a man (not cutting off any member of the body) and the man not able to work, he pays four things to him: first, his pain: secondly, his shame, thirdly, his healing: fourthly, his resting.
If he hurt him, and he rest not from his labors, he [ 2] pays but three things; his pain, shame, and his cure, but not his resting.
If he wound him in a place not seen, then he pays [ 3] but for his pain and healing.
If he strike him, and wound him not, then he pays [ 4] only for his shame.
If he hurt his own Hebrew servant, so that he rest, [ 5] he pays three things to him, his pain, his shame, and his healing, but not for his resting, because he wrought to his master.
If he hurt his own heathen servant, he pays nothing [ 6] for his shame, because he was his slave, he pays nothing for his resting, because the labor was his own, he pays only for his pain and healing.
He who hurt his neighbors wife, he paid for her [ 7] resting and healing to her husband: for her pain, to her self. For her shame if it be seen, as in the face, a third to her self, and two parts to her husband: if in a secret place, he payeth a third to her husband, and two to her self.
There is Talio equalitatis, a like in quality, and Talio similitudinis, a like in similitude. Talio similitudinis, is kept in correctiua iustitia, in correting justice; when one strikes his father, he is not to be stricken that way again, but to die the death: talio equalitatis est in rebus, talio similitudinis, in action & passion, alike in equqalitie, is in the matter, alke in similitude, is in action and passion.
When one smites out the eye of him who hath but one eye, whither should talio similitudinis be kept here, or talio proportionis? Whither should one of his eyes be pulled out, or both his eyes? Answer. Talio equalitatis, [Answ.] should not be kept here, but talio similitudinis, he should loose both his eyes, because he deprived his neighbor of hsi whole sight.
The Jews expounded this law, not, per talionem equalitatis, but, per talionem similitudinis, and they said, how could only eye be pulled out for one eye? therefore they interpreted the Law, He shall pay the price of an eye. This their interpretation, eye for eye, is like that: it is lawful for a private man in revenge to pull out his neighbors eye: as false Interpreters of the Law humors their hearers, establishing private revenge, which belongeth only to the Magistrate: so they would pleasure the rich by this interpretation, and benefit themselves: so they sought not them but theirs.
This mutilation was not cutting off, of vital parts, it was not cutting off of excrements, as hair, or nails, neither of the deformities of the body, but of the integral parts, as eye, tooth, &c.
The Romans and Greeks, used to mark malefactors with a hot iron, these were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and the Apostle alludes to this. I carry in my body, stigmata Christi. When they were marked in the forehead, Plinias calls those, inscriptos vultus.
PARAG. VI. Diatriba 4.
Of the tortures used by the tyrants against the godly.
THere were two special torments used against them.
Jeremiah 29. 26. Nauis sugentis, the ship of the sucker, this the Greeks called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to enclose in a ship. Int his torture, they put the man enclosed betwixt two boards straitly. In the mean while to preserve his life (while he should confess) they gave him by a Cane, some liquor to preserve his life: therefore it was called, Nauis sugentis, and anointed his face, setting it to the Sun, that the flies might torment him.
Tympanysmus, was the stretching out of the person tormented, as if he had been the head of a drum, then they beat him with cudgels to death. When Baltasar was killed by Darius, they beat him with cudgels this way to the death; and so the Christians were thus tormented, Heb. 11. In the days of Nero, they put a pitched coat upon the Christians, to make them burn the better, called tunica molesta, a troublesome coat, and they burnt them in the night, to make them serve as torches to give light.
The Christians were called Sarmentitij and Samaxij in opprobry, becausE they were bound to a tree, made in the form of an axel-tree, and branches set round about them, to burn them to death.
PARAGRAPHE VII.
Of their civil Contracts and Bargaines.
THe Lord would have his people to deal justly betwixt man and man.
Levite. 6. 1. Si mentitus fuerit in positione manus. If he lie in clapping the hand.
It was their use, when anything was given them to be kept, by clapping of the hand to promise restitution thereof: this depositum, was called pickadon, promise, and the Apostle alludes to it, 2 Tim. 1. 12. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , He is able to keep that which I have committed to him.
He was to purge himself by an oath, whether he kept the thing freely, or sought it to keep, or received wages for keeping, or who gave wages to keep it.
In taking their infefetments, they had their own proper ceremonies. Psal. 60. 4. Ouer Edom I will cast my shoe: here is an allusion to the custom of the Jews, when they took their possession, they put a shoe upon their foot, or a gloue upon their hand. This pullign off was called Chaliza, detractio, a drawing, and he was called discalceatus in Israele, bare-footed in Israel. But this custom wore out of use amongst them, and for this they took their seasing by a piece of clothe, called Sudar, vnde emptio, sudar, a buying.
Whether the buyer or seller pulled off their gloue or shoe it is not certain. Targum Jonathan expounds it of the buyer, that he pulled off the gloue or shoe, Ruth 4. Et detrahebat chirothecam dextrie suae, & emebat ab ipso: and she drew off his right gloue, and bought it from him. Other of them refer it to the seller, as I give to thee this gloue or shoe, so I give this land to thee.
In their contracts and bargains of morgating their Lands, they used not Notars as we have; but he who wa sto buy the ground writ two instruments; the one he sealed with his own signet; the other he showed it vnclosed instrument: these two instruments were almost alike in all things, save only that in the sealed instrument, they concealed someting from the witnesses, the things concealed were these, the price of the land, and the time of the redemption: these they concealed (for none knew these but the buyer and seller) in case that the Goel or next of the kindred, knowing the time of the redemption and the price; and the morgager not able to redcome it at the day; it was lawful for the next of the kindred to have redeemed it; these two being concelaed, there was place still for the poor man to redeem hsi own land after the day: therefore they set down in the enclosed instrument only the bare disposition without the price, or time of the redemption. So among the Romans when they sealed their latter Will and Testaments, they concealed the name of the heir, least any wrong should be done to him.
In other affairs they had their Scribes and Writers, Psal. 45. 2. Ezech. 9. 2. Ester. 3. 12. these Judges 5. 14. by a poetical description are described trahentes stylo scribae, drawing the Pen of a Scribe.
PARAG. VIII.
How they measured their ground.
THey measured their ground by a line.
Hence is that phrase. Deut. 3. 4. Funiculus Argob, The line of Argob. So, funiculus Domini, The lije of the God of Jacob. So, 2. Cor. I went not into another man's line.
These were called Chable midda, funes mensorij, measuring lines.
This measure of the line or cord, in hot weather it shrunk in, and in wet weasther it stretched out; therefore in measuring of the Temple, and all those things which belonged to it, they measured all by a reed. So, John sees the Temple, and all those things which belonged to it, they measured all by a reed. So, John ses the Temple, measured by a golden reed.
The canon of the Scriptures, is that golden reed [Doctrine.] which measureth all things belonging to the Temple, it is not that Lesbia regula, which will shrink in & reach out.
PARAG. XI.
How the ancients reckoned their years.
THey reckoned their years upon their hands.
Wisdom comes with length of days in he right hand.
they reckoned upon their left hand, till they come to an hundred, and then upon the right hand, they reckoned their hundreds: hsi meaning is then, that wisdom gives length of days, even to an hundred years, Hieronymus. porro centesimus numerus, transfer tur a sinistra ad dextream, & in eijsdem digitis numeratur, sed non in eadem manu: truly the hundred numbner is transferred from the left hand, to the right hand, and is numbered with these same fingers, but not in the same hand. Ambrosius, Bonus rationci nator velut ad centuplum manum porrigens, semper a sinistra transfert aliquid ad dextram, a good counter stretching out his hand, as to an hundredth, transferres from the left hand, something to the right hand. So the Poet writes of Nestor, ( sua dexter a computat annos) he counts his years upon his right hand.
Mark the form of their reckokniing upon their left hand, apply the top of the little finger, middle-finget, and ring finger, to he six numbers, upon the palm of the hand, then by stretching out of the fingers again they make other three, which make up all the simple numbers vnderten.
Int eh composed numbers, apply the thumb or the fore-finger, to any of the numbers set down in the programme, ye shall rightly know the numbher: as join the top of the thumb with the top of the fore-finger, and these make thirty.
Upon the right hand, put the top of the fore-finger to the midst of the thumb, and these make an hundred and so forth, as ye may learn by the programme of the two hands set down here.
The thumber they called it holy, because the high Priests thumb was consecrate with blood.
The little finger ws called the finger of incense, because the high Priest measured incense with it.
The second finger, was called the infamous finger, Isaiah 58. They point with the finger. The Grecains called hthis 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , id est, pertentare digito an gallinae ova conceperint.
PARAG. X.
Of their measures and weights for liquid and dry measures.
GOD appointed weights and measures, that there might be righteous dealing among his people; without which the Common-weal could not stand.
Prov. 20. Ye shall not have a weight and a weight.
There is two sorts of Justice, distributive and commutatiue. Distributiue justice, observes medium Geometricum, but commutaiue justice, keeps medium Arithmeticum: in weight, number, and measure.
In distributive justice, we observe not medium Arithmeticum, of which the Philosopher propones an example: A man bids so many guests to his house, and sets two loaves before them, they are to few, then he sets ten before them, they are to many: he must not take medium Arithmedicum, as a midst here, to set six before them, but medium Geometricum, or medium respectu cōvivarū amidst in respect of the guests: to give everyone as he needed.
When we pray, Prov. 30. 8. Da nobis panem dimensi [Quest.] nostri, Give us our measure of Bread, whether seek we, medium Arithmeticum or Geometricum here? Answer, We seek not Arithmeticum but Geometricum, for all should not be alike, but that everyone should have food meet for his condition: So, Prov. 31. 15. She gives by portion to her servants. But when the Manna was parted, and everyone gat his Omer, then it ws Arithmecum medivum. So Deut. 25. 13. 14. He shall not have a stone and a stone, this observes Arithmeticum medium.
Commutatiue justice is the pillar which upholds all things.
The general grounds of this commutatiue justice, are first, Quod tibi fieri non vis alteri ne feceris, Do not to another, which thou wouldst not have done to thyself: secondly, he who labors not, should not eat: thirdly, the work-man is worthy of his wages.
The particular grounds, are weights and measures, which are necessary in the Church. 2 Chron. 23. First, for man's life, as in Physic: for without measure and weight, the Physician might kill where he should save. 2. Tim. 5. use a little wine for thy Stomacke: So in husbandry. Levite. 17. According to the measure of the seed, the price of the ground shall be valued. So the Scripture shows us the strength of goliah, by the weight of his armor: therefore, Wisdom. 11. God hath made all things in number, weight, and measure. And, 1. Cor. God lays no more upon us, then we are able to bear.
The ground of dry measure is the Barley corn, and of the wet measures the egg.
Because the Barley corn, is the beginning of dry measures, therefore an account is called shiur, from shiur, the barley corn: six barley corns make an inch, four inches make a plaame, three palms make a span, three spannes make a cubit.
A cubit was either the cubit of the Sanctuary, or the common cubit, called cubitus viri, the cubit of a man. Deut. 3. or, cubitus decurtatus, a less cubit.
The cubit of the Sanctuary was an hand breadth more then the common cubit.
The common cubit was, from the point of the elbow, to the root of the finger. Ehud’s dagger was of this cubit.
Because the cubit was the usual measure, therefore Ier. 51. 13. saith, Cubitus avaritiae tuae venit, the cubit of thy avarice is come, that is, in that same measure, that thou hast done to others, in that same measure, it shall be measured to thee again.
The cubit was of their greatest measures.
Ezech. 27. 11. And Gammadim were upon thy walls: that is, tall men, or, men of cubits, because it was one of their largest measures; or, men of cubits, because they measured many things by the cubit. So the Sabaeans, (lying betwixt the Persian and red Sea,) Isaiah 45. 15. Are called men of measures, because they used much merchandize or Gammadim, those of Phoenicia which lay out in the form of a cubit.
The common weight, was called Lapis Regius, the Kings stone. 2 Sam. 14. 25. their smaller weight, was the weight of the shekle: this was called Siclus ponder alis, the shekle or weight: as the other was called Siclus nummarius, the penny shekle. Absalom's hair weighed two hundred shekels, which is four pound and two ounces 2 Sam. 24. 24. David bought it for sixty shekels, keeping the proportion of gold to silver, twelve to one: one of gold, and twelve of silver.
PARAG. X. Diatriba 1.
Of their Shekle.
GOd to avoid all sort of false dealing, took order for their money, that hte Shekle and Gerah should be so much.
The Shekle ws their most usual money, therefore sometimes the Shekle is set down, and not the metal, as Exod 30. They shall give half a shekle, to wit, of silver. Sometimes the metal is set down and not the Shekle. Matth. 26. They gave him thiirtie pieces of silver: that is, shekels of silver: thirdly, when the number and the metal is set down, and not the shekle: Gen. 20. 16. Dedi mille argenteos fratri tuo, id est, siclos argenti. I have given 1000. pieces of silver to thy brother, that is, shekels of silver.
He would not have them to falsify their coin, to make their shekle great, Amos 8. 5. or to mixe it with dross. Isaiah 1. he would have it gnobher lasocher, transiens inter mercatores, Current money amongst merchants. It is called nummus a 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , & est tanquam fideiussor, when it is falsified, it brings, generalem in aequalitatem.
In the days of Ezekiel, the price of the money was augmented, the sixth part, as mna sacra, at the first was 100. but in Ezekiel's time 120. So the common Mna, at the first, was but 50. but in his time 60. soi that in time of scarcity of money (as in this time of the captivite) the magistrate may augment the value of the money.
PARAG. XI.
Of their Marriage.
Barrenness, was a curse amongst the people of God.
Psal. 78. 36. (Thy virgins were not praised) that is, they were not married, this is spoken for their shame.
When they were married, they were said to be praised, and the house of marriage, was called bny the Hebrews, domus hillel, nthe house of praise, and when they had children, their reproach was siad to be taken from them.
But Iephte vowed his daughter a virgin? Answer, he [Object.] vowed her not a virgin, but sacrificed her, for the Text should be read, And hey went out yearly to lament her: So the Chaldee paraphrast reads it, and most of the ancient Jews: and it was long after this ere virginity was professed amongst them of whom Christ speaks, some are Eunuchs, for the kingdom of God, such were the Essaeans, and Origen.
But Iephte is commended, Heb. 11. for his faith, [Object.] how could he then have sAcrificed his daughter? Answer, There are many of the Saints commended there, who committed otherways great sins.
The maids before they were married, used upon the day of expiation (clothed in white clothes) to go forth and dance in the vine-yards, and they said. O young men lift up your eyes, and see whom of us all ye will make choice of, look not to beauty, because it is deceitful, nor to riches, because they take their wings and fly away, but praise her who feareth the Lord. Jeremiah in his lamentations hath relation to this; Their virgins mourn, neither dance they.
PARAGR. XI. Diatriba 1.
The time betwixt the affiancing, and the marriage.
BEtwixt the affiancing and the marriage, they intervened a long time.
Let her stay with us days or ten.
Days, put absolutely, sigifie a year, Gen. 8. At the end of days, that is, of a year. So, Targum paraphrases the place, Gen. 24. Aut decem menses: but ten, when it is referred to months, signifies days. Levite. 16. 7. In he seventh month the tenth, that is, the tenth day: but referred to years, it hath relation to months. Let her stay with us a year, or at the least ten months. What sense were this, or at the least ten days, the reason of this accompt was, because they had not the months disginguished by names, as after the captivity.
The man gave the dowry to the woman.
David ebing but poor, Cave so many skins of the Philistines. So, Shechem asks, What dowry they would ask of him.
The Bride brought only to her husband, her clothes, ornanments, and Jewels. Nedunija, this was dos mulieris; the woman's dowry.
They were not exorbitant in their dowries.
Pecuniam pendito prout est dos virginum, Weigh thy silver according to the dowry of the virgins; and this they gathered to have been fifty shekels, Deut. 22. 29. Then he shall give who hath lain with her fifty shekels.
PARAGR. XI. Diatriba 2.
The time of their marriage.
THeir marriages were in the night.
And at mid-night the virgins came to wait for the Bridegroom's return, with their lamps in their hands.
They used solemn words in their marriage.
Esto mihi in vxorem secundum legem Moysis & Israel: & ego iuxta verbum Det colam te, honoraho te, alam & regam iuxta morem qui colunt, honorant, & regunt vxores suas fideliter: do autem tibit dotem virginitatis tu • e du • ēios denarios (id est 50. shekels) quinetiam alimentum tuum, & vestitum atque sufficientem necessitatem tuam; item cognitionem tui iuxta consuetudinem vniuersae terrae, that is, Be thou a wife to me, according to the Law of Moses and Israel, and I shall worship and honor the according to the word of God: I shall feed and govern thee, according to the custom of those, who worship, honor, and govern their wives faithfully: I give to thee for the dowry of thy virginity 200. pence, (that is, 50. shekels) as also thy food, clothing, and thy suffient necessity. Also a knowing of thee according to the custom of the whole earth.
Here mark first how the Scripture hath relation to this form of speech, Honor your wives as the weaker vessels.
Secondly, he promises to his wife according to the Scriptures; Victum, amictum, & debitum tempus, Meat, clothing, and the time of knowing her: which the Apostle calls, Due benevolence, and here by modesty of speech, it is called via omnis terrae, Gen. 19. We have none to go into us after the way of all flesh.
The marriage was perfected by three things.
Bekesebh, argento, with silver, 2 Vbishtar, scripto, from satar numerare, which is to write, 3. Bebia, hoc est coitu, in knowing her. Hence is that saying of theirs. Quid sunt vxores & quid concubinae, vxores sunt cum instrumēto, dote, & sponsalibus: concubinae, neque, cum hac nec illa. What are wives, and what are concubines: the instrumen, dowry and wedding, make a wife: but the concubines have none of these.
The Bride in token of her subjection, covered her head with a veil.
Therefore she took a veil and covered her self.
When she was a maid, she put a veil upon her face. Hieron. Illa sit tibi amabilis quae procedens in publicum, vix vno oculo qui viae necessarius patente egreditur, that is, Let her be amiable to thee, who going in public; goes scarcely with one eye open, necessary to the way. This veil was taken off her face in the day of her marriage, therefore it was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a veil, by the Greeks, because that day she went with her face vncovered, and the gifts which were sent to her, we called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . The veil which covered her face in her Virginitie, was a token of her modesty; so the veil which covered her head when she was married, was a token of her subjection: therefore when her husband was jealous of her, she is commanded to stand bare-headed before the Priest, until she be cleared of that suspicion, as not being under the husbands subjection all this time.
The special friends of the wedding were 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the convoyer of the bride, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the convoyer of the bridegroom.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , was called the bridegroom’s companion, Socius ejus, and by the Chaldies Shushebhinim, socij, companions.
When the Bride was brought to the Bridegroom's chamber, she was brought, Per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and the Bridegroom was convoyed, Per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , him the Latins called Auspex, inde bonum auspicium: the rest who were at the marriage, were called the children of the wedding.
The witnesses who convoyed them, kept the chamber that night, upon the morrow they received the tokens of her virginity and kept them. If afterwards her husband was jealous of her that she had not been a maid when he married her; the winesses were to produce the sheet called Sudar and the father was to show it before the judges. The father himself had not the keeping of the sheet.
Their marriages lasted seven days.
Then Samson's wife wept seven days, whilst the feast lasted.
As their marriages lasted seven days: So they appointed seven days for mouring at their burials: as they called marriage: Via omnis carnis, the way of all flesh. So, death is called; Via omnis carnis, I go the way of all flesh: and they appointed seven days, as well for the one, as for the other.
At their marriages, they propounded questions and riddles.
I will put forth a riddle unto you, and if ye can declare it within seven days of the feast.
The Greeks from them learned their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , hard questions, and their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , questions at meat.
When they were married, they prayed thus for them, Det Deus tibi requiem, God give thee rest. And the Heathen then when they were married said. Est in portu, He is in the heaven.
The women after they married, went seldom abroad.
Habitatio domus dividet spolia, that is, the women, who dwelt at home divided the spoil. So, 1 Tim. 2. 15. They were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 domiportae.
The Greeks called them, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , home-setters, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , house-bearers, and the Latins Caesariae, dwellers in cottages: the Heathen painted before the modest women's doors, Venus sitting upon a snail, Quae domiporta vocatur, called a house-bearer, to teach the matrones to stay at home, and to carry their houses about with them: So, the Virgines were called by the Hebrews, Gnalamoth absconditae, hid, and by the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : shut up, and the places of their abode 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Cellae virginales, virgins celles.
Contrary to these are whores. Prov. 7. 12. now she is in this corner, and now in that, therefore the Chaldies call an whore egredientem, niphcath hara, going abroad, and a whore the daughter of a whore, egredientem filiam egredientis, a goer forth, the daughter of a goer forth, Gen. 34. Should he make our sister as a whore. Targ. an sicut exeuntem for as.
PARAG. XI. Diatriba 3.
Of their Divorce.
THe man gave the bill of divorce to the woman.
In their corrupter times, the woman gave also the Bill of Divorce to the man.
And if the woman put away her husband.
In the time of Herod the great, his sister Salome gave to her husband Cristbarus, the first bill of divorce. Athemongst the Romaes, it was usual for the women to give their men the bill of divorce.
By the Atticke law, they had two distinct names: if man put away his wife, it was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to send her away: but if he woman went from her husband, it was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to leave him: the reason why the man was said 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , was, because he had the authority to cast her out, for the house was his: she was said only 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to leave him and go her ways out of the house, and also was said 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Quando mittebant repudium viro, when she sent the divorcement to the man: and actio divortij, the act of divorcement, upon the man's part, was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the accusation of putting away.
The Bill of divorce, was called Sepher keritoth, sheda dimissionis, the Bill of letting go, and it was written after this sort. Tu N. Esto expulsa a me, & sis libera, & domina tui-ipsius, ad abeundum & nubendum omni viro cui vix; & nemo reij ciatur propter nomen meum: hic erit libellum repudij, et epistola dimissionis iuxta legem Mosis. That is, Thou N. go away from me, and be free and Mistress of thy own self, to go to marry whom thou wilt, and let none be refused for my name; this shall be the bill of divorce, and the Epistle of putting away, according to the Law of Moses.
Christ objects to the Jews, Mat. 5. 31. how they used to give to their wives the bill of divorce, having relation to their traditions in the Talmud, (for although the Talmud was not all gathered together till long after Christ's death, yet it was taught in their Schools long before: in Sura, Neharda, and Pambeditha, and they had several Treatises of it.
Our Savior Christ saith, He who puts away his wife, and marries another, commits adultery, and if she marry another, she commits adultery. Deut. 24. 4. Hittameah, is such a composition, that it implieth both, The defililng of her self and of her husband who put her away.
What are we to think of this Law of divorce? Answ. [Quest.] Christ saith it was permitted to the Jews for the hardness of their hearts. Solon being asked, whether he had given the Athenians the best laws or not? answered, the best that they could suffer. The wise Law-giver in policy, accommodates his laws to the constitution of the people, as the shoe-maker makes the shoe for the crooked foot. The wise men amongst the Jews, approved never this divorce. Ben Sirah being asked by one, who had a great shrew to his wife, if he might divorce with her for that; answered, Os quod cecidit in sort tua rode illude, Be content with her and seek not another.
It was usual for the men among the Jews, to have many wives at once, but not for the woman to have many husbands at once.
If she had been the wife of one husband: (the Apostle [Object.] means not here, if a widow marry again) then it may seem that she hath had more husbands at once?
There are two sorts of digamie: direct digamie, when [Answ.] one hath two at once, this was never permitted to the woman: indirect digamie, when one being put away, they marry another; and in this sense, the woman may be said to have moe husbands: by the Law of God she might not divorce from her first husband; but it was permitted amongst the Jews, & commanded amongst the Gentiles. Iure humano, according to the law of man, she was the wife of the second husband. But Iure divino, accroding to the Law of God, of the first husband.
The polygamy of the fathers seems not to have in a mid-sin, betwixt fornication and adultery. They shall commit adultery, and shall not increase. This seems to be spoken of polygamists and not of adulterers: for it was punishment for adulterers to want children; but the polygamists of purpose, married many wives, that they might multiply children. 2. This word to commit adultery, is taken sometimes largely, as in the seventh commandment; as well for fornication as for adultery; so here it may be taken for polygamy also, although it be not properly adultery: So incest is called fornication. 1. Cor. 5. When a man lies with his mother in law: the lesser for a greater: so here, the greater includes the less.
Man doth something which agrees to him, Ex natura geneirs, as he is a living creature to beget. 2. he doth something which agrees to him, Ex natura a speciei, as to beget a reasonable creature, this he doth as a man. 3. he doth something as a faithful man: marrying his wife he represents Christ, & she represents the Church. Although polygamy cross not the two first ends, yet it directly▪ crosses the third end, for as Christ hath but one wise (his Church) so should the faithful man have but one wise.
PARAG. XII.
Of their feasts.
THE Jews were more excessive in their feasts, then the Heathen.
For all their tables are full of filthy vomiting, no place is clean. So, H • s • a 7. 5.
The Persians were very moderate in their feasts: they drank in their first service only water out of the river Choaspis; and in their next service wine. When Asbuerus was in his wine he sent for Vashti: that is, when he was in his second service, and not when he was drunk, as it is commonly taken: for they had there 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 inspectores vini, to look upon the wine; who marked the guests at the feasts, and suffered none to force others to drink: these were called also 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the eyes of the feast.
The Babylonians in their feasts exceeded more: in their drunken feast Shaka, beastliness was committed; the servants were Lord's of mis-rule, all the time of this feast: at this feast Baltasar was killed.
The Jews in their feasts, poured ointment upon their guests and kissed them.
Let not ointment be wanting to thy head. David describing a flatterer, points at these two; the kisses of a flatterer, Et oleum peccatorum, and the oil of sinners.
They used in their feasts, to give their flatterers a pastie baked with honey, Subsannationum vstulatae placentae, the baked pasties of scoffings: So, Psal. 35. 5. with the false scoffers at cakes, or banquets.
Gnug, is called a pastie, and Gnugoth, flatterers, because in their feasts they threw a pastie to these parasites; hence Math. 4. the Devil in the Syriac is said, ankal-kartha comedece accusationes, to eat accusations, it should not be translated Divulgare are accusationes, to proclaim accusations. The Greeks called these 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , lovers of pasties and parasites: they had two sorts of them, the first communis parasitus, the gross parasite, & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , who did things with a great show of honesty: the Latins called them, Amici mensales, board-friends.
At their feasts they burnt Incense for their guests to smell.
And sattest upon a costly bed, and a table prepared before it, whereupon thou hast set mine incense and mine oil.
The Church alludes to this form; My spinkenard sendeth forth the smell thereof.
The times of their feasts were, first at the weyning of their children, as Isaac, and Ishmael. 2. at the making of their covenants, as David, and Abnet. 2 Sam. 3. thirdly, to show their glory, as Solomon. 1 Kin. 3. So, Ashuerus, Est. 1. 2. fourthly, vpō their birth days, as Pharaoh, Gen. 40. 20. and Herod. Mark. 6. 5. fifthly, in the day of the coronation of their Kings. Hos. 7. 5. This is the day of our King.
They drank their Wine in a trientall cup, containing half an English pint.
I will take the cup of salvation, and call upon the name of the Lord.
Therefore they say, he who drinks all the cup at one draught, Gulosus est, he is a glutton: he who drinks it at two, Viuit secundum viam terrae, that is, as a civil man: but he who drinks it at three; Est elato spiritu, he is proud.
The Wine which they drank (when it excelled) was described by two properties: first, Cant. 9. 9. Loquitur in labijs dor mientium, it speaks in the lips of the sleepers. 2. Prov. 23. •• at per rectitudines, that is, agreeable for man. So, Cant. 6. Vinum ambulance in rectitudinibus, id est, conveniens homini: Wine going upright, that is agreeable to man.
This Wine which they drank when it was not mixed, it as called Chamrachaija, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , vinū vivum, quick wine: when it was mixed, it was called Chamre marta vinum dilutum, settled wine: When it was mixed with spices, it was Misah, mistum, mixed.
They used to cool their wine with snow out of Libanus.
As the cold of snow in the time of harvest.
They had their taster, who tasted their Wine, the Greeks called him 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the taster; and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the chief of the feast: in the Arabic, he is called Caput discubitus, principal for the sitting: and the Latins called them, Modiperatores, who set down laws for their drinking: the Hebrews say, Vinum est domini sed bonit as est pincernae, the wine is the masters, but eh goodness the drawers.
Their common suppers were of herbs.
This Plantus called Caenam terrestrem, an earthly super.
They were not gerat eaters of flesh: therefore he was counted a g • utton amongst them, who eat tarthemar canis, a pound of flesh: and drank logum vini, a quart of wine; the Laines called this common fare; mensa necessaria, a necessary board: The Fathers before the flood, lived upon herbs, but after, they will have garlic, leekes, fish, cucumbers: nature is content with little, but grace with less.
They had put two meals in the day, their dinner and their supper: their dinner was short, but their supper continued longer time, and then they made their greatest cheer.
Hence is is called a supper, and a great supper in the Scripture. The Greeks exceeded more: first, they had their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or break-fast. 2. their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or dinner. 3. they had their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , or beauer. 4. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , their supper. 5. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , their dimissorie supper.
PARAG. XII. Diatriba 1.
Of the form of their Tables:
THeir tables were round, like to the form of an half Moon.
Cant. 1. 12. In discubitu suo circulari, at his round table. So, Thy children shall be like Olive plants round about thy Table.
They sat in beds round about the table, three in a bed, and sometimes four.
Thou sat gloriously upon a bed, and the table was covered before it.
They had three sorts of beds. 1. their sleeping beds. 2. Their dining beds, in which after meat, they used to rest themselves. 2 Sam. 4. 5. Et ipse cubabat cubitum meridiei, who slept on a bed a noon; the Greeks called them 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , resting beds, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , somnum leuem Eapere to take a soft sleep: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , post cibum sumptum recidere, this we call a nappe: sometimes they call this rest 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a prandio inter quiescere, to rest after dinner, therefore prandium, a dinner, was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , tempus meridianum, the noon time. 3. Their sick beds, called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because their feet hung down when they were carried in those beds.
Their chambers were called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because there were three beds in one house, sometimes, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because four beds were in the house, sometimes 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , seven beds, sometimes 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , twenty beds.
Their beds were likewise called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because they used to sit three in a bed, and sometimes four, as Horat:
That is;
They wash their feet before they entered into their beds, least they should desile them.
The woman stood behind him, and began to wash his feet.
The Hebrews have a saying. Prepara te invesitibule, vt passis ingredi triclinium, prepare thyself in the entry, that thou mayst go into thy bed: and the Greeks had their 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , their feet washers. All the time that they sat in the beds at dinner or supper, they sat bare-footed, and he who rose from, the table, called for his shoes, Et soleas poscit, he asked his sandels.
After they had washed their feet, they used to anoint them. Luk. 7. 46. this was physical for the stopping of the pores which were open then.
When they did sit at meat, he who was best beloved, leaned in the bosom of the master of the seast.
John the beloved Disciple, who leaned in the bosom of Christ.
From this custom, is that speech borrowed, to be in Abraham's bosom, to signify the familiarity and society which the Saints of God, shall have with the Father of the faithful in heaven: as also to signify the unity essence, betwixt the Father and the Son. The Apostle saith▪ He came out of the bosom of the Father.
This kind of sitting, is called by the Chaldee Paraphrast, Hashibboth, shemol, discubitus sinister, because they leaned upon their left elbow: then their right arm was under their beloueds neck, when they did not eat: but when they leaned upon their right elbow, it was called discubitus dexter, the leaning on the right elbow: then their left arm was under their beloueds neck.
At the first, they sat straight up at meat as we do, Gen. 27. 19. but in Solomon's days, and Amos time, they aly in beds: Homer describes the Greeks sitting, and not leaning at their banquets.
Mark the difference betwixt these three. Portari in sinu, recumbere in sinu, cubare in sinu. To be borne in the bosom, to elane in the bosom, to lie in the bosom. Portari in sinu is of INfants, Numb. 11. 12. Can I carry all these as Infants in my bosom. Cubare in sinu, est vxoris, Mich. 7. 5. Form her that lies in thy bosom. Recumbere in sinu, est dilecti, John 13. The beloved Disciple, who leaned in the bosom of Christ.
When they sat at meat, their feet lay out behind them.
When Christ was at Table, Marie stood at his feet: because his feet lay out when he sat at Table.
PARAG. XIII.
Of their Apparel.
THe fashion of their apparel changed as necessatie urged.
When they were in Egypt their clothes were long, reaching to their feet: therefore when they went out of Egypt, they were bidden, Gird up your loins.
When they travailed in the wilderness, their clothes reached to their mid-leg: therefore the Priests when they went up upon the Altar, they are bid put linen breeches upon them, least their nakedness should be seen, because then their clothes were short, fit for their travelling in the wilderness. The Greeks called this short coat fit for travelling 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 vittoria verst is, clothes meet for going.
When they came to Canaan, their clothes reached to their feet again. Revel. 1. 13. I saw him with 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , clothes reaching to his feet: Such were the Persians stateliest garments. Esther 6. 10. Festina, cape 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , take thy mantle, id est, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , dependens ad pedes, Thy mantle hanging down to thy feet.
God instituted apparel for necessity, to cover nakedness. 2. for commodity, short, or long, to further them, in their journey. 3. to distinguish sexes. A man must not put upon him woman's apparel. 4. to distinguish callings, as the noble from the baser: but the devil hath found out a fifth sort, to be an enticement to filthiness and uncleanness. Prov. 7. 10. And she came forth in a whores apparel. There is some sort of apparel, which becomes not any honest woman, therefore the Heathen had, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 mulierum inspectores, qui mulierum cultui praeerant, the beholders of women, that were over-seers of women's arrayment.
Their clothes had a wide bosom.
It shall be rendered into thy bosom abundantly.
They had divers sorts of apparel.
He who hath two coats, let him part with him that hath none.
At the first, man had but one coat, but afterward they used two: their upper coat, and their inward: their upper coat the Hebrews called Megnil, superior, the upper coat, the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a cloak, and the Latins, toga vel pallium, a gown or a cloak, the inward they called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 or tunica, a coat, Christ had these two sorts of coats, his inward coat was woven; upon which the soldiers cast the lots: and his upper coat was made of four parts, which the soldiers parted.
The colors of their clothes were diverse.
The clothes of the nobler sort were white. Eccles. 10. 17. Let thy clothes be white. I am. 2. 2. Therefore Church-men were forbidden to wear white, as fit only for the nobles: for this cause it was, that the nobles were called Chorim, candidi, white: and the Greeks from them 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Noble, and the Dutch Her, Lord: these clothes they used to scour often: hence, so often ye shall read, mention made of the Fullers in the Scripture: Whiter then the Fulelr could make.
Mark the sparingnesse of the ancient Nobility, who used to show the self-same clothes often, and to wear them: but now every day they must change a suit. Luke 16. 19. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , frequentativum, whereby is signified the pride of the rich glutton, who was daily richly appareled.
Sometimes they wore scarlet: and sometimes purple.
The Kings children were clothed in coats of divers colors.
The Babylonians exceeded in pride: they wore garments of divers colors, who were not the Kings children. Joshua 7. 21. Addreth Siner, a Babylonish garment, the 70. translates it a garment of divers colors. So, they of Tyre commonly wore Crowns, which belongs only to Kings.
The baser sort of clothes were soyled black.
Non stabit cum obscuris: He shall not stand with the base.
The Prophets wore a hairy Gowne.
For this, Elias is called a hairy man: and John the Baptist following him, was clothed in Camels hair.
The false Prophets, when they would deceive the people, put vponthe a hairy gown. Zach. 13. And Christ bids, beware of those, who come clothed in sheep skins, but inwardly they are ravening Woules.
They had broad girdles, in which they carried their money, called Zona. Hence perdere Zonam, amongst the Latins, is to loose credit, as Solvere Zonam, was, to loose their chastity, Quia nuptiarum die solvebatur Zona: because the day of marriage, their girdles was loosed.
PARAG. XIIII.
Of their Wars.
THey had God's commandment or approbation for their wars.
They had two sorts of wars, Milchamoth mitzba, bella praecepti, Wars by command, God out of his own mouth, commanded to make war against them. Their other wars were Milchamoth charasoth, bella spontanea, voluntary wars, they had an approbation of God to these wars, when they had just cause: as for defense, of correction, for recovery; not for cruelty, or desire of revenge. Last, when they used moderation in their victories. The Israelites were too cruel against the Benjamites, Excessit medicina modum, the Physic exceeded measure.
Before they were to besiege any city, they were to offer them conditions of peace.
This was to be understood, as well of the seven Nations, as of other people: none of the Nations took peace with Israel, but the Chiuaeans, and the Gibeonites: the rest were all slain, because the Lord hardened their hearts, else they had received the conditions of peace.
What was the reason then, why the Gibeonites by [Quest.] craft sought peace, feigning themselves to be people come from a far country? Maimonides answers, that the Gibeonites at first refused the conditions of peace with the rest; therefore the Israelites concluded, according to God's direction to root them out: they venderstanding that this sentence was given out against them, sought by craft now to enter in league with the people of God.
The seven nations, if they refused peace; men, wife, and children were to be destroyed, but other nations who refused, the males only were to be killed. When they went ot war, they had Meshiah milchamah, vnctum belli, who stirred up the soldiers to courage. Deut. 20.
The soldiers were armed, when they went to war. They had a borad girdle, wherewith they girded their upper and nether armor, and it was a great safeguard to the soldiers: therefore Job 39. 3. saith, Gird up thy loins like a man: speaking to Job as a soldier: the Apostle alludes to this, calling it the girdle of virtue. n Amongst the Macedonians, they who had not killed an enemy, were not girded with a soldiers girdle, but in disgrace with an halter, and they were called discincti.
Their arrows were dipped in the poison of Serpents, which burnt the flesh of those in whom they were shot: the Apostle alludes to this; The fiery darts of the wicked: because they burn those whom he shoots them at, as fire. Their arrows were of reeds, frange turbam arundineam. So, the Latins per que ilia venit arundo: The dart came thorough my entrails.
They had a short sword or cutlesse, called Segur, acinacis. Psal. 35. 3. Bring forth the spear. Vesegar, the sword: it should not be translated, and stop up the way.
When they fought, they fought sometimes on horseback, the Greeks called him Monippos. Pro. 6. Poverty comes like an armed man, vir clipei. So they called their horse-men, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , who were sent armed with a target and a separe, swifter then a footman: these the Latins called Veredarius.
Sometimes they fought in Chariots. 1 King. 20. 14. Quis nectet currus ad bellum▪ who shall order the battle. So, Ierem. 46. 4. Exod. 14. 6. These chariots were called by the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , because it held two; the wagoner auriga; and him who fought, called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
PARAG. XIIII. Diatriba I.
Of the form of their Campe.
THey had two sorts of Incamping.
They had one for their civil wars, another when they pitched about the Ark.
When they pitched their civil campe, their campe was round. Isaiah 23. Sedet Rex in pilata acie, the King sits in this round campe. So, Job 15. 24. And they set their baggage round about the campe, to save them from the incursion of the enemy, and the King sat in the midst. 1 Sam. 17. 20. because the cample was round, therefore it was called Pilata acies.
When they pitched about the Ark, their campe was four square: three tribes before, three tirbes behind, three upon the South, and three upon the North.
John in the Revel. 21. 12. makes an allusion to sundry things in the tabernacle, and the tents about it: first, it was called the Lord's campe, so is Jerusalem. 2. it was four square, so is the City of God. 3. there are three tribes upon every quarter, so Jerusalem hath three gates upon the East, West, South, and North. 4. as betwixt the sanctuary and the tribes, there came four companies, Moses and Aaron, and the Priests upon the East, the Cohathites upon the South, the Gershonites upon the West, and the Merarites upon the North, to watch the holy place. So betwixt God's throne, and the 24. elders compassing it, there were four living creatures full of eyes. Revel. 9. 6. 10. Last, as no unclean thing might come within the campe. Numb. 12. 3. nor within the Temple, therefore the gates of it are called the gates of justice. So no unclean thing may enter within the campe of God. Revel. 21.
God was a special protector of them in their marching.
Isaiah 51. 11. I will go before you, and gather you in This is a speech borrowed from God's saving of them, when they marched. When they marched, the cloud went before them, and Dan called the gathering Host, came behind, to save the weak, and the tail of the Host: God is that good shepherd, who will loosE none of his sheep.
Stir up thy strength before Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh: when the Ark marched, Benjamin was behind the Ark with these two tribes; the Ark was called the strength of God. 2 Chron. 6. 41. he means then, that God would show his strength when the Ark removed.
So long as Moses lived, the cloud went before in the wilderness, and two of the tribes went before the Ark; but when Moses was dead, the cloud vanished, and Joshua got the conducting of the people, and the Ark went before them into Canaan.
When Moses and the cloud of the ceremonies evanished, [Doct.] then Jesus takes the leading, who is our Ark, and brings his people to Canaan.
They used stratagems in their war.
Gideon used pitchers with lamps in them. Judge. 7. 16.
2 Cor. 4. 7. The Apostle seems to allude to this place, where he saith, We have this treasure (or light) in earthen vessels.
PARAG. XIIII. Diatriba 2.
Of their Colours or Ensigns.
THey carried in their Colours, some significative sign.
Judah carried a Lyon in his Standard, Ephraim an Ox, Dan a Serpent, Nepthalim an Hind, & thery say, Reuben carried the picture of a Man, because he found out the Mandrakes (which Columella calls semi-hominem) which are not unlike to a man. These were to represent Jacob's blessings to this children.
So the Angels, Ezech. 1. appear witht he face of a Man, of a Lyon, of an Eagle, and of an Ox: they appear in the likeness of a man, because of all visible creatures, he is the most courageous; in the likeness of an Eagle, because he is most swift; in the likeness of an Ox, propher obsequium, for obedience, because he is most obedient.
An Angel then, is a most understanding, strong, swift, and obedient creature, pitching about the Saints to defend them.
In the Host of Israel, one carries the likeness of a man, another of a lyon, another of an ox, another of a serpent, another of an asse, another of a wolf: here are some excellent creatures, as the man, and the Lyon; but some are bad, as the Serpent, Ass, Wolf. The Angels carry in their colors only, the most excellent creatures, but Dauiel when he describes the colors of the persecutors of the Church, the beasts there, are more fierce and cruel; one like a Bear having three ribebs in his mouth between his teeth: another like a Leopard, which had four heads: another fearful and terrible, which had great iron teeth, unlike unto the Beasts before.
The visible Church is a midst betwixt the triumphant, [Doctrine.] and the wicked world persecuting the Church, they are neither the best nor the worst, but a middle sort betwixt the two.
The Assyrians gave in their colors a Dove.
Ierem. 50. 16. Fly from the face of the Dove; that is, from the Assyrians.
The Syrians feigned, that Semiramis, the daughter of Belochus, was hatched of an egg, and nourished by the Doves; therefore she proving a worthy Princesse. They gave the Dove in their colors, and they called the Dove Semiramis: her proper name was first Atossa, then she was called Semiramis.
When the Scriptures make mention of these Poetical fictions, it allows not the fable, but speaks of it as of a thing received among the Heathen.
The Poets fain, when Neptunes son was cutting vine-branches, that Venus came and took his Axe from him; and hanging it up upon one of the branches of the vine-tree, it fell from the vine-branch, and killed Neptunes son; upon this, there fell out a great strife, betwixt Venus & Neptune. They went to Athens to Mars, there to be judged: Mars sitting upon a Rock judged them.
Therefore it was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Mars, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a Rock. Acts 17. 19. When the Apostle makes mention of this street, he justifies not this fable, but speaks of the name received in use. So Dorceta changed into a fish, the Syrians worshipped her as a God, & the Philistines their Dagon: here the scripture approves not the fable. So concerning the Pythonisse, the Scripture approves not the fable, that Apollo killed the Serpent, and therefore he was called Pythius. So Castor and Pollux, Orion, and Tartarus.
The Romans had in their Banners, an Eagle, a [Doctrine.] Woolfe, a Minotaur, a Horse, and a Boar; but Gaius Marius rejected them all, but the Eagle; and constantine the Great, caused to put in his colors the sign of the Cross, or rather the two first letters of Christ's name, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
The Israelites trusting too much to the Ark, the Troians to their Palladium, the Asiatickes to their Pessinuntium, The Romans to theri Ancilia, and the Christians to the Cross, were often over-thrown.
The Jews carried this Motto or Diton in their Arms, Mi camoha Iehovaben Elohim, qyis ficut tu inter Deos, who is like thee amongst the God's; and they writ it, per notoricon, or abbreviation, the first letter of every word only, which they called mackbe, and afterward macabe.
PARAG. XV.
Of their Burialls.
IN their Burials they used sundry ceremonies of comeliness.
1. They shut the eyes, and the mouth of the dead. 2. they stopped the nostrils, and all he passages, out of the which there came any excrements. 3. they embalmed the bodies of the nobler sort. 4. they winded them in some clothe of linen; but expressly forbad to wind them in silk. 5. they cover their face with a Napkn.
1. Cor. 15. The body is sown a natural body: therefore [Doct.] they stop the passages of breath, and the nostrils, then they remember that saying of Isaiah, Cease from man, whose breath is in his nostrils.
2. It is sown a weak body: therefore the uncircumcised, (who bury their armor with them in the grave. Ezech. 32. 27. as though they would carry their strength to the grave wth them) did foolishly, for there is no more strength in the body.
3. It is sown a corruptible body: therefore they stop all the passages out of the which corruption comes:
Against this corruption, they used embalming, to strengthen themselves in hope of the resurrection; the Hebrews call this Channat, and the Greeks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : it differed from the putting of the corps in the grave; for it was a preparative to it, and great men who wanted it, were said to be unburied. This was called the burial of an Ass, to be put into the ground without any honor. Ierem. 22. 19. So Jehoiakim was buried.
Mark the difference betwixt condere and condire, the Greeks called condire, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , properly of great men.
The Heathen had their Novendinalia, when the corps lay above the ground the space of nine days: 2. where the body was embalmed, it was called fumus. 3. where it was burnt, it was called Vstrina. 4. when it was buried, it was calloed humatum. 5. the place where it was buried, was called sepulchrum, or tymbus.
The Egyptians spent forty days in emblaming Joseph, and thirty days in mourning, which being joined together make up seaventie days: private persons, they lamented them but 7. days, Syracides 22. 23. but public persons they lamented them thirty days. Deut. 34. 8. they lamented Moses thirty days.
The burnt sweet odors at the burial of great men.
The clearer the Doctrine of the Resurrection is, the [Doctrine.] fewer of these ceremonies should be used in burial; they only washed the body of Tabitha, and laid it in an upper Chamber, and the Apostle seems to allude to this sort of washing, when he says, What shall they do then, who are baptized for the dead.
4. The body is sown a shameful body, therefore they ordain that it shall be covered with linen only, that the poorer sort may reach to it; and not in silk: Christ was buried in linen only.
They cover the face with a Napkin, as ye may see in Christ and Lazarus.
Man after his fall, his body was covered, but because [Doctrine.] there remained some sparkles of the image of God in his face, the face is vncovered: but after death they cover the face also; to let us see then, that all the glory is gone. Cyrus ordained, that after death no man should be suffered to see his naked body.
Sometimes in great plagues they burnt the flesh, and buried the bones, Amos 6. 10. See, 2 Sam. the last.
PARAG. XV. Diatriba 1.
The place of their Burialls.
THey buried them without the Cities.
The widow of Naim her son, was carried out of the City to be buried. So the Levites buried without all their fields; and the possessed remained always amongst the tombs.
The faithful were buried by themselves.
Hence came this phrase to be gathered to theri Fathers.
Therefore Kiriah-arbang, was called the City of four, because four were buried there, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Joseph.
Psal 26. 9. Gather me not with the wicked; as the bodies of the faithful were laid togethber, so are their souls gathered together, this is called ligatura viventium, the bond of the living: The soul of my Lord shall be knit in the bundle of life. 1. Sam. 25. But the soul of my Lord's enemies shall be in a sling: the first ios called, apotheca viventium, the chest of the living: the other is a sling in the which the souls of the wicked never take rest, but are tossed about continually, whereas the souls of the fiathful rest under the throne of God.
This was the chief reason why the rich men in Rome, refused legem agrariam, the parting of Lands, because they thought it a godless thing, that the Monuments of their forefathers should be sold to others. and those who sold their lands amongst them, reserved always this privilege, that they might have place to be buried with their fathers, and although they sold their inheritances, yet they sold never their place of burial. The Greeks called those who were not buried with their fathers, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , out-buriied.
They wrote upon their burial, this Diton: Sit anima eius in fasciculo vitae, cum caeter is iustis, Amen, Amen, Selah. Let his life, be in the bundle of life, with the rest of the just, So be it, so be it, I wish.
Their strangers they buried apart by themselves, in the common field.
Acts 1. 18. This man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity.
They might not make a league offensive and defensive with the Heathen: secondly, they might not marry with them: thirdly, they might not bury with them, as hoping for a better Resurrection: they waited for techaija, the rising to life, the wicked only for tekuma, a simple rising; they for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a life again, the wicked only for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , a up-standing. the Syriac calls the resurrection nuchamah, dies consolationis, the day of consolation.
After they buried the corps, they spake something of the justice of God, and of man's sin which merits death, and they prayed God in justice, to remember mercy: then they gave a cup of consolatio to the said hearted.
They used in their Burials to have mourning women, Amos 5. 16. Peritos lamenti Siticines, skillful in mourning, Quid apud Sitos, (id est, sepulchro conditos,) canere solebant, that used to sing beside the tombs: they were called Praeficae, also.
They used in the Burial of children, to play upon small Whistles, but in the Burial of Elders of age, to sound Trumpets.
That is;
Iubet inquiit religio, vt maioribus mortuis tuba, mineribus tibi canceretur; that is, Religion commands, our elders being dead, that we should blow a Trumpet, but when the younger are dead, only a Whistle.
Hence, MAtth. 9. 23. When Jairus hsi little daughter was dead, Christ thrust out the Mistrels which played at her death.
PARAG. XV. Diatriba 3.
How they called the place of Burial.
THey called their Burial, for the indurance of it, Domus feculi sui, Ecclesiastes 12. 5.
The body is Domus pernoctationis, a lodging house: the [ 1] grave is, domus sEculi, the house of age, because we rest long in it: the heaven is, Domus aeternitatis, the house of eternity. Therefore the Egyptians built their graves very stately, and sumptuously: they called them domus aeternas, eternal houses: their houses they built them but slightly, and were called divorsoria, Inns.
Psal. 146. 4. They call the grave, man's own earth. [ 2]
He hath little right to anything which he hath here, because he is but a stranger. Judas went to his own place. Acts 1. 25. Hell is a proper place of the wiicked, as the Heaven is the proper place of the children of God.
thirdly, they call it, Beth Chaijm, Domus viventium the [ 3] house of the living, because they are living to the Lord there, and their bodies are resting in their chambers. Therefore the Germans call he Church-yard Godsacker, because the bodies are sown there, to be raised again.
Thus far have we spoken concerning the five principal externallmeanes to come by the sense of the Scripture.
THE SECOND BOOKE.
CAP. I.
Of the Sense of the Scriptures.
HAving now attained the means to come by the Sense of the Scripture: We come of the Sense of the Scripture it self, which is either simple or compound.
Compound, is not taken here to make two Senses out of one scripture (for that were contradictory:) but only it shows the divers ways how theseverall parts of a Scriptue have been fulfilled, either literally or figuratively.
Some hold, that in a simple speech there cannot be two senses: but these distinguish only betwixt the signification of the words, and the signification of the matter.
A Simple sense, is that sense, which agrees to one only, and hath but one part (to wit, the literal sense) to make up one sense.
Thou wilt not leave my soul in grave; neither suffer thy [ 1] holy one to see corruption: this Scripture hath but one simple sense, for it agrees only to Christ, and no ways to David.
I will establish his Throne forever: this can no ways [ 2] be applied to David or Solomon, therefore it is a simple sense.
Sacrifices and Oblations thou wouldst not have: this no [ 3] ways can agree to David; for he was bound to sacrifice; therefore only to Christ.
A compound sense, is that whereof there are two parts, literal and figurative, to make up one sense, which is fulfilled two manner of ways, Historice and Prophetice in the type, and literally in the thing signified.
I called my Son out of Egypt: this Scripture is true [ 1] both of the Jews and Christ, and it was fulfilled literally in them both.
Here am I, and the Children whom thou hast given me: [ 2] in the Hebrews it is applied to Christ & his Children; but first to Isaiah and his Scholars.
A bone of it shall not be broken: it was literally fulfilled [ 3] in the Paschal Lamb, and also in Christ.
Sometimes the compound sense is typically fulfiled in the Type; and literally in the thing signified.
They cast lots upon my garments: it was literally fulfilled [ 1] in Christ; but typically in David, (that is) they parted his honor and dignity, as if they were casting lots upon them.
They gave me gall in my drink: it was literally fulfilled [ 2] in Christ; but figuratively in David: (that is) they vexed him, as if they had put gall in his drink.
Sometimes it is literally fulfilled in the Type, and figuratively in the thing signified.
Thou wilt bruise them with a Scepter of Iron: it was figuratively fulfilled by Christ, and literally by David, who bruised the Ammonites with flailes of Iron.
Sometimes it is figuratively fulfilled in both.
He who eats bread with me, lifts his heel against me: this is meant of Achitophel and Judas.
A sense again, is either Historical or Allegorical.
An Historical sense, is that sense which the words afford, either proper of figurative.
It is a dangerous thing, when the words are properly to be taken, for to take them figuratiueily, or contra.
Behold Eltas shall first come. The Jews expound the [ 1] words properly of Elias Tisbites, when the Prophet meant them figuratively of John, who came with the gifts of Elias.
Beware of the Leaven of the Pharisees: The Disciples [ 2] took it properly, when Christ meant figuratively of their Doctrine.
Unless a man be borne again, he cannot enter into the [ 3] Kingdom of God: that which Christ meant figuratively of Regeneration, Nicodemus takes it literally.
Unless a man be baptized with fire and the holy Ghost, [ 4] he cannot enter into the Kingdom of God: that which John means figuratively, the Abyssent take literally; when they Baptize their children, they pour water upon them, and mark them with an hot Iron, as we do out Lambs.
Some have gelded themselves for the Kingdom of God: [ 5] which words Origen taking literally, gelded himself: whereas he expounded almost all the rest of the Scriptures figuratively.
This is my body: The Papists take the words literally, when they should be figuratively taken.
The literal sense is then to be left, when it is contrary to modesty, piety, or good manners.
Contrary to modesty. Isaiah is bidden go naked; these [ 1] words we cannot expound them literally, because it were contrary to modesty for him to go naked; then he went naked, that is, he wanted his Prophetical garment: So Saul was naked, (that is) he wanted his Military coat; so the young man fled naked, (that is) wanting his upper garment. Isaiah was but naked in this sense.
Contrary to Piety. To cut off the right hand, and pull out [ 2] the right eye: these words cannot be expounded literally; because it is forbidden in the sixth Commandment.
If thy enemy thirst, give him drink: these words are literally to be epxounded; because this duty is commanded in the sixth Commandment: but heap coals upon his head, we cannot expound these words literally; for that were contrary to the sixth Commandment.
Contrary to good manners. When the Prophet Ezekiel [ 3] was commanded to eat his Bread bakt with man's dung: this literally was not fulfilled, because it was contrary to good manners, but only in vision.
So when the Prophet Hosea is bidden marry a whore, this was only in vision, and not literally; for it had been contrary to piety, and his calling.
An Allegorical sense is that sense which the words mean not at the first; but that which the Author intends either in words or matter.
It differs from a Parable, a History, an Example, an Apologue, a Proverb, and a Riddle.
In an Allegory we consider both the literal sense, and the mystical; but in a Parable there is but one sense signifying some other thing.
God hath so tempered the Scriptures, that he hath not only expressed his will in words, but also in matter, in types, and figures.
There is an Allegory in words, and an Allegory in matter; in words, Metaphors; in matter, Types; in Figures, the Antecedent signifies the thing consequent; and the literal sense, is fulfilled before the mystical sense.
It differs from an History, for an History is the commemoration of a thing already done, and in it we consider only, Quid in facto dicitur, What is to be done.
It differs from an Example, for an Example is a part of a History, setting out one thing by similitude of another, taken only from reasonable Creatures, 1 Cor. 10. These are examples to us.
It differs from an Apologue: because in it, examples are feigned: to which we ascribe the actions of men, to brute beasts,l or things without life: as, the Trees of the field went out to choose a King; The Cedar of Lebanon married with the Thistle of Lebanon: and something is drawn out of this, which we make use of, and it is called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . In this we consider not, Quid in facto dicitur, sed quid in sensu, What is said to be done, but what in sense.
It differs from a Proverb: for a Proverb is a short saying much in use, somewhat obscure, for the most part expressing by Metaphoricall words something unto us, and alluding to something, not distinctly expressed.
It differs from a Riddle, which is an obscure Allegory, as, Out of the eater came meat.
Whether is the historical sense, or the spiritual [Quest.] sense more noble?
The spiritual sense is more noble, as in this, Thou [Answ.] shalt not muzzle the mouth of the Ox which treadeth out the Corn. The Apostle gives a more noble sense, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the Minister who labors in the Gospel. When Jonathan shot two arrows, and said to his Boy, Bring these two arrows, he meant two things, Propius & remotius, propius was the taking up of the arrows, remotius was the flight or abiding of David: propius was the baser sense; but David's flight was the nobler sense.
The mystical sense of the Scriptures, is Allegorical, Tropologicall, or Anagogical.
These are not properly divers senses, but diverse applications of one sense to our instruction, faith, and manners.
The Allegorical application is, when the things in the Old Testament, shadow out some things in the estate of the New Testament; as, Abraham's two sons, the one by a handmaid, the other by a free-woman, which (Paul saith) signify the two Couenants, the Law and the Gospel.
The Tropologicall, is, when the thing delivered, signifies some other thing to express manners; as, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the Ox, (that is) thou shalt not defraud the Preacher of his maintenance.
The Anagogical application, is, when thins literally expressed, do signify something in heavens bliss.
God swore in his wrath, that they should not enter into his rest: but Heb. 4. the Apostle concludes from this, That unbelievers shall not enter into the eternal rest.
Ipse conteret caput Serpentis, that is, 1. the seed (Christ) shall tread the head of the Serpent: this is the literal sense. 2. The Church shall tread down the head of the Serpent; this is the Anagogicke sense; Chrysostom and Ambrose follow this: 3. Reason shall tread down Appetite: this is the Allegorical sense; Augustine and Lyra follow this. 4. The Virgin Mary shall tread down the head of the Serpent: this is the blasphemous sense, Bernard and sundry of the Papists follow this. Beware to fall from the literal sense to the Allegorical, and the Anagogical sense, least thou fall at last to the blasphemous sense.
Every Scripture cannot have these divers applications: Non ex legenis voluntate, sed ex scribentis authoritate intelligenda est Scriptura, The Scripture is not to be understood, according to the will of the Reader; but according to the authority of the Writer, and they should not be sought out, but where they Spirit of God hath applied them.
Philo-Judaeus was a great affecter of these Allegories; as Paradise he expounded to be the Soul, Man to be the Mind, the Woman to be the Sense, the Serpent to be Delight, the Tree of knowledge of good and evil, to be Wisdom, the rest of the Trees to be the virtues of the mind.
Ther Fathers have been too great follows of this Allegorical exposition, making the Scriptures like materiam primam, (as we call it in the Schools) capable of all fromes, or like unto that 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , which Anaxagoras dreamed of, making quidlibet ex quolibet.
The Jews divide the interpretation of the Scriptures three manner of ways.
Gnal derech happoresh, per viam lectionis, by reading, they call this the Grammatical or literal sense, those who followed this were called Carraim, lectores, Lectionarii, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Readers; so they were called, Bagnale pesukim, domini versuum, the masters of verses, the Interpretation they compared to a Candle, by the light of which a man may find a shinning pearl, but the mystical sense, they called it, the shinning Pearl.
You have heard of old. Christ alludes here to their forms of teaching: First, they had 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , auditionem, when they heard the Law read and literally expounded unto them: Secondly, they had Agadta, extensionem, the Interpretation of the thing they heard when they gave the mystical sense, Allegorical or Anagogical. Christ would say, in none of these expositions have they taught you the right meaning of the Commandments.
Gn • l derech hamidresh: per viam interpretationis, by [ 2] interpretation, this was not according to the literal sense; but according to the hid and Allegorical: and because the Pythagoricke and Platonicke Philosophy was mystical and symbolical, they began to follow this kind of teaching. The Pharisees (teaching traditions) followed this Allegorical kind of teaching, and they were called tannaim, and their traditions 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . [ 3] The Sadducees followed the literal sense throughout Moses Law.
The third way of Interpretation, was Gnal derech Hacabala, per viam cabalae, by obscure writing: and they were called Mecabbalim, who received the traditions from their Fathers, and delivered them by tongue to their posterity, this sense was like the Anagogical sense.
CAP. II.
Of the manner how to observe Doctrine out of the Scriptures.
IN a Speech we consider first the verity or falsehood of it: secondly, the propriety of it: thirdly, the spiritualitie of it.
The verity and falsehood are tried by affirmation and negation, which are the two Cardines of Poles (as the Jews speak) upon the which all things are turned.
Of the gathering of Doctrine from Affirmations in a Text.
WHen the Scriptures affirm a thing earnestly, they use a double affirmation.
1 Kings 10. 21. So they say, Amen, Amen; Matthew hath 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , verily, and the other Evangelist 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , indeed, this they did that they might be believed the more, they were so sparing of their Oath.
An affirmation must be distinguished from an Hypotheticall or conditional Proposition.
A conditional Proposition doth not simply affirm; therefore conclusions gathered from it, as it wree, affirmative, hold not: as in this; If he find some uncleanness in her, let him write her a bill of divorcement, and put it in her hand, and send her out of his house: The Jews gathered from this, that it was lawful for them to put away their wives, as if the Lord had commanded it, when the speech is only Hypotheticall.
If he tarry till I come, what is that to you? The Disciples gathered from this, that John should not die till Christ came again.
If Daniel, Noah, and Job were among them: The Papists gather hence, that the Saints departed intercede for the Saints living.
An hypothetical Propositiō presupposes not any verity of the simple Proposition; but considers only the connection, therefore those who reason, If the Miracles which were wrought in thee, had been done in Tryre and Sidon, they had repented logn ago; that there was some inclination in Tyre and Sidon to repentance, are mistaken.
If these hold their peace the stones would speak: It will not follow hence, that there is any inclination in the stones to speak.
An hypothetical Proposition, the truth of falsehood of it, depends upon a simple enunciation, in which it is resolved: therefore those who hold that there is an hypothetical Proposition contingent, which may be either true or false, are deceived.
If a speech be affirmative, the exception is negative; if the speech be negative, the exception is affirmative.
David was a man according to God's heart: but in the Matter of Uriah. Here the speech is affirmative, therefore the exception must be negative, oin the matter of Uriah, he was not a man according to the heart of God.
Christ was like to us in all things, excep sin; therefore in these bands I would ye were not lke unto me.
Of the gathering of Doctrine from Negations in a Text.
THe Negatiues in Scriptures deny not, sometimes, simply, but only in comparison.
Ye shall not be called Jacob, but Isarel; that is, Ye shall be rather called Israel then Jacob.
I will have mercy, and not sacrifice; that is, I will have rather mercy then sacrifice.
Buy wisdom, and not gold, that is, rather wisdom then gold.
When you make a Feast, bid not your Brethren, but the poor; that is, rather the poor then your Brethren.
He sent me not to baptize, but to preach; that is, rather to preach then to baptize.
This teacheth us, that the chief part of a Pastors duty [Doctrine.] is Preaching.
Their Negatiues deny not, sometmes, simpliciter, but only modum.
Hitherto ye have asked nothing in my name; that is, ye have not directly asked in my name: they asked implicit, and indirectly, when they looked to the Ark, and when they sought for his servant David's sake; but they asked not by the name of Jesus Christ explicit.
Those who conclude hence, that the Jews under [Doctrine.] the Law knew not Christ, are deceived.
A man shall not teach his neighbor, but he shall be taught of God: Here it denies not simply, but only the manner (for the Ministry is not taken away here) that is, They shall not teach their neighbor so obscurely, by Ceremonies, Types, and Figures.
Their Proverbiall speeches deny a thing commonly, but not always.
Who planteth a Vineyard, and eats not of the fruit of it? and yet God threatens in his Law, that they shall plant a Vineyard, and not eat of the fruit of it.
The Disciple is not above the master: that is, usually he excels not; yet Daud, Psal. 119. excelled all his teachers. If these Proverbs hold usually, it is sufficient.
Sometime they set down the affirmation of a thing, with the denial of the contrary, to show their earnestness.
Set thy house in order, for thou must die and not live; that [ 1] is, certainly die.
Let Reuben live and not die, that is, certainly live. [ 2]
He who curseth his Father and his Mother, and blesseth [ 3] them not; that is, certainly curseth.
Be not faithless but faithful; that is, certainly faithful. [ 4]
If thou remeber me, and forget me not; that is, if thou [ 5] certainly remember me.
This teacheth us, how earnest Anna hath been in her [Doct.] Prayer, and how earnest the Lord's Prophets have been with his servants.
Some of their Negatiues deny only, according to the conceit and opinion of the hearers.
God is not the God of the dead, but of the living; that is) of such dead, whom the Sadducees thought dead, who should never rise again.
It is not my Doctrine, but his who sent me: )that is) It [ 2] is not mine as ye take me to be a mere man.
I commanded you nothing touching sacrifices: (that is) [ 3] Cum opinione cultus, vt vos putatis, With opinion of worship, as you think. They thought the very sacrificing pleased God.
Sometimes the negative is only understood in such a cause.
There is no iniquity in my hands (that is) touching Saul.
Speak neither good nor bad to him (that is) touching his return to thee.
When the note of denial is put with the Verbe, it denies wholly.
Non est qui facit bonum vsque ad vnum, id est, nullus. [ 1] there is not one that doth good, (that is) none.
Non iustificabitur iin conspectu tuo omnis vivens, id est, [ 2] nullus. All men shall not be justified before thee (that is) none. So Dan. 11. 37.
Non est impossible apud Deum omne verbum idest, nullum: [ 3] Every word is not impossible, (that is) no word.
Nisi abbreuiarentur dies illi, non seruaretur omnis caro, [ 4] id est, nulla: All flesh should not be saved, (that is) no flesh. Therefore Bellarmine (who holds that there is no difference whether the note of denial be set before the Verbe or after) errs. Reading Ei qui operatur, merces imputatur, non secundaum gratiam, sed secundum debitum, to make the better for his purpose, in establishing some merit in man, before righteousness be imputed to him by grace. The true reading, is, Merces non imputatur.
When the Negative is joined with the Particle, then it denies not universally.
Non omnis qui dicit Domine, Domine, intrabit regnum Coelorum: id est, aliquis intrabit, aliquis non: Not everyone that says vntome, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, (that is) Some shall enter, and some shall not enter.
The Negative denies (sometimes) but in comparison.
Ephes. 6. We wrestle not against flesh and blood, (that is) in comparison, Not so much against flesh and blood.
Non sic] non negat modum sed negat simpliciter: this Negation (not so) denies not the manner, but it denies simply.
Ye should not have taken away the prey so: (that is) Ye [ 1] should no ways have parted the prey.
he did not so to any Nation: (that is) He did it not at [ 2] all to any Nation. So MAth. 9. 33. and 18. 14. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 rem ipsam notat, non modum.
When the note of denial is set betwixt the finite and the infinite Verbe, then it certainly denies, Gen. 3. comedendo, non comedatis. So where it is placed before the finite and infinite, Gen. 3. Non comedendo comedetis. So Psalm. 49. Non redimendo rediment fratrem suum. Therefore those who gather, When the negative is place before the finite and infinite, then it denies but doubtfully, seem to be mistaken.
Of a double Negative there will follow a double affirmative; and of a double Affirmative, a double Negative, but not an Affirmative and a negative.
Melchizedek had neither beginning nor end of his days, [ 1] therefore other Priests have both a beginning and an end of their days: but it will not follow Affirmatively, and Negatively: Other Priests have a beginning of their days, but not an end.
The unjust Judge feareth neither God nor Man: the [ 2] Affirmative, The Just Judge fears both God and Man; but it will not follow affirmatively and negatively, The just Judge fears God, but not man.
Some sins are neither remitted in this life, nor in the [ 3] life to come: the affirmative, Some sins are remitted both in this life, and in the life to come: but it will not follow affirmatieuly and negatively, some sins are not pardoned in this life, which are pardoned in the life to come: as the Papists conclude, in Purgatory.
To confirm this, we may use Bellarmine's own comparison: Philip King of Spain, pardons some sins both in Spain nor Brussels; but it will not follow this way, some sins he pardons not in Spain, which he pardons in Brussels.
If a negative be true, the affirmative must be false, & contra, by the rule of contradiction.
thou wilt not leave my soul in grave, or hell, neither suffer they holy One of see corruption. this negative is false of David, for Peter sahyes of him, Acts 2. That he saw corruption; and that his burial was there to this day: then the affirmative must be true of Christ, that he saw no corruption, neither was his soul left in the grave, or hell. Here by the rule of contradiction, is proved that Christ went not down to hell, (contrary to the Papists) for Sheol signifies that same of Christ, that it signified of David, to wit, the grave.
If a speech be Negative, the exception is Affirmative.
No man takes this honor upon him, but he that is called as Aaron was: therefore, he that is called as Aaron was, takes this honor upon him, Mat. 19. 9.
CHAP. III.
Of the gathering of Doctrine from the propriety or manner of speech in the Scripture.
THe propriety and phrase of the speech in Scripture, is a profitable help for to gather Doctrine by.
1. When a speech is spoken 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , borrowing a word from one thing to another. 2. When it speaks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , by way of exceelency. 3. When it speaks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , suppressing something. 4. When it speaks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when in modest terms it utters uncomely things. 5. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , oculariter dictum, when by an holy taunt or mock, it vilifies a thing. 6. When it speaks a thing per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , by a comely sort of speech. 7. When it wtters a thing per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , by representaton of a thing. 8. When it speaks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in passion. 9. When it speaks 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , excessively. 140. Per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , abiectly of a thing.
The Scripture speaks of God, humanitus, borrowing [ 1] from man sundry things.
1. Hand feet, eyes, are attribute to god, per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . 2. Passions, as joy, anger, repentance, per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . 3. it brings him in, sitting in judgment after the manner of man, per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ; as, I saw the Lord sitting upon the throne, and the Angels about him. So Psal. 68. To him that rideth upon the mo?st high heavens.
This teacheth us that we cannot take up God, [Doctrine.] but according to our weak capacity, and by things that we are best acquainted with: for if the Scriptures (because we cannot conceive what our own soul is) express the soul by the members of the body, Every knee in heaven shall bow to the Lord. So the rich Glutton desired Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger, and cool his tongue. Far less can can we conceive of God, unless the Lord speak to us by things which we are most acquainted with.
If it be said, that, this way we may take up a wrong [Object.] conception of God. I Answer.
There is a threefold conception of God. [Answ.]
1. Adaequatus conceptus, when God conceives himself fully, as he is; neither Man nor Angel can this way take him up. 2. Analogicus conceptus, although we cannot conceive him fully, as he is; yet when by way of Analogy, we are led by these outward things, that he is a Spirit, who sees all, by his eyes; that he is a Spirit, who hath all power, by his hands. 3. Falsus conceptus, when the Papists conceive him falsely, painting him like an old man.
The Villages about great Cities, are called the daughters of the Cities: so Jerusalem whcih is from above, is the mother of us all: this is a Metaphoricall speech.
As no Village about Jerusalem, might have claimed [Doct.] this tile, to have been called the Mother of the Towns about; so no particular Church can be called simply the Mother of other Churches. The Jewish Church calls the Gentiles their Sister; We have a little Sister, what shall we do for her? This prerogative belongs only to Jerusalem, which is from above.
The nature of a Metaphor, is to proceed from sensible things to spiritual, and not contrarily.
Therefore shoel, or haides, doth not properly, first signify the estate of the damned; and then of a Metaphor, the grave, s the Paipists hold; but contrarily, first the grave, and then the state of the damned.
The Scripture when it speaks of God, it speaks by way of excellency of him.
High Mountains, it cal & them God's Mountains: so tall Cedars, it calls them God's Cedars: so, Faciam cum ipso so bonitatem Dei, id est maximam: so MosEs was fair to God, that is, very fair: so Nineveh was great to God, that is, very great: so strong to God, that is, very strong: so to express a great thing, they compound it with the name of God, Yah; to increase the signification of it, Ier. 2. 31. Cant. 2. 8. and sometimes with El, 2 Sam. 23. 20. So, to show the vanity of things, they call them after the name of Idols. Job 1. 13.
We come to the knowledge of God three manner of ways. 1. Per viam negationis, Godis not this nor this; Ergo, He is this: we proceed here, as the Carver of an Image doth, when he heweth off from the stone, this and this, to make it this. 2. Per viam causatonis, as when we take him up by his effects. 3. Per viam eminentiae; what excellent thing we see in the creatures, that leads us to take up what excellency is in God.
This teacheth us, when we see any exceelent thing [Doct.] in the creatures, let us not rest there; but elevate our minds to the infinite beauty and greatness that is in God.
Sometimes the Scripture teacheth us by silence altogether, and sometimes by defective speeches not expressing the full sentence.
The holy Ghost, when he passeth by the Parents of Melchizedek, betokeneth great mysteries.
Although God had appointed six Tribes to bless, and six to curse; yet they expre?sse not the blessins.
This was to teach them that they should look to [Doctrine.] him who should come after to bless, and that the curse was by the Law, and not the blessing.
For reverence of God, the Scripture omits sometimes the name of God.
At the right hand of the power: but Luke 22. 63. At the right hand of the power of God.
This should teach us to sanctify the name of God. [Doct.]
Why do the Jews never read the name of God, [Quest.] Jehovah; but Adonai, or Elohim for it?
The reason why the 70. translated it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Lord, and [Answ.] not Jehovah, seems to be this; because it could not be expressed: well in the Greek tongue, for the Greek tongue wants the aspiration 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and •• expresses not •• , as David, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Valerius, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , this made the name Jehovah first to be called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : but it was never the Lord's mind, that it should never be expressed: but it came in through superstition, that they put Adonai or Elohim for it: and they say that Adonai cum cametz semper sanctum, because it borroweth it from Jehovah; but Adoni Dominus meus, and Adonai Domini mei, cum Patach, are semper prophana, and they hold that noen might pronounce this name Jehovah, but the Priest when he was blessing the people in the Temple, and that the Egyptian was stoned to death, because he expressed the name Jehovah, and since the destruction of the Temple, none can tell how to pronounce it, sometimes reading it Iaue, and sometimes Iahaue. They hold that the pronunciation of this name had power to work miracles, and that it was by this name that Christ wrought his miracles.
In their imprecation they express not the curse.
God so do to me and more. Job 1. the Devil expresseth it not; and the Lord himself, If they shall enter into my rest.
This teacheth us, that it is a fearful thing to fall into [Doctr.] the hands of the living God.
The people in the Captituitie seem to have expressed [Object.] the oath? for they say, If we forget thee O Jerusalem, then let out tongue cleave to the roof of our mouth?
This Imprecation was not expressed, when they [Answ.] were scoffingly urged by the Baby lonians to sing; but afterward when the Psalm was penned in remembrance of this mockery: as if they should say; The Babylonians desIred of us songs of mirth when we were in sadness, but we had rather that our right hand had dried up, and our tongue had cleaved to the roof of our mouth, then we had pleasured them in singing.
If I have done this, then let the enemy pursue my life. It [Object.] seems here that David expressed the curse?
Here David expresses not the curse, but defends his [Answ.] innocence, desiring to be freed from his enemies: As if he should say; If I had done these things, then they had had just cause to pursue me; but seeing I am not guilty of any such thing, but rather I may say, I have deserved well at their hands, therefore I desire the Lord that He would free me from them.
For modesty sometimes they suppress a thing.
When thou goest to the field, take a Padle with thee. The scripture suppresses what to do in the field, for modesty, to wit, to ease nature.
This teacheth us that we should be loath to speak of [Doctr.] filthy things, either natural or sinful. The Schoolmen when they speak of the sin of Sodom, they call it mutum peccatum, a dumb sin, not giving it the own name.
When the Scripture expresses filthy actions, either natural of sinful, it expresses them in comely terms.
Ehud was covering his feet: that is, easing nature: for they had long coats which covered their feet when they eased nature. Targum. Ipse feeit necessitatem suam: He was doing his needs.
A vessel in the which there is no delight: thus they call a chamber-pot, or a stool of ease, for modesty.
So Mephihosheth had not made his feet: that is; He had not washed them. So him who had the tunning of the reins, or gonorrhaa, for modesty of speech, they said of him, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , that he suffered some bodily thing.
As they were modest in their speech, so in their practice and doings.
Heshall not leave one to pisse against the wall: that is, He shall not leave a young boy: for such was the modesty of the men when they came to age, that they went aside where they might not be seen; but the little children which were not ashamed stood up against the wall. It is not meant of a dog here. Targum translates it, filium intelligentem, a child of understanding.
When they speak of adultery and sinful uncleanness, they express it also in modest terms.
If he had not plowed with my Heifer: that is; If ye had not lain with Delilah. So the Latins, fundum alinum arat; He tills another man's ground. So by grinding, John 31. 10. Let my wife grind to another. So Gen. 19. 31. And we have none to go in to us after the way of all flesh: via omnis carnis, they call it modestly, lying with a woman.
Stollen waters axe sweet, that is, adultery. They call adultery and filthy lust, water; as Moab, of his fathers water. And the Latins, Abstine ab aqua aliena; Abstain from another man's conduit: and it is call aqua furtiua, stolen water.
And it is to be marked, that such is the purity of this holy tongue, that there is no proper name in it, by the wich the sex is disginguished, as in other languages: as the man's yeard is only called his nakedness, his flesh, his feet, the hair of his feet, that is, of his privy parts: so the woman's is called her fountain, Levie. 15. 19. Marc. 5. 29. and her thigh, Num. 5. 27. and her cistern, Isaiah 51. and her skirts, Nahum. 4.
This teacheth us as we put honor upon our shameful [Doctr.] parts, 1 Cor. so the Spirit of God would have us to put comely terms upon uncomely things,
In speaking of idolatry and spiritual whoredom, the Scripture expresses it in plain terms.
Ezech. 16. Thou spread thy legs under every green tree.
Ezech. 23. Fluxus equorum, fluxus tuus: Thy issue was the issue of an horse.
Ezech. 23. Thou coveted the issue of an Ass.
This teacheth us, that idolatry is such a subtle thing, [Doctr.] that we cannot take it up, as we do bodily whore dome, therefore the Lord expresses it in plain terms, that we may abhor it the more.
When God would vilify sin and sinners, he speaks basely of them, with an holy kind of taunt.
God shall destroy the sons of Sheth: that is, the Moabites, who stood behind Balaam's back (as ye would say) the sons of the buttocks: and the Hebrews say, they were so called, because they were only begotten by the flesh; they were not the children of the promise, as the Israelites: or, the sonens of the buttockes, that is, loathsome excrements, the Lord abhorred them as the very excrements.
They of Eckron called their God Baalzebhah, the God of sacrifice; but God in disdain called him, Baalzebub, the God of flies: and Christ in the New Testament, Baalzebul, the God of dung.
They of Moab called their God, Baalrgonez, the God of thunder; but the Lord in scorn called him, Baalpeor, the God of opening, or of a Cracke: they called their God 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the God of thunder; but the Lord called him 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
This teacheth us, in how great contempt we should [Doctr.] speak of idolatry.
The Mount Olivet was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the hill of spoil: but because idolatry was set up there, the Lord by an holy taunt plays upon the name of it, and calls it 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the hill of corruption. So they played upon the name of Epiphanes, and called him Epimanes, mad-man. So they played upon the name of Sardanapalus, when he became effeminate, and they called him 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
This teaches us that it is lawful sometimes to give a [Doctrine.] quip or taunt to beastly sinners or Idolaters.
Sometimes the Scripture expresses things by their contraries, especially in swearing.
Naboth had blessed God: that is, cursed God.
Bless God and die; that is, curse God. So Ptolomaus Philopater, who killed his Father. This kind of speech differs from Ironia, for the contrary is known in their speeches by the sense; but in Ironia the contrary is known by the gesture.
This teacheth us that we should abhor cursing. [Doctr.]
Sometimes the Scripture speaks in the person of another, when it is meant of him that speaks.
I know a man who was taken up to the third heaven. Paul will not say of himself, that he was taken up to the [ 1] third heaven: but speaks as if another man had been taken up to heaven.
There came a man of God to Eli. Samuel will not say of [ 2] him-self, that he, the man of God, came to Eli: and yet it is holden generally, that it was Samuel who came to Eli.
The Disciple who leaned on the bosom of Christ. John will [ 3] not say, that he himself leaned in the bosom of Christ for modesty.
This teacheth us that of Solomon, Pro. 27. 2. Let another [Doctrine.] man's mouth praise thee and not thine own. When Matthew speaks of the entertainment which he gave to Christ in his own house, mark how sparingly he speaks of it, That he came home and eat bread in Levies house: but when Luke speaks of it, he says; And Levi made a great feast to Christ.
But Moses writes of himself, that he was the meekest [Object.] man in the world?
Moses durst not hold back that commendation, [Answ.] more then he durst in other places not set down his own belmishes; to let them see, that it was not his own particular that moved him here, but the glory of God.
Secondly, the Scripture taxes another man in the person of him that sepaketh.
Pavl in his own person, and in the person of Apollo, finds fault with the schismatical and false Teachers in Corinth.
This teacheth us, that there is great wisdom required [Doctrine.] in reproving.
The Scriptures speak something in passion.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Tu autem loquitor ad nos, Speak thou to us: These are the words of the people speaking to Moses, they put him in the soeminie Gender, speaking in perturbation.
And if 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 thou deal thus with me, kill me I pray thee.
These are the words which Moses speaks to God in the soeminie gender, being troubled in mind.
This teacheth us, that a man in perturbation is not fit to serve God. [Doctrine.]
The Scripture sometimes teacheth us by hyperbolicke and exceeding speeches, either in excess, or in defect.
In excess: If all that Christ had done were written, the world would not contain it. So, The men of Benjamin could hit at an hair.
In defect: I am a worm and not a man.
This teacheth us, that there is a natural infidelity in [Doctrine.] man, to misbeleeue, which makes the Lord to use such excessive speeches.
They speak less, and understand more.
The father of the foolish rejoiceth not: that is, he is very sad. [ 1]
It is not good to accept persons in judgment: that is, it is [ 2] very evil.
He will not bold him guiltless who takes his name in vain: [ 3] that is, he will certainly punish him.
It shall not be remitted in this life, nor in the life to come: [ 4] that is, it shall be certainly punished.
This teacheth us, that we should bridle our affections, [Doctrine.] and moderately utter our passions.
Sometimes the Scripture teachets us 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , by distinction.
It puts a difference betwixt the revelation of God to those who were not prophets, and those who were the Prophets of God. When it speaks of the first sort, it says, And the Lord came to Laban: And the Lord came to Abimelech: And the Lord came to Balaam. But when it speaks of the second sort, it says, The word of the Lord came to them: Thus saith the Lord: The hand of the Lord was upon them.
Hence the Jews gather, that Balaam had lost the gift [Doctrine.] of Prophecy now, and was only a Divinor: (So the Scripture calls him, Ios. 13. And they killed Balaam, the son of Peor, the divinor) and they apply this proverb to him; Camelus, cornua quaerens aures amisit, The Camel seeking bornes, lost her ears: that is, Balaam seeking preferment, lost the gift of Propehcy.
Sometimes the Scripture speaks as the people conceive of a thing, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Gen. 3. The Scripture calls the Angels, Cherubims: because the people were most acquainted with Cherubims in the Tabernacle.
1 King. 10. 18. And SAloman made a throne of teeth. The Scripture calls the horns of the Elephant, teeth; because they seem so to the people, growing out of his mouth, like the tuskes of a Bore; but they are, Cornua resupinata, as Varro calls them, and grow not straight up as the horns of other beasts: they serve the Elephant for the same use that horns do to other beasts. And as the Hart casts his horns every third year; so do they their horns every tenth year, and hide them in the ground: therefore Ezek. 23. they are called Filij egressum, because men tread upon them when they are hidden in the ground; this is the most excellent Ivory.
Mark 1. 32. And the Sun was dipping: beacause to those who dwell about the Sea-side, the Sun seems to dip in the Sea when it goes down; therefore the holy Ghost useth this phrase.
This should teach Preachers to submit themselves to [Doctrine.] the capacity of their hearers, and to speak to them as they can conceive. There is a Proverb in the Talmud, That it is easier of an Elephant to go through a needles eye: Which Christ repeats thus, It is easier for a Camel to go through a needles eye: Why? because the people of God in Iudos, were more acquainted with Camels then Elephants.
Sometimes the Scripture teacheth us, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Psal. 139. 15. How wonderfully hast thou fashioned me below in the •• there parts of the earth? that is, How am I conceived? So 〈◊〉 . 4. Christ is said to come down into the lower parts of the earth: that is, into the womb of the Virgin Mary.
This 〈◊〉 us the great humiliation of the Lord, [Doctrine.] and his examination, how he came down from the place of glory, into dark places, dark as the bowels of the earth.
The Scripture sometimes teacheth us, per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when the Scriptures bring in the Lord sitting upon a throne, as a King: 1 King. I saw the Lord sitting upon a throne.
This teacheth us our great infirmity, that we cannot [Doctrine.] conceive the Lord, but by things that we are acquainted with.
Per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when the Lord i • brought in, speaking to things without life: Hic tam persona, tum res fi • guntur: as in the former, Non persona sed mores. O earth, earth, earth, hear the Word of the Lord.
This teacheth us our great stupidity, that the senseless [Doctr.] creatures will sooner hear then man:
Per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when the Scriptures bring in the dead speaking, as Lazarus, and the rich Glutton.
This teacheth us our great infidelity, that we will not [Doct.] believe the Scriptures of God, but would have some come from the dead to teach us.
Sometimes the Scriptures by a diminutiue word, express great love and affection.
Let me die the death of the little righteous ones.
This • eacheth us how dear to the Lord is the [Doctr.] death of the Saints▪ • n their death he embraceth them • s we do little babes in our arms. Deut. 34. 5. Moses died, Lepi Jehovah, ad • s Iehovae, At the mouth of the Lord. The Ch • ldee Paraphrast paraphraseth it, Ad • sculum • ris Ieh • vae: At a kiss of the mouth of God. So that death to the righteous, is a kiss of the mouth of God.
Sometimes i • speaks disdainfully of athing. And Hezekiah brake that little piece of Brasse, which was that huge brazen Serpent that was set up in the wilderness.
This teacheth us how basely we should think of Idols, [Doctr.] us to call 〈◊〉 , a little piece of w • xe • an idol, a little piece of wood.
CHAP. IIII.
Of the moral instructions gathered from the Moral Law.
GOD taught his people their duties, by Precepts and examples.
By Precepts, which are contained in his Law.
The moral Law hath sundry properties which no other Law hath.
First, it is a royal Law, James 2. 8. because all were [ 1] bound to walk in it. Some Ceremonies of the Ceremonial Law of the Jews, obliged all the Jews at some times; as none might eat leaven at the Passover: some [ 2] of the Ceremonies obliged some of the Jews at all times; as no Nazarite to drink wine: some of the Ceremonies [ 3] obliged all the Jews at all times; as no Jew in no place might eat swine's flesh; but they never obliged the Gentiles.
The iudicall Law only obliged the Jews in Judea; No Levite might have a possession in Israel: yet Acts 4. 36. a Levite of Cyprus sod his possession, and laid it down at the feet of the Apostles: this Levite dwelling in Cyprus, migh have a possession, although not in Judea.
The judicial Law belonged only to the people in Judea, [Doctr.] therefore Carolostadius, who urged the Judicial Law to be observed in all Countries, did as those who would have one shoe to serve all sorts of feet: So the Jews were to blame, who urged the observation of the Ceremonial Law to the Gentiles.
It is spiritual Law, it reaches to the internal sins, as well as to the external.
It condemns not only passions, but propassiones: [ 1] That is, subditos animi motus, sed non diutur nos; sudden motions in the mind, but not continuing. As the Sun shi • ing lets us see the little atoms or moats, which are the leasts things that we can discern: so the bright Law of God lets us see the smallest things to be sin, ever before they come to consent. If a man had smitten out his neighbors tooth, or his eye, the Judicial Law required no more of him but this, that his tooth should • ee smitten out again; but it took not order wi •• the internal hatred of the heart.
This puts a difference between this and all other [Doctr.] Laws. The Ciuilian says, Cogitationis poenam in nostro foro nema luat; Let no man be punished in our Lurie for a cogitation. A man may be a good Citizen, who is not a good man in the Civil Common-wealth: but not so in God's Church, because God's Law requires internal obedience. The quickest of the Pharisees could not conceive that it was sin before it came to consent, and they took it only for the restraint of the outward man, Matth 5. And Josephus seems to be a Pharisee in this point, finding fault with the sentence of Polybius, who said, that Antiochus perished miserably, because he thought to have robbed the Temple of Diana: Josephus denies this, and says, it deserved such a punishment, not because he would have done it, but if he had done it.
This Moral Law is spiritual: it condemns sins in [ 2] act: 1. from, the least to the greatest: 2. the antecedents: and 3. the consequents of sin.
From the least to the greatest. Ye shall not revenge. [ 1] All sort of revenge is here condemned: First, the Pharisees revenge, tooth for tooth, and eye for eye, Math. 5. Secondly, Cain's revenge seven for one, Gen. 4. Thirdly, Lamechs revenge, seventy for one, Gen. 4. Fourthly, Samson's revenge, three thousand for one: Now let me be revenged for one of mine eyes, and he killed three thousand.
The antecedents and consequents of sin. [ 2]
The occasions or antecedents of sin. Jacob must bury the ear-rings, least they make an Idol of them: so the men of Ephesus, when they repented of their forceries, they burnt their Books.
The consequences of sin: Ye shall not revenge, neither [ 3] remember. Here the Lord condemns the dregs and consequents of sin, as well as the sin it self. As he will not have them to revenge, so he will not have them to remember. The Hebrews illustrate this by this example: Reuben sent to borrow of Simeon a hatcher; Simeon refuses him; the next day Simeon sends to borrow of Reuben a sick; if he refuse it, it is vltio; but if he say, loe here it is, I will not do to him, as he did to me, when he refused me his hatchet the last day, it is retentio, although it be not vltio▪ Ier. 3. 5. Servare is put for servare iram.
There is nothing that we keep so well in mind, as [Doctr.] injuries.
The Moral Law is perpetual: the Ceremonial [ 3] Law was kept but only till the time of correction, and lasted but only the time of the infancy of the Jews: but the Moral Law is perpetual.
If the Moral Law be perpetual, how is it that God [Quest.] hath given a dispensation to some to break these commands?
Scotus marks well, that the Law standing in force, it [Answ.] implies a contrandiction to dispense with it: but by dispensation, he understands only the revocation of it for such a time, to such a person.
The Law of Nature (saith he) is taken two manner of ways; strictly, and largely: Strictly, which by necessary and evident consequences are concluded: Largely, which infers not a necessary and evident consequences as the first.
Of the first he gives an Example, the whole is more then the part, therefore a house is more then any part of it: this consequence follows in the strictest signification: so, good is to be embraced, therefore evil is to be shunned.
Of the second he gives this Example, we ought to live peaceably with others in the Common-wealth. Of this principle, it will not follow necessarily, therefore Possessions are to be divided, or not tobe divided: for both may stand, if the Common-wealth were well constitute, and people agreed together. Communitie of goods would not break the peace of the Common-wealth; but because people are much given to self-love, therefore division of goods is a good mean, to make the people live peaceably together.
So (saith he) this conclusion follows necessarily in the strictest signification, God is to be worshipped, therefore, we cannot worship an Idol. But this follows not in the strictest signification, neither hath it intrinsecam connexionem; God is to be loved, therefore man is to be loved: there is only a conformity betwixt these two.
Is it not sin to kill thy neighbor? [Quest.]
Scotus answers, this sin comes by revelation of a new Law by God himself: so the precepts of the second Table are so near unto the first principles, that they are called the Law of Nature in the largest sense; and Reason teacheth all men to keep the same, as nearest unto the first Principles.
Precepts of the first Table cannot be dispensed with, without a stain of his own holiness, for they are the Principles of nature in the strictest sense. God cannot dispense that a man should hate him, sine intrinseca repugnantia; so, that one should worship an Idol.
The Precepts of the second Table, flow not from him necessary, as his justice and holiness; but freely he willes or not willes the same, without any stain of his holiness. God is to be loved, therefore A man may not marry his Brothers wife, this conclusion will not follow necessarily in the strictest signification.
But did not God dispense with the Israelites, when [Quest.] he bad them borrow the Egyptians Jewels? Scotus answers, that there was not a dispensation here from the eight Commandment; but only a revocation to them for that time, and in such a case, they being oppressed so long, and their wages kept from the; the Lord takes these Jewels and gives them for their wages.
But it is said of the Ceremonies, that they shall endure [Object.] forever?
1. There is Proprie aternum, as God. 2. Aeternum ex [Answ.] hypothest; as Adams body had endured forever if he had not fallen. 3. Valere aeternum, as Christ's sacrifice. 4. Typice eternum, as that which was a Type of an eternal thing, Exod. 12. I shall give you Canaan for a possession forever: because it was a Type of the eternal inheritance. 5 Catachrestile aeternum, that which endured long, was said to be eternal, as Exod. 17. Circumcision is said to be a covenant forever, that is, for a long time, till the coming of Christ. The continuance of the Ceremonies, is of this last sore.
After the death of Christ, first, the Church used Ceremonies, non propter se, sed propter aliud, not for themselves, but for author end: as when Paul shaved his head in Cenchrea. He did not shave his head as the Law of the Nazarites required; for he should have gone then to Jerusalem, and there to have shaved his head, and to have cast the hair of his head under the Altar, and burnt it there: but he doth it only here for bearing with the weak Jews, which he could not have done, if the Law had been in vigor. Secondly, they kept these Ceremonies after the death of Christ at Jerusalem, but not at Antioch: Paul finds fault with Peter for Iudazing there. Thirdly, They kept them only among the Jews till the destruction of the Temple, which was the Wardrobe of the Ceremonies. Fourthly, They went never again to the brazen Altar to sacrifice, after the death of Christ, but used only some of these meanor Ceremonies, not for themselves, but for another end.
The Ceremonies were appointed for the Jews until [Doctrine.] the time of correction, and their in fancy: therefore when she is come to maruiritie of age, distinguish not the times aright: Augustine hath a very fit similitude to this purpose; be tells of a diseased youth, who came to that notable Phys • ian Vindecianus, who gave him a medicine fit for his age and cured him: but long after, the man fell into the same discease again, and he applies the same receipt which he had used before in his youth, which had almost killed him: he coming to the Physician said unto him, that he marvelled why be would give him such Physic which would hurt him? The Physician demands of him when he gave him that Receipt? he answers, when he was a youth, and withal shown him that then it cured him, which was now likely to kill him: the Physician replied, that the Physic was not good, because it was not taken at his command, and that which was wholesome to him being a youth, was now deedly to him being of age. So the Ceremonies of the Law were profitable for the Jews being children, (taken it the commandment of God) but now they are deadly, when we are become men in Christ.
[ 4] The moral Law is equitable, it gives every man his own, it requries a further duty also, that the use of our goods should help the poor in their necessity: Prov. 3. 27. With-hold not thy goods from the owner: the poor are called Bagnale tobh, Lord's of thy goods. There is a double right, Ius proprietatis, & ius charitatis, the right of propriety, and the right of charity; ius charitatis, that belongs to the poor, ius proprietatis, belongs to the owner. Iure charitatis, so much as may refresh the poor in his necessity, belongs to him, although the propriety be not his.
The Lord appointed in his Law, that a man when he came into a Vineyard, might eat as many of the Grapes as he pleased, this is ius charitatis; but he might carry none away with him, this is ius proprietatis. So, the Disciples travelling through the fields upon the Sabbath, pull the ears of the Corn when they were hungry, this was ius charitatis, but they put not in their sickle to cut down the Corn, and carry it away, because they had not ius proprietatis of the owner.
[Doctrine.] This condemns those vile niggards, like Nabal, who know no right, but ius proprietatis; so it condemns the Anabaptists, who take away ius proprietatis, and turn all into ius charitatis.
[ 5] All the Laws must be rectified by it; it obliges all people; in all places, at all times; it binds the inward man as well as the outward; it yields not to the infancy of the Church, as the Ceremonial; neither to be broken for necessity; neither yields it to the hardness of the people's hearts, as the Judicial.
God taught his people by temporary Precepts, by personal Precepts, by Precepts of trial, and Precepts of conviction the Moral Law is all Precepts of obedience.
Temporary Precepts, were such Precepts as lasted but for a short time.
When Christ sent his Disciples in their first expedition, he forbis them to take with them a staff, or weapon of defense.
Anabaptists gather hence, that it is not lawful for a [Doctr.] Christian to use any defensive weapon; but they conclude here from a temporary Precept, as if it were moral.
A Personal Precept binds only the person to whom it is directed, Christ says to the young man, Sell all and follow me.
The Papists gather hence, that such as would be perfect, [Doctr.] should take upon them the estate of Poverty, and renounce all: but they conclude here from a personal Precept, as though it were moral.
Precepts of tyrall, are those Precepts which God gave to some, only to try them; but ot which he would have them to perform.
When God bad Abraham offer his sone Isaac in a burnt-offering, it was but a Precept of tyrall, as the event shown; for God would not have him to perform it.
When Christ bad his Disciples give the People meat to eat, it was but a Precept of trial, for he knew well enough that theyhad no meat to give them.
When Solomon called for a sword, to cut the Child in two, it was but a Precept of trial.
If a Magistrate from this should conclude, that it [Doctr.] were lawful for him so to do; then he should take a Precept of trial for a Precept moral, and of obedience.
Precepts of conviction are those Precepts, which the Lord gives to wicked men, to make them the more inexcusable.
God says to Pharaoh; Let the people go: he knew well enough that Pharaoh would not let the people go: why bad he him the let them go? to make Pharaoh the more inexcusable.
Those who gather from this, that there were two [Doctr.] contrary wills in God, to let them go, and not let them go, are mistaken: for the one was a Precept of conviicton.
When God speaks to an unregenerate man, and bids [Quest.] him repent; whether is it a Precept of obedience, a Precept of tyrall, or a Pecept of conviction?
If the man be appointed to salvation, to him it is [Answ.] a Precept of obedience; for at the self-same time when Gold bids him repent, he gives him grace to repent.
When Lazarus was lying dead in the grave, Christ bids him come out, at the self same time he breathes life into him, it was a Precept of obedience to him.
So, when God bids a wicked man repent, and gives him grace to repent, it is a Precept of obedience to him; but to the wicked man who is appointed for destruction, it is a Precept of trial and conviction to him.
CHAP. V.
How the Scriptures teach us by Examples.
AN Argument from Examples doth then necessarily conclude, when we prove one particular by another, by way of similitude, which is common, Toti generi, to the whole kind, under which both are comprehended.
To strengthen the godly in hope of their deliverance out of affliction, Peter sets down first genus, (god will deliver his own, and preseue the wicked to destruction) this he proves, why? because it agrees not only to the wicked Angels, and to the Sodomites, but to all the wicked.
By outward things, good or bad, we cannot know the favor of God: this is genus, (All things befall alike to the just, and the sinner: to the clean, and to the unclean: to him who sacrifiiceth, and him who sacrificeth not: to him who sweareth, and him who feareth the Oath.
The Hebrews give example of these. 1. To the just, and to the sinner: as to the Egyptians and hezechias, for both of them had the Plague. So, David gathered the materials to buld the Temple, and Nebuchadnetzar burnt the Temple; yet hath of them reigned forty years.
2. To the clean, and to the polluted: as to the Spyes and to Moses stood for the defense of the good Land, and the Spyes raised an evil report upon the Land, yet both of them died in the Wilderness.
3. To him who sacrificeth, and him whosacrificeth not: as losias restored the worship of God, and Achap polluted the worship of God; yet both of them died in the battle.
4. To him who swearth, and him who feareth Oath: Sampson was religious in his Oath, Zedekiah borke his Oath; yet both of their eyes were pulled out of their head: here the genus agrees to all.
If the matter be proved by many Examples, and the genus agree not to all; then the conclusion is not good.
No Church-man should marry? why, because Paul, Ahanasius, Jerome, and Ambrose were not married: this genus agrees not to all Church-men; for we can show moe who have been married, as Peter, Philip the Evangelist, Spiridion, Bishop of Cyprus, Gregory Nazianzen, Polycrates, Bishop of Ephesus, who testifies that he was the eight, linally succeeding at Ephesus, one after another.
The Examples of God's mercy and his justice hold ever.
Abraham was justified by faith, Rom. 4. Therefore all the faithful are justified by saith. So in the examples of his justice, Luke 17. 32. Remember Lots wife, 1. Cor. 10. These are Examples for us.
And the Hebrews have a saying, Quod accidit patribus, est signum filijs; The thing that fell out to the Fathers, is a sign to the Sons.
If the Examples be of the most notable men, then they have the greater force to infer the conclusion.
If Noah, Daniel, and Job, would interce • e for this people; yet would I not hear them; why makes he choice of these three? The Hebrews answer, that he makes choice of them, because everyone of them saw three Worlds. Noah saw the first World, the destroyed World, and the renewed World. 〈…〉 himself flourishing, himself in a miserable estate, and all 〈◊〉 from him, and himself rest 〈◊〉 to a flourishing estate again. So Daniel saw the first Temple, the destroyed Temple, and (as they hold) the second Temple.
We are to follow Christ only in his moral and Theological virtues:
Be ye followers of me as I am of Christ.
Christ's works are either, Miraculosa, Admiranda, exemplaria: Marvelous, Wonderful, or Exemplary. Miraculosa, as his fasting forty days, he is not to be followed in this: Admiranda; as when of rich he became poor for us: therefore men should renounce all, and profess voluntary Poverty; he is not to be followed in this. He washed his Disciples feet; we are not bound to follow him in this, because it was admirandum in him. But we should follow him only in exemplaribus, as his meekness, humility, and such.
In following Examples, we must mark four things. 1. How they did it. 2. When they did it. 3. Where they did it. 4. Why they did it.
How they did it. The Apostles healing the sick, laid ointment upon them; therefore the Priest now may give Extreame unction, it follows not; for they consider not what sort of oil this was that they laid upon the sick, and how they cured them: it was miraculous oil, ad sanationem, for healing. The Fathers used it afterward, ad imitationem, for imitation; the Papists, ad viaticum, for a journey. The first was sanctum, the second was non necessarium, the third was profanum.
Elias by extraordinary Calling, called for fire [ 1] from Heaven, and burnt the Captains, therefore the Disciples may call for fire from heaven to burn the Samaritans, it follows not, because they had not that same spirit.
The Apostles in choosing Matthias cast Lots; therefore a Minister now is to be chosen by Lot, it follows not: why? because the Apostles were immediately called of God, and Lot being immediately directed by God, he was immediately chosen by him. But a Minister is mediately called by the Church: therefore the rules of the Apostle are to be followed in choosing of him. Zeno, the Emperor tempted God in this case, laying a paper upon the Altar, that God might were in the paper the name of him whom he would have Bishop of Constantinople: Flauitias corrupting the Sexton of the Church, caused write in his own name, and to he was made Bishop of Constantinople: Ecclesiastica munera non debent sort conferri, Church affairs ought not to be guided by Lot.
Ehud killed Gneglon: therefore a Friar may kill a [ 3] Prince; this conclusion is exercrable: they therefore distinguish not the divers sorts of Revenge; which is, 1. either divine, as when Phineas killed Cozbi, this was publica extraordinaria, public extraordinary. 2. Ordinaria publica, ordinarily public, by the Magistrate. 3. Prioata coacta, cum quis vim virepellit, Priuately compelled, when one repells violence by violence: this is called inculpata tatela, an inculpable defense. 4. Temeraria & illicita, rash and unlawful.
The woman of Tekoah said to David, Remember the [ 4] Law of the Lord: One of her sons had killed the other in the field: (this was inculpata tutela) in defense of himself; and so she wills David to remember the Law of the Lord. In this case a man in his own defense, is a Magistrate.
The Magistrate mall pull forth tooth for tooth, [ 5] it was not well concluded by the Pharisees, that it was lawful for every private man so to do, they confound here ordinatam publicam, and illicitam.
David, in time of necessity eat the Shew-bread, [ 1] which otherwise he could not have done; neither would the Priests have given it unto him, but in his necessity.
The Apostles kept the Ceremonies after the death [ 2] of Christ, for an interim, and a time, until the union should be made up, betwixt the Jews and the Gentiles, but it was not lawful afterward for the Jews to keep them.
So long as the Temple of Jerusalem stood, they [ 3] were bound to pray with their faces towards it, but it will not follow now, that the Jews should turn their faces towards the place of the Temple now when they pray.
Samuel built an Altar at Ramah, and offered upon it. It was lawful for them all the time betwixt the destruction of the Tabernacle in Shilo, and the building of the Temple, to sacrifice there: but from that time that the Temple was built, it was unlawful altogether; therefore the Kings of Judah are blamed when they destroyed not the high places. Prudentius called the Ark at this time Circumvage, before it was established at Jerusalem.
The Apostles kept the Ceremonies after the death of Christ at Jerusalem, but not at Antioch: and so of any other place where the Prophets and Apostles resorted.
Christ wrought no miracles in Nazareth, because he had no Calling to work any there, as Elias wrought no miracles in Israel, but to the widow of Sarepta: so Elisha to the Shunamite, because he had only a Calling to work there.
The sins of the Saints are not to be followed.
Rocks are set down in a Map, that the Saylors may shun them, and not run their Shippes against them.
Lots wife (says Augustine) was turned into a Pillar of Salt, Vt condiret te suo exemplo, that she might season thee not to do the like.
If the fact be approved in tanto, sed non in toto, in so far, but not in the whole; it is not to be made an Example of imitation.
Zipporah Circumcised her Child, and so the Angel left off to kill Moses; therefore a Midwife may Baptize a Child, this follows not. The Angel ceased to trouble Moses, because his son was circumcised, and not because he was circumcised by a woman.
After that the Samaritans worshipped the true God with their Idols, the Lions hurt them no more; the Lions ceased to hurt them, why? because they worshipped the true God; and not, because they worshipped the true God and their Idols: this obedience of Zipporah dit not simply please God, but in part, as Ahab's obedience.
Apish imitation of the Saints is ridiculous.
The Israelites compassed the walls of Jericho six days, but upon the seventh day they compassed the Wall seven times: therefore the Jews in the feast of the Tabernacles compassed the Altar six days, every day once; but in the seventh day they compassed it seven times: this was ridiculous; for it was in corrupt time.
Christ put his fingers in the ears of the deaf, and said Epphata, Be thou opened; therefore a Priest may do the like when a child is baptized; this is ridiculous.
What if the example be neither approved nor disapproved [Quest.] in Scripture, What shall we do?
If they be done by men whose faith is approved, and [Answ.] against whom no exception can be taken, such are set down for imitation, and have the force of a general rule.
CHAP. VI.
Of gathering doctrine from the external means.
WHen the marginal reading is put for the line reading, we cannot gather any instruction from that.
From wrong Analogy or Collation of Scriptuure with Scripture, wrong Doctrine si gathered.
Solomon was wiser then all those of the East. Isaiah. 2. Thou art full of the manners of the East. The Jews gathered from the Collation, that Solomon was skillful in Magicke.
Behold the Elephant which I have made with thee, who eats hay as the Ox. He calls the Elephant Behemoth, as if he were many beasts, in the Plural number: but Behemoth, Psal. 50. signifies the bheasts of the field. Esdras the Apocryph writer, conferring these two places inequally, makes up a fable, that God made two creatures, Behemoth and Leviathan, and thence separated the one from the other, because the water could not contain both, and he put Behemoth upon the earth, which was dried the third day, that he might dwell upon a thousand mountains, because it is written, Psal. 50. 10 Behemoth in montibus mille: taking Behemoth in Job, and in the Psalm 50. after one manner.
Secondly, he goes forward in his fable, because [ 2] these two, Leviathan and behemoth, are joined together, Psal. 104. 26. he thought that Behemoth was also a Fish as Leviathan; but because there was not space enough for them both in the Sea, he put him upon the mountains, and gave Leviathan the seventh part of the waters, and kept her to be meat to whom he would, and where he would: He says that she is kept in deuorationem, passive, that she may be meat. For this is the fable of the Jews, that the Lord killed one of those great Whales which he made, and salted her with salt, that she might be kept to be meat for the just in the life to come. Morne Plesse compares them to little Children, who in their tales can go no higher then to meat and drink, and sweet dainties; and they think that there is no other pleasure in heaven, but of such things. Thus you see what it is to compare places unequally.
From wrong translation false doctrine is gathered.
Love thy neighbor as thyself: The Pharisees translate it, him who was a friend only. Hence they gathered that they might hate their enemies: but the Apostle, Rom. 12. translates it, thou shalt love thy neighbor, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 that isd, any man whatsoever he is.
The Lord swore by the excellency of Jacob, that is, by him-self; but the Pharisees interpret the place, that he sware by, the Temple, which was his excellency: Hence they gathered, that it was lawful to sware by the Temple, Matth. 23. 16.
This is Ana, who found out haijamim, Mules in the Wilderness: Iamim signifies also Waters. Because the translation of this place was heard, some translating it Mules, and some Water; the Heathen made a notable lie upon the Jews, when Moses was feeding Asses in the Wilderness; becausE the Asses or Mules seeking drink, found out water unto them, therefore they worshipped the golden head of an Ass. Afterward the Romans in like hatred against the Christians, called them Asinarios, in detestation of Christ, whom they called not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and they painted Christ having Asses ears, one of his feet not cloven, carrying a Book, and a gown upon him, and this superscription above his head, Deus Christianorum 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ; which picture and inscription when Tertullian did read, he could scarce refrain from laughter.
Bellarmine following the vulgar translation, and not the Original, Abraham surrexit ab officio funeris; Abraham rose from the office of his dead, gathereth hence Purgatory. Because this word officium, was taken amongst the Christians, for doing offices to the dead; he gathered, that it was to pray for them to deliver them out of Purgatory.
And thus much concerning the sense of the Scripture, and the gathering of doctrine from any part thereof: as from affirmations and negations; from the propriety of the speech; from the moral Law; from the examples of those that are registered in the Scripture; and from the external means, spoken of in the first Book. From those five, necessarily all doctrine is gathered: and must be known immediately after the true knowledge of the sense of the Scripture.
THE THIRD BOOKE.
Of the confirmation, illustration, application, and the blessing of Doctrine.
CAP. I.
Of the Confirmation of Doctrine.
IN confirmation of Doctrine the man of God must labor to conceal Art.
As Moses coming from the Mount, put a veil upon his face, when his face did shine, that the people might not see it: s • should the Preacher obscure the shining of human learning, lest the Cross of Christ be made of none effect, 1 Cor. 1. 17. that is, lest the conversion of men be ascribed rather to human eloquence, then to the power of Christ; and that the same be not said of the Gospel, which Alexander said of Achilles; who counting him happy that he had Homer to describe his pray?ses; therefore our Lord made choice of Fisher-men.
No testimony taken from Apocryph Books, can serve for confirmation of Doctrine, for their testimoniie is but human.
If I testify of myself, my testimony is not true: That is, I being but a man as ye take me, and should testfie of myself, my testimony were not true.
The facts of the Maccabees are cited by the Apostles: [Object.] and ben Syrah hath a PRoverbe, Quantulus ignis, Quantam materiam accendit; The more the fire is, the more matter it burns; and is used by the Apostle James?
When the Apostles cite their testimonies, they make [Answ.] them authentic Scripture, which we cannot do.
We are not to cite the Fathers as witnesses in matters divine, unless their speeches may be warranted out of God's word.
The Spirit of God prefers the knowledge of the latter Divines to their knowledge, for they are brought in by John, Revel. 15. 6. With their girdle about their paps, as Christ, Revel. 1. 13. is girded; but before, in the first age of the Church, they are brought in with their girdle about their middle, not coming so near to that state of knowledge and perfection which is in Christ, as the later Writers who lived after them.
All the time that the Fathers lived, the Crystal Sea [ 2] was turned into blood, for then a mountain was cast into the Sea by Patriarkship, erected in the Church; but in the latter times, it is Crystalline, Revel. 15. In the days of Constantine, the Sun was black as Sackcloth, and the Moon turned into blood: Christ is never said to come down, as in the reformed time: now he comes down with the Rainbow about his head, which is a sign of fair weather: it was clouded in the days of the later Fathers.
In reasoning against Papists, the Fathers testimenies are of singular use.
That their own children may be their Judges, (as Christ speaks) because they trust so to them.
In matters of fact their testimony is no demonstrative proof.
Eusebius testifies, that the Monks lived in Alexandria, in the time of MArke the Evangelist: but Eusebius was mistaken here, as all our Divines testify.
In a testimony of fact, whether Peter came to Rome or not, the Ancients many of them affirmed it; but our later. Divines many of them by sound reasons improve it.
The testimonies of many of the Fathers are not to be believed for them, but against them.
Nemini credendum est in causa sua: None is to be believed in his own cause. Clemens Anacletus says, Suppose their writs were true, yet they make nothing for the Popes. John 5. If I testify of myself, my testimony is not true. Idem non erit testis & reus: One cannot be a witness, and be guilty.
The testimonies of the Popes, if they make anything for us, are good against themselves.
Cuilibet testi adversus se testimonium ferenti credendum: Every witness bringing a testimony against himself is to be believed.
So Paul cites a testimony out of Epimenides (although a liar) against those of Crete.
The Fathers write sometimes 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : they are more to be credited in the second, then in the first.
Basil said that the Father and the Son were not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : When Gregory Nocaesariensis objected this to him, he ansered that he said it not 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
Peronius the Cardinal sets down two Rules, to try whether the testimony of the Fathers is to be admitted.
The first is, that we must hold them for a sufficient [ 1] consent, to whom the most famous of every Nation consent in affirming a thing, and none have opposed themselves to those, who are holden to be Orthodox.
The second, when the Fathers speak not this as [ 2] Doctors or Teachers, when they say this or that is to be done; but when a switnesses, they say, that such a thing is to be believed, which the Catholic Church does or believes.
But how shall we know that the rest of the Fathers [Quest.] disagree not; for many of their Books are perished, and many of the worthy Fathers wrote nothing: wherefore consEtn is not a sure way that we must walk in; for then we shall be killed with thirst, as those who went to Tema expecting water?
Thou shalt not acquiesce in the judgment of many to go [Answ.] out of the way, Exod. 23. 2.
School Theology is more to be taken heed to, for it fell out in a more dark age.
If we shall consider the manner of their disputations, or the piety which is shown in their writs.
They err in their disputations, three manner of ways First, in their ilde and vain questions: 2. In obscurity of words: 3. In their manner of disputation.
Their questions for the most, are either superstitious, [ 1] idle, or curious, as the most of their hypothetical propositions.
The words which they use, are barbarous, improper, [ 2] obscure, and out of use.
Thirdly, the manner of their disputations. Oftentimes [ 3] they dispute, Ex alienis principijs, out of other principles. They confound Theology and Philosophy; the media, which they use oftentimes, are impertinent, for one question they bring oftentimes innumerable arguments and disputations probably on both sides, without any decision; and they trust too much to the testimony of man.
For piety Bucer says well; that there is more piety to be found in Seneca, then in many of them, and it is to be marked; that the three pillars of poery, Gratian, Lombard, and Comestor, (Gratian for their Cannon Law, Comestor for their History, and Lombard for their School Divinity:) were three Bastards borne of one Whore; the Fathers of this bastard Theology.
This School Theology (so far as it advanceth human Philosophy, and is abused, or obscureth the truth of the Gospel,) they make it a part of the smoke which comes out of the bottomless pit: and Paul to Timothy says, Languent circa quaestiones & pugnas; They dote about questions and strife of words: They refer this to their idle distinctions. Nicholaus Clemanges compares them to the Apples of Sodom, which have a fair skin, but are full of rottenness within: and one says well of them, Quod illotis pedibus ingressi sunt sanctuarum domini, & sape distinguunt vbi lex non distinguit • that they have entered into the sanctuary of the Lord with unwashen feet, and they oftentimes distinguish, where the Law distinguisheth not.
Some of their distinctions being purged from barbaritie, and applied clearly, may have good use. The Jews have a Proverb, Comede dactylos, sed proijce foras duriciem eorum; Eate Dates, but cast out their stones: and hereiin Junius excels.
We are not to cite the Heathens testimony for probation, in matter of atih, or supernatural verity.
This were to go to the Philistines to sharpen our weapons. The Axe of man polluteth the Altar of God: No man might lift up an iron took upon those stones: to teach us, that man's wisdom is but foolishness with God. It was Myrrha libera that made the oil of the Candlestick: Exod. 30. 23. it was called libera, because it was free from all kind of mixture; so must the word be. What hath the dhaffe to do with the wheat? Abraham would not take of the King of Sodom so much as a shoe latchet, that it should not be said, that he had made Abraham rich. So the Lord will not use the testimony of man, that it be not said, that they have made him rich in sortifying his Scripture.
Paul useth but their testimony thrice. Acts 17. 28. 1 Cor. 15. 35. Titus 1. 12. Secondly, when he cites them, he conceals their names. Thirdly, he brings them not in, to confirm any point of faith. Fourthly, Peter who was the Apostle of the Jews, never used them; neither did Paul in the Synagogue, but only against the Gentiles. Clemens Alexandrinus wrote a book which he calls 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , (as ye would say) woven after the manner of coverings, mixed with the testimonies of Scripture, Poets, Philosophers, and History: but this was against the Gentiles. One says well, Ex profanis probabilia, Of the Scriptures things necessarily follow, but of profane things they follow probably.
No Preacher can bring in his own testimony, (This I say to you.)
Christ as God, used this form, Math. 5. (I say unto you;) but the Prophets say, Thus saith the Lord.
In citation of Scripture we are not always bound to cite the Chapter and Verse.
In the Apostles citations, the Chapter is but once cited, (As it is written in the second Psalm:) but Heb. 2. 6. Testatus est quidam alicubi, But one in a certain place testified: he conceals the name. So Heb. 4. 3. David says: he sets down the name. So Rom. 10. 25. Hosea says.
But Luke 4. 17. says, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 in the verse. Therefore [Object.] it should seem, the verse is sometimes cited?
This was not a verse, it was a part of Scripture, or [Answ.] Haphtara in the Prophets.
In citation of Scripture for probation, we are not bound to keep the same order as in reading of a Text.
It is one thing of purpose to set down a Scripture, and another to cite a Scripture for confirmation. In Exodus the Commandments are set down one way; in Deuteronomy, thsi order is not kept: because he is interpreting the Law, & not setting it down. So when Christ cites the Commandments, he sets adultery before muther. So the Apostle, Rom. 12. Why? Because he is not of purpose handling them, but using them there fore probation: But in setting down the Text, and interpreting it, he must not alter a Lot.
The Church of Rome then, and the Lutheran Churches, are to be blamed, when they set down the Commandments for the ground of their doctrine; they alter the form set down by God him-self, confounding the first and second Commandment; and dividing the last into two, to make a probation for their graven images.
CHAP. II.
Of the Illustration of Doctrine by Comparisons.
COmparisons are either in similitudes or examples.
Similitudes must be taken from things that are.
Quintilian says that Examples may be taken àre gesta, vel tanquam gesta, from things that are done, or seem to be done: but similitudes must be taken from things which are indeed.
As the deaf Adder stoppeth her ear when the charmer charmeth: If the Adder stooped not ber ear when the charmer charmeth, the similitude would not be borrowed from it.
Benjamin is like a Wolf, parting the prey amongst her young. If the Wolf parted not the prey amongst her young ones, the similitude could not be taken from her.
Similitudes must be taken from things which the people are most acquainted with.
If I have spoken unto you earthly things: that is, heavenly thing under earthly similitudes. It is a good observation of Theophylactus, that the Lord took every man in his own tredde, applying himself to that which they understood best; as to his Disciples, follow me and I will make you fishers of men: because they were acquainted most with fishing.
He set a Star before the wisemen; because they were Mathematicians, and studied to the Stars.
The soul of my Lord's enemies shall be in a sling: the comparison is taken from a sling, because David was most acquainted with it, when he kept his Fathers sheep.
Comparisons are taken in the Scripture from things natural, artificial, ceremonial, and moral.
Thou keepest me as the apple of thine eye: the eye hath [ 1] five tunicles or preservations to keep it. 1. Aranca: 2. Retiformis: 3. Wea: 4. Cornea • 5. Adanta tunica, which is next the eye: to signify the special protection of God over his Saints, he compares them nto the apple of the eye.
The Law perisheth, destuit lex: it is a speech borrowed from the pulse of a man; for as we know the constitution of a man's body by his pulse (if it stir not, he is dead; if it be violent, he is in a fever; if it be moderate, he is in a good constitution:) so the Law is the pulse of the Common-wealth; if it stir not, then the Common-wealth is dead; if it have a violent course, then the Common-wealth is in a fever; if it have the just and ordinary course, then the Common-wealth is in a good constitution.
They shall commit whoredom, and shall not increase: [ 2] 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 they shall play the Mule, who is a beast exceeding libidinous, but yet nothing comes of him: or they shall play the Mule, Cum meretricibusd separationem faciunt; that is, they beget bastards who are of a strange kind, like unto the Mule.
From the Fowls.
Jeremiah compares a covetous man to the Partridge; [ 3] the Partridge gathers the eggs of sundry souls, and hatches them; but when she hath taken pains to hatch them, they take their wings and leave her: So do riches, when men have scraped them together, they take their wings and fly away.
And Ephriam was like a seduced Dove: only the Dove laments not when her young ones are taken from her. So, Ephraim lamented not when God's hand was upon him.
Jer. 12. 9. Is my inheritance, as tincta anis? for as all the birds gather about the bird of divers colors, so doc the enemies against the Church.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , non obtorpui, I was not chrageable: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is torpedo, the Crampe-fish; who hath such a benumbing power in her, that the cold will come from the hook to the line, from the line to the goad, from the goad to the arm, from the arm to the body of the Fisher: so sluggishness and benumbedness spreads from one to another like a canker.
They creep into houses. In the Syriac it is Machaldim. Chalda is a Fervet: For as the Ferret seeks out all the corners and secrets of the Clapper: So do Heretics craftily creep in, and dive into the houses, that there they may devour.
From hunting of Beasts.
Wilt thou catch the wild Ass but in her mouth? The wild Ass cannot be catched with the Hunters, but in her mouth; that is, when she is bag'd with foale: So sinners will not be catched, but when the hand of God is upon them, and bag'd with afflictions.
From Fowling.
Aucupabantur sermons eius: The word is properly, Capiebant visco: a speech borrowed from Fowlers.
From feeding of sheep.
Psal. 23. Thou feed'st. Therefore the Pastors are called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to feed on the green pasture.
From running in the Olympicke games, and from wrestling.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , was when two were running in the Olympicks; the one out-runs the other, and takes his crown from him: So they should take heed, after that they have professed, and run so long, that others take not their Crown from them. So 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to prepare themselves to the combat. So 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from thence 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Luke. 2. of Anna, because she sitterd her self for the continual service of God. Hence this life by the Greeks was called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . See Exod. 38. 8.
From wars.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , quasi cuspide captus, taken by the Spear. Ier. 2. 8. they are said to handle the word, which signifies of purpose to handle, taking heed of it; as those who go to war are said to handle the Shield.
From husbandry.
Ephraim delighted in threshing, but not in plowing: That is, in the profit of Religion, but not to plow up his heart: for so long as the Ox was threshing the corn,l his mouth might not be muzzled. The Heathen put pausicape, an Engine upon the beasts mouths, that they might not eat when they were treading out the corn: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 . So Prov. 3. Arare mendacium. So Syrac. 7. 13. Ne exares mendacium. Of this husbandry Job speaks, Job 4. 8. They plow iniquity, sow wickedness, and reap the same.
From the Silver Smith.
The bellows are burnt, the lead is consumed by the fire, the welter melteth in vain, for the dross cannot be taken away. The Silver-smith when he would melt his Silver, he puts in Lead with it, the Lead consumes, but not the Silver. The Lead are the bad Israelites, who consume by the preaching of the word: but those who would seem the true Israelites, are like the Silver, continuing in their sins; the melt not by the preaching of the word. The Latins call this, replumbare argentum, to leaden the silver.
From the Fuller.
Psal. 51. Wash me, play the Fuller upon me.
From embroidered tapestry.
How wonderfully hast thou made me below in my mothers womb; thou hast fashioned me like a cunning piece of Art as-work, or Tapestry; wherein God hath shown his great cunning, drawing as it were divers draughts in the body of man, his arteries, sinews, muscles, veins.
From sailing.
1. Tim. 1. 19. Shipwracke of faith. Faith is the precious ware carred in a good conscience, which we loose if we take not heed to the ship.
From Physic.
1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , prescribing a diet, 1 Tim. 4. 6. they are sick about questions, then he subioines, cure them by whole some doctrine.
2. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , by prescribing of Physic, either simple or compound. Simple, Isaiah 1. Non emolitur oleo: This was the use of the Balm of Gilead. Compos'd Revel. 3. 16. as Colyrium, Anoint thine eyes with eyesalue.
3. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , by setting of bones, Gal. 6. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , in binding up the wounds, Ezech. 34. confractum non obligarunt. Isaiah 1. non compressa neque ligata, so, cutting of the Gangrene, 2 Tim. 2. 17. so, mortifying the old man, Col. 3. 5. from the mortifying of the dead flesh before the member be cut off; so 1 Tim. 4. 2. cauterizing, seared with a hot iron.
To cut the word of God aright. A speech borrowed from the cutting up of the sacrifice, in which there was great skill required; the liver was left hanging upon the right side; the hear and the lungs upon the channel bone, the milt upon the left side, and the kidneys upon the rump: so there is great skill requisite in cutting of the Word of God, to give everyone their own Portion.
Let his iniquity return vpen his own head: when the Beast was killed, the Officer laid his hands upon the head of the Beast, and he said, Let this Beast bear the guilt of all my sins: so David his meaning is, that the wicked shall bear the guilt of their own sins, and be killed for them: so the Egyptians cut off the head of the Sacrifice, and with Imprecations cast it into the River Nile, wishing all the evil to fall upon that head, which should have fallen upon the Offerer.
And the souls of those who were slain for the Word of God, lying under the Altar crying: The blood of the Sacrifice was poured to the bottom of the Altar, Leu. 4. and from thence cried up ward as it were; so, the souls of those who were killed for the truth, cried under the Altar for vengeance to God.
Turn his Sacrifice to ashes: when the Lord approved a Sacrifice, He sent fire from heaven and burnt it.
Let my Prayer ascend as an evening Incense.
So, Let me not ascend with the wicked: a Comparison taken from the smoke of the Sacrifice, which when it ascended, scattered abroad: so the souls of the wicked when they die, are not gathered into the bundle of life, but are scattered before the Lord.
Wash me with Hyssop: a Comparison taken from the purging of the Leper, which was the last Purgation: Leu. 14. 4. David, in token of full remission prays this.
Thou gatherest me up like a foundling who is cast out to perish: this is proper to all the Children of God, who are adopted in Christ.
To dandle, Isaiah 66. 12. Ye shall suck the glory of the Gentiles, and shall be delighted upon their knees: where he alludes to the custom of mothers, who dandle their children upon their knees.
I am the son of thy hand-maid: a Comparison taken from those who were children of vernae domus, borne in the house: so David was borne in the Church; he was vernae Eclesiae filius.
Let the double of the Spirit of Elias come upon me: that is, as the eldest sons get double Portions: so I being the eldest son of the Prophet; let me have twice so much of his gifts as any of the rest.
We must mark wherein the nature of the Comparison holds: sometimes it holds in genere, but not in specie.
The Angels sinned as they: He spake before of the sin of the Sodomites; how did the Angels sin as they? Peccarunt fimili genere, sed non specie; they sinned in the same kind, but not after the same manner.
We must mark in what species the comparison holds: The deaf Adder stoppeth her ear. What sort of Adder is this?
Dan is like a Serpent biting the Horse-heels. What sort of Serpent is this that bities the Horse-heels?
Our days pass as the Ships of desire. There are sundry sorts of Ships of desire: when a man sees a goodly Ship, that is a Ship of desire: when a Merchant longeth for his Ship laden home, that is a Ship of desire: but these express not the shortness of our days. A Ship of desire then, is a swift Pinnace, or a Pirates Bark made for to catch the prey.
The Comparison is sometimes in the smell, btu not in the color.
Thy lips are like the Lily: If the Comparison be not marked rightly here, we may be deceived; for the commendation of the lips of the Church was, that they were red like the scarlet, Cant. 4. 5. Now to make them white as the Lily were impertinent, therefore the Comparison is in odor, as before it was in color.
And his feet was like fine Incense, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , signifies here masculum or forte thus: 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 signifies here, thus, Incense, because the Incense grew upon Libanus. The comparison is here in the smell, and not in the sight.
And she was leprous like the snow. Mark wherein the Comparison stance: She was white in leprosy as the snow: The snow is not leprous, therefore the comparison stands in the color.
In every Comparison there must be some Dissimilitude.
Analoga sunt 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , sed non 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : Proportions are alike, but not the same. Christ's body is not divided in parts, as the Bread; therefore there is no Analogy betwixt Christ crucified, and the Bread? It follows not; for similitudes disagree in some things.
Similitudes are not to be taken from things altogether different: as an ancient Writer makes a comparison betwixt the ten plagues of Egypt, and the ten Commandments: so those who make the comparison betwixt the 70. D •• les, and the 70. Palme trees; the 12 Fountaines, and the 12. Apostles: here the comparison is far sought.
The Comparison must agree in the main point, else it is not a Comparison: it was a very unfit comparison of the Jews, who said, Ezech. 18. 3. The Fathers eat sour Grapes, and the Children's teeth are set on edge: as though the Children were punish only for their Fathers sins, and not for their own also: so it was not a pertinent Comparison of Bias the Philosopher, who said, when the gods punished the Grand-child, for the Grand fathers sins; it was all one, a sif the Doctor gave the Grand child a drink for the stone, which the Grand-father was troubled with: this Comparison was impertinent. But let us make the Comparison thus: The Father is a Leper and the Son also; the Doctor gives not only a drink too the Son for the Fathers disease; but for that which he hath also from his Father.
Comparisons must not be wrested further then the scope of the Comparison requires.
As the body is without the soul, so is faith without works: here the Papists gather, as the soul is the form of the body, and animates it; so are works the form of faith, whichanimate faith: but the Comparison is wrested here; for the meaning of the Apostle is, as by the operation and presence of the soul, the body is known not to be dead; so faith is known not to be dead by works: Haec perfectio, non est per informationem, sed declarationem: This perfection is not by information, but by declaration.
The soul is taken here for the breathing of the soul; as Isaiah 3. Gentlewomens Masks are called Domus animae, that is, the house of the soul.
The Church is the Pillar of truth: the Papists make the Comparison here; as the Pillar upholds the House, so is all truth grounded upon the Church: but the Comparison is wrested here: but it is the Pillar of truth, (like a Pillar, thta we use to hang out things upon) so the Church holds out the truth; but the truth of the Gospel is not grounded upon it.
When the holy Ghost borrows Comparisons from bad things, he approves them not.
We commend not Orestes for killing of his Mother, nor Medea for murthering of her children; but we commend the Painter who can lively paint them: the grunting of a Sow is an ill-favored noise; yet we commend him who can skillfully imitate it: so in a Comparison, it is the imitation only that is respected, & not the thing it self.
As the Charmer charmeth: Here David of purpose chooseth the very words which are forbidden in the Law: Chober, signifieth conioyning or consociation, the Chaldee name Rakan is murmuring. So, from a thief, Rev. 16. 15. from the unrighteous Judge, Luke 18. from the unjust Steward, Luke 16.
If you would praise a thing, take the Comparison from stately things, as in the Canticles.
If you would dispraise, take your Comparison from base things, 1. Thes. 3. 3. Nemo commoveatur 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from a fawning dog, who moves his tail to and fro.
The note of similitude (as) signifieth, fiirst, the likeness of a thing, but not the truth, he shall come as a thief in the night: secondly, the truth, but not the likeness, We saw him as the only begotten Son of God: John. 1. Ephes. 5. 8. That ye may be as the children of light (that is) verily the children of light, Hos. 3. 4. This people are like those who contend with the Priest: (that is) they verily contend with the Priest: thirdly, the quality, but note the equality, Love your neighbor as yourself, rim. 13. 18. So, Luk. 11. 4. Forgive us our sins, as we forgive: fourthly, both the likenessse and the truth, Heb. 2. 17. Wherefore in all things it behooved him to be like unto his brethren.
God taught his Church by Parables.
A Parable consists in one of sour things.
The first is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when the nature of the thing maketh [ 1] the Comparison; as in the Parable of the seed, the variety of increase of the word.
The second is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the disposition is only marked, [ 2] as he compares himself to Children piping in the market; to express the comfortable means he uses to win souls.
The third is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Passion, 2. Thes. 5. 2. 3. He shall [ 3] come as a thief in the night: So, Like to a woman in travel.
The fourth is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , when the action is only regarded [ 4] without any other circumstance, Luke 16. 6. He made him friends of his masters money: so should we by giving of our goods to the poor; he commends not the fact here, but solertiam, the diligentnesse.
CHAP. III.
Of the Application of Doctrine.
APplication of Doctrine, stands either in rebuke, or consolation to a sinner; under which two, all other Doctrines or instructions are included.
Of Rebuke.
Rebuke is the first part of Application, applying the word against the sin of the sinner. The Spirit of God is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , and hath diversity of gifts: ye see amongst the Apostles themselves, there was one who was the son of thunder, there was another who was the son of consolation, there was one who was the son of zeal, Simon Cannites; the gift of thundering must come first, and then comes the gift of consolation.
There are three sorts of sinners, who are to bed reproved: the simple sinner, the relapse sinner, the crafty sinner; but the malicious sinner, is not to be reproved.
1. The simple sinner.
The simple sinner: he is called Pothe, simplex, such a one [ 1] was the young man, whom the whore enticed and led like an Ox to the shambles, he is called simplex columba, Hosea 7. wanting the prudence of the Serpent: upon such fools they cast a net before them.
These simple sinners are to be pitied, and the reproof against such should not be so sharp. The Apostle Paul willeth us 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , to bind up; it is a speech borrowed from Chirurgina,s who with a kind of slight and cunning put the bone in its own place again.
The King of Aegypts daughter had an Impostume in her Pap, she could suffer no Chirurgian to touch it; one takes a water-Spunge, and demands of her whether or not she could suffer the water-Spunge to touch her Pap? In the mean time, he hath secretly a Penknife enclosed within it, and with that openeth the corruption: Physicians give Pills rolled up in sugar, that the Patient may the more easily swallow them.
2. The relapse sinner.
The relapse sinner is in a more dangerous estate then the simple sinner; and therefore must be otherwise handled.
This sin in the Scripture is called Shani, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , twice died, as Scarlet; this sin is hardly washed out, like a residivatio in Fevers, which is dangerous.
Here we must take heed of Novatus his error, who held, that there was no pardon for relapse sinners: Constantine said well to a Novatian Bishop, Tolle scalas Aetij, & solus Coelum intrabis, Take away the ladders of Aetius. and thou only shalt enter into Heaven: meaning of repentance to relapse sinners.
To such sinners the reproof is to be increased.
When the Jews sold and bought in the Temple, the first time, Christ's reproof was more mild; Why make ye the house of God a house of Merchandise? But the second time when they fell into that sin, he says, Why make ye the house of God a den of thieves.?
3. The crafty sinner.
The crafty sinner si more hardly to be won, and here there must be great skill in reclaiming him.
Sometimes he deies the sin, Pro. 30. 20. She wipes [ 1] her mouth, and saith she did it not.
Sometimes the crafty sinner hides the sin: Joseph's [ 2] Brethren dipt his Coat in the blood, and said A wild Beast devoured him.
The Jews took out of the house of God the Sieling and Sieled their own houses with it, and that it might not be known, they painted it over with Vermillion.
The Jews give an example of Saul's hiding his sin, in numbering the people, 1 Sam. 14. 34. He called them battilahim; but Targum hath it (in agnisd Pascatis) Lambes for the Passover: for they thought it was not lawful to number the people, and to eschew this, they caused every man to bring a Lamb, and so they counted the Lambs, and so know how many were of the people. As the Romans circumven'd that Statute; when they were forbidden to carry wool out of Tarentum, they would not carry wool, but they carried sheep: so they, when they were forbidden to number the people, yet they would number the Lambs.
To discover the crafty sinner, evidences would be brought in against him; as Tamar to Judah, Whose Signet is this? So Samuel to Saul, What means the bleating of those Ewes? So the Prophet Isaiah 65. 4. The broth of the Swines-flesh is found in your Vessels: therefore a great probability that ye have eaten Swines-flesh.
Sometimes the crafty sinner extenuates the sin. [ 3]
I cast it in the fire (says Aaron) and of this came the Calf: it was little hand that I had in the matter.
Exaggeration of the sin is contrary to this. [ 4]
Moses exaggerateth Ararons sin, that he made the people naked; So Dan. 9. 5.
By this example, you may exaggerate the guilt of [ 1] Christ's blood in his Sacrament, in those that receive it vnowrthily. The Jews when they murdered Zacharias, first they murdered a Prophet: secondly a Priest; (for he was a Priest also:) thirdly, upon the Sabbath: fourthly, in the Temple: fifthly, at the Altar (which was the place of Refuge: lastly, where there was no dust to cover the blood; (for when they shed blood, they were to cover it in the ground.) But thou when thou receivest it unworthily, art guilty of this blood: First, thou art guilty of the blood of that great Prophet Christ: secondly, of that great high Priest: thirdly, upon the Sabbath thou killedst him: fourthly, upon the day of expiation: fifthly, in the Temple: sixthly, at the Altar, (which is the place of refuge to poor sinners) the holy Table: lastly, where there is no means to cover the blood.
So, the exaggeration of Solomon's sin. 1. He committed [ 2] this sin when he came to maturity of age, and had passed his young years in holiness. 2. When he had been now endued with divine and human knowledge by his Parents. 3. When he had given most excellent Precepts of manners. 4. When he had built the Temple to the worship of God. 5. Being a Prophet.
So the exaggeration of the sin of Jerusalem, compared with Sodom. 1. If there had been five righteous in Sodom, the Lord would not have destroyed it; but there were moe righteous in Jerusalem, the five, when it was destroyed. 1. Jeremiah. 2. His Scribe Baruch. 3. Ebed-Melech the Blackmore. 4. The Rechabites, therefore the sin of Jerusalem, must be greater then the sin of Sodom.
[ 5] Sometimes the crafty sinner transferres the sin on another. [ 4]
Adam cast over the sin upon God himself, The woman which thou gavest me: As if he should say; If thou Lord had done thy part to me, I had not fallen in this snare.
When Judas brought back again the thirty pieces of of silver, and cast them down at the feet of the Scribes; they say, What is that to us? See thou to it; they cast over all the blame upon Judas.
Contrary to this is retortion; the throwing back the sin upon the sinner himself. When Ahab challlenged Elias, that he troubled Israel, he turned the blame back upon himself, that it was he and his Fathers house that troubled Israel. So Numb. 16. 3. Ye take too much upon you, ye Moses and Aaron: but Moses, verse. 7. returns the blame upon themselves, Ye take too much upon you, ye sons of Levi.
[ 6] The crafty sinner shifts from one shift to another. [ 5]
When Moses bad Pharaoh. Let the people go, Exod. 6. how many tergiversations used he: first, that they should Sacrifice in Egypt, Exod. 8. 8. Moses answers to that, That were abomination to the Egyptians. Exod. 8. 26. Secondly, That they should go, but not far off, Exod. 8. 28. Moses answers, They must go three days journey into the Wilderness, Exod. 8. 27. Thirdly, They should go, but not their young ones. Exod. 10. 10. Moses answers, They must all go, Exod. 10. 19. Fourthly, they should go, But leave their Cattle behind them, Exod. 10. 24. Moses answereth, Not a hoof will we leave behind us, Exod. 10. 26.
For the crooked and shifting sinners, rebuke them with that speech of David, Psal. 18. 26. With the gracious Saint, thou wilt show thyself gracious: with the perfect man, thou wilt show thyself perfect: and with the froward, thou wilt show thyself froward. The Chaldee Paraphrast, applieth the gracious Saint to Abraham, the perfect man to Isaac, the pure to Jacob, and the froward to Pharaoh. Wilt thou use crooked and indirect shifts in thy sins? The Lord will deal as frowardly with thee.
Spiritual wisdom is to be used in reclaiming them back from their sin again.
In reproving such, follow Christ's rule: first, tell them privately; if they will not hear, then take two or three witnesses; if yet they mend not, then public admonition comes; and if that do not the turn, then public and particular application by name. See how Christ called Herod a Fox. The Lot when it was directed against Achan, first it fell upon the Tribe: secondly, it fell upon the Family: thirdly, upon the household: and lastly, upon the person of Achan; he hid his sin ever till it lighted upon him. The crafty sinner is not moved, when the threatening is given out generally against the Nation; neither when it is given out against the City where he dwells, nor when it comes to his family; till in particular it come to his person; and till it be said to him, Thou art the man. Sin is a shameless thing, ye may spit seven times in the face of it, before it blush.
For these public sins, public rebuke. Hosea 7. Castigabo eos iuxta auditum coetus ipsorum: That is; As the Prophets have publicly threatened them in their meetings, so I will punish them.
The reproof must be given in love.
The rebukes of those who rebuked thee, lighted upon me.
The Apostle when he exhorts us to bear one with another's infirmity, he brings in the testimony of David. When David speaks those words, he is pars laesa, the party hurt: The Apostle when he brings in Christ there, he is pars offendens, the party offending, carrying our sins upon him. When we see a man offending God, we should be angry, as though it were done against our selves. First, this will breed zeal in us, and make us zealous against the sin. Secondly, when we see others offend, we should remember that we may be over-taken with the self-same sin, and then it will breed compassion in us. This will temper the reproover, and it will make, Vt ignis zeli ardeat oleo misericordiae; that the fire of zeal may burn with the oil of mercy. Rebuke not in anger, for then Satan would but cast out Satan.
The reproof must not be kept back for sinistrous respects of persons.
1. For covetousness. Ezech. 13. 19. For hand-fulls of Barley, and pieces of Bread: this the Prophet calls daubing. Gregory fitly expresses the Comparison: for when a man dwells in a ruinous house, the Mason comes and plasters it over, making him believe that all is well; then the house falls and smothers him: so such flatterers emplaister over matters, till the wrath of God fall.
So the reproof is not to be kept back for fear. Ezech. 3. 9. Fear not thei faces. Rev. 21. 8. Without shall be the fearful. Such fearful who fear men more then God.
In rebuking thou shalt rebuke them, thou shalt not bear his sin for him, gnalau. So Psal. 44. We are killed for thy cause, gnalai. If thou rebuke him not, thou shalt bear his sin, or, suffer not his sin to be upon him: we are commanded, Not to suffer the Beast to lie under the burden.
IIII. The ungodly or malicious sinner.
The last sort of sinners are reschagnim, impij peccatores.
Malitious dogs are not to be reproved.
Cast not pearls before swine. Dogs will turn again and rent thee.
We have a notable example in Elias, who would not go to Jehoram to reprove him, but left a Letter to be sent unto him after he was dead.
There is a sin, 1. which is vitium saculi, the sin of the age. 2. There is a sin, which is vitium gentis, the sin of the Nation. 3. There is a sin, which is vitium vecationis, the sin of the office. 4. There is a sin, which is vitium personae, the sin of the person.
Vitium saculi, when the whole age is corrupted with a sin: such was the sin of Polygamie in the days of the Fathers: because this sin was generally in all, ye shall find it seldom reproved by the Prophets. In publico peccato par catur publico; In a public sin, there is a public passing over: As Joshua did, not cutting off the Israelites, who were not circumcised in the Wilderness. So 2 Kings 10. 20. He destroyed not the Priests who sacrificed to the Idols. In the time of public defection, the Romans in their public mutinies, Solebant decimare exercitam, were wont to tythe the Army.
Vitium gentis, is when a Country is much given to sin, but not universally.
Thou laidst like an Arabian by the high way: That is, like a thief; because the Arabians usually robbed by the high way.
〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉There shall not come a Canaanite in the house of God: that is, a cozener, because they usually deceived.
He sent for the Chaldeans: That is, for the Sooth-sayers, because the Chaldeans were Sooth-sayers commonly.
Cretenses mendaces. The Creitians are always liars.
The Phanicians living in pleasure: from the Syriac word phanack, as ye would say 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , delicati, dainty, because they used to live daintily. So the Saracens, from Sarack, excurrere, to run abroad, because they lived upon robbery usually.
The sin which is most usual in the Country, the Preacher must mark it, and see himself against it. Pro. 14. 34. Sin is the disgrace of a Nation. Stiffenecked-nesse and hypocrisy were the usual sins of the Jews, therefore the Prophets often reprove this sin. So Christ reproves Chorazin and Bethsaida, for contempt of the Gospel.
Vitium vocationis, is that sin, which follows ones calling.
Rachab, a Tavernour. James 2. 25. calls her a harlot, because usually they who are Tavernours are such.
For the amending of this, if it be simply a sin, this Trade or any other, it is to be refused: and if it cannot be practiced well without sin, it is to be left.
The last is vitium personae, when a particular man is given to such a sin.
Here the reproof should arise, according to the nature of the sin, spoken of before.
CHAP. IV.
Of Consolation.
THE second part of the Application of Doctrine, is Consolation, in which first we must understand, that a Christian man is either consideres, as fighting, or foiled.
The comfort that a true Christian hath, in his fight against sin.
AS he is considered fighting; his greatest temptation is dereliction, that he is left of God.
This is the Consolation, that God can never leave [ 1] him. For the better understanding of this, mark that first, in Christ there are three Coniunctions: First, betwixt his Godhead and manhead, that was a divine conjunction. The second, betwixt his sold and body, that was a natural conjunction. The third, betwixt his soul and grace, that was a spiritual conjunction. Mark how the divine conjunction, excels the natural conjunction; so doth the spiritual, excel the natural.
1. Christ's Godhead and his manhood could never be separated; for when his manhood was in the grave it was the body of God; otherwise at the Resurrection, there had been a new incarnation. 2. Christ's soul and grace could never be separate, only Christ's soul and body were separate by death, therefore grace and the soul can never separate again. If the first link of a Chaine hold, then the rest are sure: Christ's Godhead and his manhood cannot be separate; neither can his soul and grace: so neither can the soul of the child of God and grace.
Secondly, that Christ was both viator and comprehensor: if Christ, as Viator spake, as though he were left of God his Father, these words, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? what marvel if a poor Christian be brought to this estate.
Thirdly, his comfort is, that he cannot be left: first, [ 1] in respect of God the Father: for whom he loves he loves to the end: there is no shadow of change with him. Secondly, [ 2] in respect of the strait conjunction betwixt Christ and his members, that it cannot be separated again, 1 Cor. 6. 17. agglufinatur Christo, is glued to Christ. From this comes his daily intercession for us, as he says himself, I have prayed for thee Peter, that thy faith should not fail. The third is in respect of the holy Spirit, who is [ 3] called Arrhabo, the earnest penny of our subvation. He is not called the pledge of our salvation: for a pledge may be taken up again; but he is called the earnest-penny, which is a part of the bargain, which cannot be taken up again.
But the Christian in his desertion feels not the comfort? [Object.]
There is in the Saints certitudo evidentiae, and tertitudo [Answ.] adherentia. The Saints in their greatest extremity, they have certitudinem adherentiae, although they have not certitudinē evidentia. Job says, Although thou shouldst kill me, yet I will trust in thee. Psal. 130. Out of the deeps I have called upon thee. In this case he must do as Pherecides the Athenian did; who held the ship on the shore with his hands, and one of them being cut off, he held with the other, and both being cut off, he held with his teeth: so should a true Christian do in the time of his greatest dereliction.
But how shall he know in this temptation, that ever [Object.] he loved God?
There is ordo 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from the first to the last; and [Answ.] ordo 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , from the last to the first: that is, from the general knowledge of things to the particular, & from the particular to the general. The Christian in this case must follow this ordo 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : if he have but this testimony, that he may cleave to in his desertion, that he hath loved the Saints of God, because they were the Saints of God, and for no other cause; and received them in the name of the Saints, it is a sure note that he loves God, and is passed from death to life: Christ at the latter day will keep this order (when I was hungry, ye fed me, &c.) because this is the most sensible note, to go from particulars to a general.
The second degree of an exercised Christian is, when he is in the skirmish, in ancipiti pugna, as Paul was, when he says, O wretch that I am, who shall deliver me out of this body of sin.
Thy consolation is, first in proponing Christ his example: There was a fight betwixt Christ his velleitas, and voluntas; as there is in thyself betwixt sin and grace.
The consolation is, secondly, that in Christ there was such a fight, to sanctify thy combat, and to purchase the victory to thee.
Christ in this combat, first, he is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , moderator [ 1] certaminis, Marshall of the Campe: When the Israelitie and the Egyptian sought together, which of them favored Moses? Killed he not the Egyptian, and saved the Israelite? So, will not Christ favor grace and kill sin?
He is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , he enters into the lists with thee; he is [ 2] not only 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , who hath suffered the like things; but he is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 also, who hath compassion with thee in the self-same combat. 3. He is not only 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , but also 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , who knows our weakness, and how much we are able to do in the fight, and then comes he in and helps as a good second: Compatitur nobis Christus, ration charitatis, & ration iustitiae: Christ suffers with us, by reason of his love, and by reason of his justice. Ration charitatis, as when he saw the people hungry in the wilderness, he had compassion upon them; so, when he wept over Jerusalem. But ration iustitiae, when as he is our cautioner, he satisfies for us; and as our second, he is bound by the law of arms, to fight with us and for us.
He is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , therefore in him we are more then [ 3] Conquerors: he will not suffer Satan 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , Coloss. 3 15. Praripere nobis palmam, to take the palm out of our hands.
The conflict of the Saints of God is in the right subject, in the right manner, and to a happy end.
In the right subject, grace and sin are mingled [ 1] through other, in all the faculties of the soul: for there is not a faculty, but it hath grace in it as well as sin. Hose: describing Ephraim, says, that he is like a Cake bakit upon the one side, and raw upon the other. This is not that Christian combat; if it were Christiana lucta, a Christian wrestling, then there would be some part raw, and some part bakit, on every side. When Medea said, Video meliora, & deteriora sequer: I see the right, but follow the wrong; it was not lucta Christiana, but ethica: it was not betwixt the will, and the will; but betwixt the understanding, and the will. The will was wholly the Devils here, although there was some glance of light in the understanding: but in the regenerate, there is no faculty that God hath not put some grace into.
If some inferior part be good, and the rest bad, a [ 1] man takes not the denomination from that: as a black-moore is not called white, because his teeth are white, so a bad man, having some good parts, he cannot for this be called good. Of two superior parts of man, [ 2] if the liver be good, and the heart bad, he is not called for this, a sound man; but if there be some soundness in both these parts, and some blemish; yet he takes [ 3] the denomination from the better part. If the inferior be bad, and the superior good, he takes the denomination [ 4] from the good part. If a Target be black upon the one side, and white upon the other, the Target is neither called black nor white: so, this people draws near to me with their lips, but their hearts are far from me: here the people are esteemed luke-warm.
To apply this unto a Christian that is in combat; we must mark, that in the regenerate, (because both in the will and the understanding there is grace and sin,) they take the denomination from the best part: grace is not only in the inferior, but also in the superior part; not only in the one part, but also in the other; although there be more sin then grace, he takes the denomination from the best part. There is much water and little wine mixed in a glass, yet it is called a glass of wine: so, of a Christian; if there be many bad parts in him, and one good, he hath the denomination from the best part; to wit, that he is a good Christian.
The conflict is in the right manner in the Saints of God.
Sin is not in them, in extensis gradibus: 1. Some sins are in the will, but not from the will, as original sin. 2. Some sins are in the will, and from the will, as the sins of the unregenerate. 3. Some sins are partly from the will, and partly against the will; as the sins of the regenerate. The thing which we do, is either 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , vel 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 : Sponte, willingly: invitus, against our will: non sponte, not willingly. Non sponte, are those mixed actions of the children of grace, which are partly with their will, and partly against their will; as the Merchant in the storm casts his good, into the Sea, partly with his will, and partly against it.
The consolation of the child of God is this; that he sins not with full desire, because grace hinders the will not to give full consent; the wicked hath nothing to restrain his desire, therefore he sins with full consent and greediness.
The child of God and the wicked go thus far in sin together. First, there is aversio, a turning away from God. 2. There is inescatio, a bait. 3. There is delectatio, a delight. 4. Consent; but here the child of God, and the wicked part: for the child of GOD gives never the full consent. 5. The wicked go forward in the fact. 6. In the habit. 7. In the gloriation. 8. In the defense. 9. In the despair. 10. In the condemnation. From consent to condemnation they very much differ, if not altogether. The child of God, and the wicked commit the self-same sin, but not after the same manner. A woman who bears her child in the seventh month, and she who bears her child in the ninth month, both bring forth a child: yet there is great difference; the one is a strong child, a gets the full growth; the other a weak child, who hath not gotten the full growth. So the sins of the children of God get never the full growth; but the sins of the wicked get the full consent and growth.
Mark in a sinner the sundry degrees how sin is perfected: 1. Aggreditur peccatum, sed non ingreditur: It comes forward, but it enters not: as it set upon Christ, but it entered not in. 2. Ingreditur, sed non progreditur; It enters in, but goes not forward, as in Paul. 3. Aggreditur, ingreditur, & progreditur; It comes to, ti enters in, and it goes forward; as in David, when he committed murder and adultery. 4. Aggreditur, ingreditur, progreditur & perficitur: It comes to it enters in, it goes forward, and is perfected; as in Judas.
Our Lord, when the temptation was offered to him, was like the fish, which takes no notice of the bait, when it is presented to her. The child of God is like the fish which is delighted with the bait, leaps to it, nibbles at it, but falls back again: but the wicked are like the fish, which leap at the bait, and are hanged upon the hook.
Lastly, in the happy issue that the child of God [ 3] hath in sinning; his sin decreasing and grace increasing.
He is not like darkness at mid-night, where is no light; neither like the evening, when it grows more dark; but like the morning, that grows more clear unto the midst of the day. That God who made light to shine out of darkness, makes light to shine piece and piece out of their dark hearts. In this combat, although they say with Rebekka; It had been better for me, that I had never conceived; they shall get an happy answer; the elder shall serve the younger; sin shall serve [ 23] grace. Under the Law, if violence had been offered to a maid, if she cried out, she was to die. So when these assaults of Satan offer a kind of violence to the soul, if they cry out with Paul, O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me. It is a sure note, that they shall not die but live.
The third estate of the Christian is, when he is in The third estate of the Christian is, when he is in pursuit of the enemy, then the sickness is in the declination.
Here Christ's death, and lying in the grave, is thy comfort, who will pursue the enemies, and bring them forth, as Joshua did, that the true Israelites may set their feet upon their necks; to the which Paul alludes, when he says, The God of peace tread Satan under your feet.
In this pursuit, thou must take heed that thou be not too remiss: suspect this Parthian, for when he is flying, then he is flying, then he is most dangerous, and can do hurt enough: Thou most not do as Joash the King of Israel did, to smite the ground but three times, but smite it seven times, that there may be a full victory gotten. David would have had Absalom spared in the chase; but spare not sin, pursue it till the Sun set, as Joshua did the Canaanites.
The fourth estate of a Christian is, when he is not in the not skirmish against sin, but hath overcome it: Grace is not excluded now, nor drawn from hsi standing, but hath the commandment in the soul; yet he feels some wants, and complains still of his defects.
Consolation. 1. What canst thou object against thy self, which Christ in part objected not to his Disciples? Complainest thou of hardness of heart? So did he object that to some of them, Mark. 4. 40. There is great hope, because thou feelest it, thou shalt be cured of it. In Hectique fevers, 1. the disease at the first is hardly known, but soon cured. 2. It is easily known, but hardly cured. 3. It is easily known, but never cured. So hardness of heart at the first is hardly known, and if it be known it is soon cured. Secondly, if thou complain of doubting, how oft objected Christ that to his Disples? yet commended their faith, believing but radicaliter. If, of slowness to believe? so objected he that to them.
What sin ever was (escept the sin against [ 2] the holy Ghost) but there was a sacrifice for it? for original sin; for a sin of error or infirmity; and for a sin of ignorance.
What sin is there but Christ prayed for it? [ 3] for sins of ignorance, Lord forgive them; for they know nit what they do: against defection, I have prayed for the thee Peter, that thy faith should not fail.
What Eucharisticall Sacrifice but had some imperfection [ 4] with it? the Oil which served in the Candlestick, was Myrrha libera, Oleum contusum, beaten in a Morter; it had no dregs in it; but after they took the self-same Olives, and put them in a Press and pressed out more oil; this Oil was not so pure as the first, but mixed with with some dregs; this Oil was used in Eucharisticall sacrifices: which was to teach us, that Christ accepts of our Offerings, although there be much infirmity mixed with them. No expiatory Sacrifice might have leaven joined with it; but Eucharisticall Sacrifices might have leaven joined with them: this was for consolation to the Siants, and to teach them that God accepts of their Sacrifices, although much infirmity and doubting be joined with them.
But why leaves the Lord such sins in his Saints, so [Object.] long as they are in this life?
That hsi grace may be perfitted through our weakness: [Answ.] it was the second Temple that Jesus Christ came to restore, though many wants were in it: the first Tables which God writ upon, were broken; the second Tables were those which were reserved in the Ark.
Secondly, God leaves sins in his Saints to humble them, and to keep them from presumption; as the dregs are kept with the Wine, that it should not corrupt.
The Saints are judged; in foro nouae obedientiae, non stricti iuris.
In for nouae obedientiae. 1. He accepts the will for the deed. 2. He accepts the person first, and then his Sacrifice, for he looked first upon Abel, and then upon his Sacrifice. 3. In foro nouae obedientiae, he accepts the end, although the means oftentimes be defective, remember the patience of Job. 4. In foro nouae obedientiae, Christ is both the Advocate and the Judge.
In foro nouae obedientiae, God, absolving a sinner, says, [ 2] Seest thou not the righteousness of my servant Job? David was a man according to the heart of God; but in the matter of Uriah: Zacharias and Elizabeth walked uprightly before Lord.
They are not censured in foro stricti iuris, where first the work is tried, and then the person, where a man must answer ad vltimum quadrantem, to the uttermost farthing; where God sits, as a severe Judge, where Christ is not as Mediator; where they must answer for every idle word; which David desires to be free of, when he says, Enter not into judgment with thy servant, O Lord.
To the Saints, Omnia sunt Euangelica, Ali are glad tidings.
Do this, and thou shalt live: this is Legal. The Privilege of the Saints is this; do this, either by thyself or by another, to wit, Christ; but to the wicked it is Legal, do this by thyself.
CHAP. V.
The comfort that a Christian hath, who is stained with some great sin.
THe foiled Christian is he who hath fallen into some great sin.
The consolation to him is, that he hath not fallen quite away. In the incestuous Corinthian, there was flesh and Spirit, even when he was given over to Satan and excommunicate. Eutychis, when he fell dead from an upper loft, all who beheld him thought he was dead: Paul embraces him in his arms, and says, He is not dead, his life is yet in him; the Saints of GOD will get great falls, and in the judgment of men seem to be dead; yet the Lord embraces them in the arms of his mercy, and says, they are not dead, there is yet life in them.
Some things are of the Spirit, but not with the Spirit; as the gifts of common illumination. Secondly, some with the Spirit, but not of the Spirit; as the sins of ignorance and infirmity in the Saints. Thirdly, some both with the Spirit, and of the Spirit, as the saving graces of the Elect. Fourthly, some neither of the Spirit, nor with the Spirit; as the sins of malice, and reigning sins in the wicked. The foiled Christian comes never to this degree.
The Church of Rome are miserable comforters to sinners, sundry ways.
First they hold, that they have the same power which Christ hath to remit sin; because they make the body of Christ (as they speak in the Sacrament) we and they differ in this point.
To conceive this the better, we must consider, in the forgiveness of sin, that there is a threefold power, the first is authoritatis, the second is potestatis, the third [ 1] is ministerij. Authoritatis is that, which one hath principally of himself, and not of another; so God only pardons sins: the second, potestatis, or excellentiae, which one exercises, delegat from another, but by way of excellency; and so Christ as Mediator, pardons sin: thirdly, Ministerij, when only by intimation in the name and authority of the sovereign Lord he proclaims it: and so Ministers pardon sins; God pardons 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the Minister only but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .
There is totum potestativum, and totum contractum; [ 2] totum potestativum, is the power which is in the King; totum contractum, is the power which is in an inferior Magistrate: totum potestativum, is the power of seeing in the soul; totum contractum, is the power of seeing in the eye: Christ hath the whole power; but his Ministers have it not as totum contractum, as inferior Magistrates have power; but only as Heralds or Pursevants, who make intimation of the Magistrates decrees; but have no power at all in their own persons, but clothed with the authority of the Superior.
Secondly, in the manner of the confession, they are miserable comforters.
We hold that confession is necessary: for, as under [ 1] the Law, he who held any unclean thing in his hand, although he washed himself never so often, he was still unclean; so he who repents of his sins, and keeps one still, is still unclean.
Secondly, we hold, that for greaer sins, greater [ 2] confession is requisite. Peter thrice denied Christ, he got three admonitions by the Cock: Christ asked him three times, Louest thou me Peter? &c. so he must confess three times, because his sin was so great.
They hold, that in Confession there must be all these circumstances; who sinned, when he sinned, how he sinned, how often he sinned; and they will have the whole sin circumstantionatum, to be confessed: this Confession, (they say) it merits. This particular Confession, (they say) it merits. This particular Confession of all sins (for to make a pick-lock of it, and to learn out the secrets of the world) is injurious to the estate of the Common-wealth: but to think to merit by it, is injurious to the merits of Christ.
Thirdly, in the sin confessed, they are miserable Comforters, in which we and they differ.
They hold, that sin is veniale ex causa, veniale ex forma, and veniale ex eventu; they set up a false Glass which represents not the true shape of sin to the people.
Ex causa, that which comes of ignorance; as first, ex metu, of fear: secondly, ex non advertentia, by not taking heed: thirdly, ex defectu indicij, by defect of understanding: these they hold to be sins pardonable ex causa; but before God they extenuate sin only, and excuse it not altogether. Paul confesseth his sin of ignorance; and there was a Sacrifice under the Law for the sins of ignorance.
Secondly, they hold, that there is a sin, veniale ex forma, which is so little in self, even Peccadillo, so that it merits not death; when as the Apostle says, that The wages of sin is death: but sin hath both a potential and an actual guilt in the wicked; yet ehre [ 1] is possibility of pardon, if they had grace to seek it; [ 2] but otherwise it is damnation in them. Secondly, sin hath a potential guilt, but not an actual guilt, as the sins of the godly: Here is reatus concapiscentiae, sed •• on personae: The guilt of last, but not of the person.
Here is damnabilitas, but not damnatio. Thirdly, sin [ 3] hath both the potential, and actual guilt, which cannot be pardoned; as the sin against the Holy Ghost. But we deny that there are sins so small, which have [ 1] neither the potential nor the actual guilt. The sins of the wicked, are like the Serpent, which hath power to sting, and doth actually sting; but yet might be charmed. [ 2] The sins in the children of God that are pardoned, are like the Serpent that hath no power to sting, although it have a sting in it self; as the Viper upon Paul's hand. The sins of those, who commit the sin [ 3] against the Holy Ghost, are like the Serpent which cannot not be charmed at all. But that there is a Serpent which hath no venom at all in it, or a sting to hurt, that we deny.
Veniale ex eventu, through the mercy of God, we grant, that sin is pardonable; but not through the smallness of the sin it self.
Fourthly, in the medicine they are miserable comforters: [ 1] 1. They propound only the outside of Christ's sufferings to sinners; as his whipping, scourging, and the pains of his body: but they never set before them, the inward part of his suffering, the torments which he suffered in his soul.
Secondly, they mixe the merits of the Saints, with [ 2] the merits of Christ for consolation; like the Jews at the first, when they were to execute malefactors, they gave them wine to comfort them, alleging that place of the Proverbs 3. 6. Give wine to him who is of a sad heart: but afterward they found 〈◊〉 this; to mingle Myrrh, and to give it them in their drink, for to make their heath giddi • , that they might feel no pain: but they were miserable comforters in this; and Christ refuses this kind of drink. So at the first, the Church of God, presented to the sad hearted, and miserable sinners, in their death, only the blood of Christ: but the Church of Rome, as miserable comforters, began to mixe sin (like bitter Myrrh) as men's merits, and the milk of the Virgin Mary, and such like trash, with the body of our Lord: but as the Lord refused that wine mixed with Myrrh; so should all Christians in their death, refuse this mixed drink, which will intoxicate their brains, and take them only to the blood of Christ. The Amphibion, plays now in the water, & now upon the land; but when she is once wounded, then she is glad to retire to the land. So Papists, although now they play like Amphibia, betwixt Christ's merit, and man's merit; yet in their death they are glad only to take themselves to the merit of Christ. Bellarmine, Tutius est in sola morte Christi acquiescere: It is more sure to rest in the only death of Christ.
CHAP. VI.
Of the manner how the Priests under the Law blessed the people.
WHen they blessed the people, they lifted up their hands.
Lift up your hands in the Sanctuary, and bless.
The Priests lifted up both their hands, when they were to bless the people: because they could not lay their hands upon all the people, they lifted them up. They used ordinarily, when they blessed, to lay on their hands; but because they could not do this to all, they lifted them up only.
Secondly, they lifted up their hands, ad scalupas, to [ 2] their shoulders points, when they blessed.
Thirdly, they blessed in the holy tongue. [ 3]
Fourthly, with a high voice. [ 4]
Fifthly, face to face. [ 5]
Sixthly, in the name of Jehovah. If they had met [ 6] a man out of the Temple, they would have said, We bless thee in the name of Adonai; but not of Jehovah.
Lastly, they thrice repeated this, Jehovah bless thee, [ 7] &c. to signify that they blessed in the name of the Trinity, Father, Son and holy Ghost. So John, Revel. 1. 4, 5. wisheth peace from him which was, is, and is to come; (that is) God the Father, and from the seven Spirits which are before the Throne, (that is) the Holy Spirit, and from Jesus Christ.
Catastrophe.
I Conclude this Book, with that phrase of the Talmud, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 discendum, propter docendum; discendum nobis est eo fine, vt aliquando alios deceamus: We must learn for to teach: (that is) we must learn that sometimes we may teach others.